Molded Case Circuit Breakers Vol04 - Tab02

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Series G Circuit Breakers
2.1
Introduction
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series G in Eaton Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series C in Eaton Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-2 V4-T2-2 V4-T2-3 V4-T2-3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.2
Series G
Globally Accepted Breakers Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-4 V4-T2-6 V4-T2-7 V4-T2-9 V4-T2-14 V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-80 V4-T2-84 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-91 V4-T2-96 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-109
2.3
Series C
North American Standards and Special Application Breakers Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-115 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-146 V4-T2-154 V4-T2-183 V4-T2-209 V4-T2-220 V4-T2-235 V4-T2-254 V4-T2-265 V4-T2-267 V4-T2-268 V4-T2-272 V4-T2-303
2.4
Definite Purpose
Optimized solution for HVAC/R and Pumping Applications. Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-330
2.5
Metering and Communications

Power Monitoring and Metering with Modbus RTU PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-337
2.6
Specialty
Specialty Breakers Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-340 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-382 V4-T2-396 V4-T2-399 V4-T2-405 V4-T2-417
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com
V4-T2-1
2.1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-2

Introduction
Series G E-Frame and Series C F-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Contents
Description Introduction Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definite Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . Specialty Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-4 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-330 V4-T2-337 V4-T2-340
Product Overview
Series G vs. Series C
Eatons Electrical Sector, under the Eaton brand, offers the widest variety of molded case circuit breakers available today. Designed for electrical and machinery OEMs serving a range of industries and applications, these proven designs incorporate the latest in innovation with the high reliability that has been our hallmark since the advent of the circuit breaker in the 1920s. The Series C family ranges from 152500 amperes, and includes thermal-magnetic breakers, electronic trip breakers, molded case switches, motor circuit protectors, and specially designed breakers for engine generator, DC and mining applications. The new Series G line features an average 35% size reduction, common field-installable internal accessories, and advanced trip unit functionality that eliminates the need for rating plugs. These breakers meet the requirements of UL, CSA, IEC, CCC and CE, allowing the OEM to standardize on a design that meets the needs of their global customer base.
Application Description
Eaton molded case circuit breakers cover the widest range of applications in the industry:

Feeder Pillars In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection. Switchgear In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection up to 2500 amperes (RG-Frame). Busbar Trunking Tap-Offs In busbar trunking tap-offs to provide circuit protection. Typical Eaton Applications
Individual Enclosures Completely assembled in enclosures to meet specific customer requirements. Additional Applications Special versions of each Eaton frame are available to provide safe equipment control and protection in mining and other applications. Contact your Eaton agent or distributor for additional information.
Electrical OEMs Machinery OEMs Navy breakers: UL 489 Supplement SB MIL -C-17588 MIL -C-17361 ABS/NVR Mining breakers up to 1100 Vac Earth leakage DC breakers 125750 Vdc Engine generator breakers 151200 amperes Current limiting breakers
Typical Applications
Machine Tool Control Panels and Motor Control Centers Designed for these equipment requirements, including new world-class accessories. Panelboards As both main and branch circuit protection devices.
Panelboard
Individual Circuit Breaker Enclosure Busbar Trunking Tap-Off Machine Tool Control Panel
Switchboard

Introduction
2.1
2
Bus Plugs Enclosed Breaker

Eaton Molded Case Circuit Breakers in Assemblies

Series G
Panelboards Frame EG JG LG NG RG Ampere Range 1A 15160 1 20250 100630 2 4001600 3 8002500 2A 3A 4
Switchboards 5P PRL-C
Motor Control Centers Freedom
IFS
IT.
Enclosed Control
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Series C
Panelboards Frame FD/ED JD KD LD MDL ND RD Ampere Range 1A 15225 70250 70400 400600 300800 4001200 8002500

Switchboards 3A

Motor Control Centers Freedom

2A

5P

PRL-C

IFS

IT.

Enclosed Control

Bus Plugs

Enclosed Breaker

Notes 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for EG. 2 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for LG. 3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.
V4-T2-3
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-4

Series G
Series G, 152500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications
Contents
Description
Series G Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-5 V4-T2-6 V4-T2-7 V4-T2-9 V4-T2-14 V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-80 V4-T2-84 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-91 V4-T2-96 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-109
Product Overview
Series G, 152500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications Eaton Series G molded case circuit breakers provide increased performance in considerably less space than standard circuit breakers or comparable fusible devices. The G signifies global applications: Series G circuit breakers are marked with UL, CSA, CE, IEC and KEMA KEUR listings. Other advantages include:

The EG, JG and LG frames are designed around space-saving footprints. The NG and RG use the proven Eaton Series C ND and RD designs. The Series G family includes five frame sizes in ratings from 15 to 2500 amperes. Series G offers a choice of several interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 volts AC (200 kA at 240 volts AC). Series G molded case circuit breakers are also available in direct current options. Please see Specialty Breakers Section 2.6 for more details. Standard calibration is 40C. For applications in high ambient temperature conditions, 50C factory calibration is available on thermal-magnetic breakers (not UL).
The Most Logically Designed Contact Assembly

The flexibility and outstanding performance characteristics of Eaton circuit breakers are made possible by the best contact designs in circuit breaker history. Our technology creates a highspeed blow-open action using the electromechanical forces produced by high-level fault currents. Eaton circuit breakers are operated by a toggle-type mechanism that is mechanically trip-free from the handle so that the contacts cannot be held closed against short circuit currents. Tripping due to overload or short circuits is clearly indicated by the position on the handle. This remarkably fast and dependable contact action is designed to enhance safety.
Thorough In-Plant Testing

The quality, dependability and reliability of every Eaton Circuit Breaker is ensured by a thorough program of inplant testing. Two calibration tests are conducted on every pole of every circuit breaker to verify the trip mechanism, operating mechanism, continuity and accuracy.
Current Limiting Characteristics

Circuit breakers are current limiting because of their high repulsion contact arrangement and use of state-of-the-art arc extinguishing technology. Eaton offers one of the most complete lines of current limiting breakers in the industry. The industrial breakers are available in current limiting versions with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480V without fuses in the same physical size as standard and high interrupting capacity breakers.
Field-fit accessories Common accessories through 630 amperes Electronic trip units from 20 to 2500 amperes UL-listed and IEC-rated, 30 mA ground fault/earth leakage modules Built-in ground fault protection down to 20 amperes

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Operating Mechanisms
Eaton circuit breakers have a toggle handle operating mechanism, which also serves as a switching position indicator. The indicator shows the positions of: ON, OFF and TRIPPED. The toggle handle snaps into the TRIPPED position if the breaker is tripped by one of its overcurrent, short circuit, shunt or undervoltage releases. Before the circuit breaker can be reclosed following a trip-out, the toggle handle must be brought beyond the OFF position (RESET). The circuit breaker can then be reclosed. As an additional switching position indicator for EG- to RG-Frame circuit breakers, there are two windows on the right and on the left of the toggle handle, in which the switching state is indicated by means of the colors red, green and white corresponding to the ON, OFF and TRIPPED positions respectively. Positions of the Toggle Handle Drive
OFF Reset
ON
Tripped
Standards and Certifications

Eaton Series G circuit breakers meet applicable UL 489 and IEC 60947-2 standards. Molded case circuit breakers from Eaton are designed to conform with the following international standards:
Global Third-Party Certification

Certification marks ensure product compliance with the total standard via the third party witnessing of tests by globally recognized independent certification organizations. KEMA is a highly recognized, independent international organization that offers certification and inspection facilities for equipment in many industries. The KEMAKEUR mark is the highest certification an electrical product can receive from KEMA. Our IEC 60947-2 molded case circuit breakers are KEMA tested and certified. These breakers are also listed in accordance with UL 489, as well as CSA C22.2 No. 5-02. KEMA, UL and CSA provide ongoing follow-up testing and inspections to ensure that Eaton molded case circuit breakers continue to meet their exacting standards.
Australian Standard AS 2184 and AS 3947-2 molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard EN60947 .2 International Electromechanical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947 .2 circuit breakers
National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards Publication No. AB1-1993 molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SANS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 947 .2, Safety Regulations for circuit breakers
Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechnike (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers
Japanese T-Mark standard molded case circuit breakers
ISO Certification
Eaton circuit breakers are manufactured in ISO certified facilities.
V4-T2-5
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-6

Series G
Product Selection Overview

Electronic Trip Units (Digitrip RMS Trip Units)Multi-Function Electronic Trip Units for All Applications
True rms Sensing Digitrip rms trip units use Eatons microprocessor-based intelligence to provide true rms sensing, permitting increased accuracy and reliable system protection. True rms sensing is not susceptible to nuisance tripping when waveforms containing high harmonic currents are present. Digitrip RMS 310+ Digitrip RMS 310+ electronic trip units are available with Eaton circuit breakers JG, LG, NG and RG. They are selectable long time delay (tLD) and pickup settings (Ir). A rating plug is not required. The Digitrip 310+ offers true rms sensing, is front adjustable and has an optional local display of current and cause of trip. Rating Plugs If rating plugs are needed for the R-Frame, they are marked for 50/60 Hz applications. Both fixed and adjustable rating plugs are available, providing further flexibility when applied to selectively coordinated systems. Curve Shaping When selectively coordinated systems are called for, Digitrip RMS 310+ will provide a cost-effective solution for a variety of applications. The standard Digitrip RMS 310+ includes an adjustable short time pickup setting encompassing an I2t ramp function that provides the basic LS curve shaping function. JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames have an adjustable long time delay. JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames have selectable long time delay (tLD) and pickup settings (Ir). A rating plug is not required. Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers 800 through 2500 amperes. Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units provide unparalleled system protection with the added convenience of a local display. Curve Shaping Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with up to nine curve shaping choices achieved by adjusting up to seven switches on the front of the unit for optimum system coordination. Maximum curve shaping flexibility is provided by dependent long and short delay adjustments that are long delay pickup (Ir) based, depicted on the front of the unit by the blue portion of the time-current curve. Additional coordination capability can be provided by utilizing the short delay and ground fault zone selective interlocking features available on these trip units. System Diagnostics Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 models of trip units provide long delay, short delay, instantaneous, and ground fault cause of trip LEDs on the front of the unit. Their display shows a magnitude of trip information, as well as remote signal contacts, for improved system alarming. System Monitoring Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units have the capability to monitor phase currents, as well as neutral or ground currents. This information is displayed on a large digital display mounted on the unit.
The optional Digitrip RMS 310+ provides additional flat response short time delay adjustments on an instantaneous setting to provide LSI curve shaping capability. Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units are available with ground fault pickup and flat response ground fault delay, which provides the trip unit with full function LSG and LSIG curve shaping flexibility. Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units can effectively coordinate with both sophisticated upstream power breakers as well as downstream thermalmagnetic breakers, making Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units the cost-effective reliable choice for selectively coordinated systems. Thermal Memory All Digitrip RMS trip units incorporate a long delay. Thermal memory prevents the system from cumulative overheating due to repeated overcurrent events that may occur in quick succession. Field Testing A field test kit is available for Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units. Arcflash Reduction Maintenance Mode (ARMS) ARMS is an available feature on the LG- and NG-Frame with 310+ electronic trip units. This feature increases worker safety by providing an accelerated instantaneous trip unit to reduce arc flash.
Digitrip RMS 910 trip units can also provide the user with power and energy monitoring capability. Peak power demand, present power demand, and total energy, as well as forward and reverse energy can be monitored with this unit. Digitrip RMS 910 trip units have the additional capability of monitoring line-to-line voltage, as well as system power factor. Both parameters are displayed in the digital display window and are supported by LEDs to indicate which parameter is being displayed. Harmonics Monitoring Digitrip RMS 910 trip units are capable of displaying values of current harmonics in the digital display window. Percentage of harmonic content can be monitored for each phase, up to the 27th harmonic. Additionally, a total harmonic distortion value can be calculated and displayed. Communications Digitrip RMS 910 units have built-in communications options to allow all protection, monitoring, and control information to be transmitted back to a central location via the Eaton PowerNet system. Field Testing Integral field testing capability is provided on all 610 and 910 trip units. No additional test set is needed to perform both trip and no trip field testing.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection Guide

Electronic Trip Units
DigitripRMS 310+, 610 and 910
RMS 310+ RMS 610 RMS 910
JG
RG Breaker Type Eaton frame(s) Ampere rating Interrupting rating at 415V Trip Unit Sensing rms sensing Protection and Coordination Protection Ordering options Fixed rating plug (In) 1 Overtemperature trip Long delay Adjustable rating plug (ln) 1 Long delay setting Long delay time I2t at 6x Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short delay Short delay setting Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time ZSI Instantaneous Instantaneous setting Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground fault Ground fault setting Ground fault delay I2t at 0.62x Ground fault delay flat Ground fault ZSI Ground fault thermal memory Notes In = Rating plug rating. Ir = Long delay setting.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
LG/NG
JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames 202500A 35, 70, 100 kA
RG-Frame 8002500A 70, 100 kA
RG-Frame 8002500A 70, 100 kA
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Yes
Yes
Yes
LS, LSG Yes Yes Yes 0.51.0 (ln) 2 10 seconds 2 Yes No VAR/frame 3 100 ms No No No No Yes VAR/Frame 6 No I500 ms 7 No No
LSI, LSIG Yes Yes Yes 0.51.0 (ln) 2 10 seconds 2 Yes No VAR/frame 3 No I300 ms No 200800% x (ln) 4 No Yes VAR/Frame 6 No I500 ms 7 No No
LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes No 0.51.0 x (ln) 224 seconds Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% M1 and M2 x (ln) Yes 5 Yes 25100% x (ln) 6 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes
LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes No 0.51.0 x (ln) 224 seconds Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% M1 and M2 x (ln) Yes 5 Yes 25100% x (ln) 6 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes
JG- and LG-Frames have selectable settings instead of a rating plug. JG-, LG- and NG-Frames have adjustable long delay times of 224 seconds. JG/LG: 2X14X (In); NG: 2X8X (In); RG: 2X8X (In); 2500 ampere RG-Frame 200600% x (In). JG-Frame also has a 14X setting. LS, LSG only. Not to exceed 1200 amperes. JG- and LG-Frames are Instantaneous, 120 ms. NG- and RG-Frames are Instantaneous, 100, 300 and 500 ms.
V4-T2-7
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-8 System Diagnostics Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor System Communications PowerNet Field Testing Testing method

Series G
DigitripRMS 310+, 610 and 910, continued

RMS 310+ RMS 610 RMS 910
JG
RG LS, LSG
LG/NG LSI, LSIG LSI, LSIG, LSIG (A) LSI (A), LSIG
Yes 1 No No
No No No
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes 2 Yes 2 Yes 2 Yes 2 No No
No No No No No No
Yes Yes No No No No
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Test set
Test set
Integral
Integral
Notes 1 Using cause of trip module (catalog number TRIP-LED). 2 Using ammeter or remote ammeter/cause of trip display (catalog number DIGIVIEW and DIGIVIEWR06).

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2
Technical Data and Specifications

Ratings
Frames EG, JG and LG
EG JG LG
Maximum rated current (amperes) Breaker type 3 Number of poles
125, 160 1 B 1 B E S S H H C
250 E S H C U 3, 4 X 3, 4
400, 630 2 E 3, 4 S 3, 4 H 3, 4 C 3, 4 U 3, 4 X 3, 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1
2, 3, 4 1
2, 3, 4 3, 4
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3, 4
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) Vac 5060 Hz NEMA, UL, CSA 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 4 125/250 Vdc 5 IEC 60947-2 220240 Vac Icu Ics 380415 Vac Icu Ics 660690 Vac Icu Ics 125/250 Vdc 5 Icu Ics Ampere range Trip Units F = Fixed A = Adjustable T = Thermal M = Magnetic Interchangeable Built-in Thermal magnetic Fixed thermal Adjustable thermal Magnetic Electronic RMS 7 LS LSI LSG LSIG Utilization category 25 10 6 25 25 10 6 10 6 25 18 10 25 25 18 18 10 10 35 25 18 10 35 35 25 25 10 10 85 35 6 85 43 35 6 35 6 85 35 22 35 85 43 40 30 35 35 100 42 6 100 50 42 6 42 6 100 65 25 42 100 50 70 35 42 42 200 100 35 42 200 200 100 100 42 42 65 25 18 10 65 65 25 25 12 6 10 10 85 35 18 22 85 85 40 40 12 6 22 22 100 65 25 22 100 100 70 70 14 7 22 22 200 100 35 42 200 200 100 100 16 12 42 42 200 150 50 50 200 200 150 150 18 14 50 50 200 200 50 50 200 200 200 200 18 14 50 50 65 35 18 22 65 65 35 35 12 6 22 22 85 50 25 22 85 85 50 50 20 10 22 22 100 65 35 42 100 100 70 53 25 13 42 42 200 100 50 42 200 200 100 100 30 15 42 42 200 150 65 50 200 200 150 150 35 18 50 50 200 200 65 50 200 200 200 200 35 18 50 50
15160A 1 FT-FM AT-FM
20250A FT-AM AT-AM Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)
100630A 2 FT-AM AT-AM Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fixed A A A A A A A A
Adjustable

Adjustable
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5
Notes 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 3 Breaker type C, U and X are current limiting per UL 489. 4 EG breaker rated 600/347 Vac. 5 Two poles in series. 6 125 Vdc only for single-pole breakers. 7 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available.
V4-T2-9
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-10 Utilization category Electronic 4 Ampere range Trip units IEC 60947-2 Maximum rated current (amperes) Breaker type Number of poles

Series G
Frames NG and RG
NG RG
800, 1200 S 2, 3, 4
800, 1200 H 2, 3, 4
800, 1200 C
2
1600 1 S 3
800 U 3
1600, 2000, 2500 H 3, 4
1600, 2000, 2500 C2 3, 4
2, 3, 4
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz NEMA, UL, CSA 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 220240 Vac Icu Ics 380415 Vac Icu Ics 660690 Vac Icu Ics 250 Vdc Icu Ics 85 50 25 85 85 50 50 20 3 10 4001200A 100 65 35 100 100 70 50 25 3 13 4001200A 200 100 65 200 100 100 50 35 18 4001200A 85 85 50 50 20 3 10 1600A 200 150 65 800A 125 65 50 135 100 70 50 25 3 13 8002500A 200 100 65 200 100 100 50 35 3 18 8002500A
Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310+) Interchangeable Built-in LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG
Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310+, 610 and 910)
5 5
5 5
Notes 1 NG 1600 ampere frame is not UL or CSA listed. 2 Not KEMA-KEUR listed. 3 IEC 60947-2 H.5 Annex H is not KEMA-KEUR tested. 4 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available. 5 Available only on Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units.

Series G
2.2
2
RG 1600, 2000, 2500A
General Specifications
All Series G Frames
EG Maximum rated current In depending on the version Rated insulation voltage U, according to IEC 60947-2 Main conducting paths Auxiliary circuits Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Main conducting paths Auxiliary circuits Rated operational voltage Ue IEC NEMA UL and CSA listed Permissible ambient temperature Permissible load for various ambient temperatures close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated current of the circuit breaker Circuit breakers for plant protection At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Circuit breakers for motor protection At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Circuit breakers for starter combinations and isolating circuit breakers At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (DC) Not for circuit breakers for motor protection (Time constant t = 10 rms) Two conducting paths in series For EG to LG up to 250 Vdc NEMA (time constant t = 8 rms) Two conducting paths in series 250 Vdc 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max.
6 6
JG 250A
LG 400, 630A 2
NG 800, 1200, 1600A 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
160A 1
500 Vac 500 Vac
750 Vac 690 Vac
750 Vac 690 Vac
750 Vac 690 Vac
750 Vac 690 Vac
6 kV 4 kV
8 kV 4 kV
8 kV 4 kV
8 kV 4 kV
8 kV 4 kV
415 Vac 600Y/347 Vac Yes 1 20 to 70C

4 5
690 Vac 600 Vac Yes 20 to 70C

4 5
690 Vac 600 Vac Yes 2 20 to 70C

4 5
690 Vac 600 Vac Yes 3 20 to 70C
690 Vac 600 Vac Yes 20 to 70C
100% 96% 93% 91% 86%
100% 92% 87% 83% 73%
100% 96% 94% 92% 88%
100% 94% 90% 87% 80%
100% 96% 93% 90% 84%
100% 91% 86% 82% 70%
100% 91% 85% 81% 70%
100% 91% 85% 81% 70%
100% 100% 100% 100% 90%
100% 100% 100% 100% 90%
100% 100% 96% 91% 86%
100% 100% 96% 82% 88%
100% 100% 95% 90% 84%
100% 91% 85% 81%
100% 91% 85% 81%
Notes 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the NG. 4 Thermal overload release set to the lower value. 5 Thermal overload release set to the upper value. 6 Not suitable for DC switching.
V4-T2-11
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-12

Series G
All Series G Frames, continued

EG Main switch characteristics according to IEC 60947-2 in combination with lockable rotary drives Rated short circuit breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2 (at AC 50/60 Hz) Endurance (operating cycles) Maximum switching frequency Conductor cross sections and terminal types for main conductors Solid or stranded Finely stranded with end sleeve Busbar Tightening torque for box terminals Tightening torque for busbar connection pieces Conductor cross sections for auxiliary circuits with terminal connection or terminal strip Solid Finely stranded with end sleeve With brought-out cable ends Tightening torque for fitting screws Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum rated current ln (the power losses of the undervoltage releases (r releases) must be observed if necessary) at three-phase symmetrical load) For plant protection As isolating circuit breaker For starter combinations For motor protection Permissible mounting position
90 90
JG Yes
LG Yes
NG Yes
RG Yes
Yes
For rated short circuit breaking capacity, see Page V4-T2-9. 10,000 300 1/h Box terminals 2.5 to 95 mm2 2.5 to 50/70 mm2 5.6 Nm 5.6 Nm 10,000 240 1/h Box terminals 50 to 150 mm2 35 to 120 mm2 20 Nm 15 Nm 8,000 240 1/h Box terminals 95 to 240 mm2 70 to 150 mm2 42 Nm 30 Nm 3,000 60 1/h Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals 600A 31 Nm 6 Nm Optional 31 Nm 50 Nm 3,000 60 1/h Flat bar terminals Optional 20 Nm
0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.75 to 2.5 mm2
0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
Up to 2x4 mm2 Up to 2x2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
Up to 2x4 mm2 Up to 2x2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
400A: 40W 40W 40W 45W 45W 45W 45W 65W 65W 65W 65W
600A: 120W 120W 120W 120W 87/210W 87/210W 220/270/400W 220/270/400W
90
90
Arc spacing suitable for reverse-feed applications Auxiliary Switches Rated thermal current lth Rated making capacity
Yes (except HMCPE)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
6A 20A AC-14
6A 20A AC-14 230/400/600V 6/3/0.25A
6A 20A AC-14 230/400/600V 6/3/0.25A
6A 20A AC-15 600V 6A DC-13
6A 20A AC-15 600V 6A DC-13 125/250V 0.5/0.25A (4) 6/4/4A 6/4A
Rated operational voltage Rated operational current
230/400/600V 6/3/0.25A
Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Backup fuse Miniature circuit breaker
125/250V 0.5/0.15A 6/4/4A 6/4A
125/250V 0.5/0.15A (4) 6/4/4A 6/4A
125/250V 0.5/0.15A (4) 6/4/4A 6/4A
125/250V 0.5/0.25A (4) 6/4/4A 6/4A

Series G
2.2
RG
All Series G Frames, continued

EG Releases Undervoltage releases (r releases) Response voltage: Drop (breaker tripped) Us Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us Power consumption in continuous operation at: 50/60 Hz 12 Vac 50/60 Hz 24 Vac 50/60 Hz 4860 Vac 50/60 Hz 110127 Vac 50/60 Hz 208240 Vac 50/60 Hz 380500 Vac 50/60 Hz 525600 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc 220250 Vdc Maximum opening time Shunt Trips Shunt trips (f releases) Response voltage: Pickup (breaker tripped) Us Power consumption in (short time) at: 50/60 Hz 24 Vac 50/60 Hz 4860 Vac 50/60 Hz 48127 Vac 50/60 Hz 110240 Vac 50/60 Hz 380440 Vac 50/60 Hz 380600 Vac 50/60 Hz 480600 Vac 1224 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc 220250 Vdc Maximum load duration Maximum opening time 1041 VA 139210 VA 83360 VA 4181080 VA 29120W 475720W 99121W Interrupts automatically 50 ms 87405 VA 7101105 VA 66432 VA 127188 VA 3460 VA 164631W 8301580W 112150W 4058W Interrupts automatically 50 ms 87405 VA 7101105 VA 66432 VA 127188 VA 3460 VA 164631W 8301580W 112150W 4058W Interrupts automatically 50 ms 98475 VA 2450 VA 67432 VA 76110 VA 1942 VA 145610W 67102W 121150W 4655W Interrupts automatically 62 ms 612 VA 403666 VA 3961896 VA 15962156 VA 230384 VA 396W 341528W 264350W 374475W Interrupts automatically 62 ms 70110% 70110% 70110% 70110% 70110% 0.72 VA 1.151.78 VA 0.961.25 VA 1.281.68 VA 2.23.9 VA 3.44.3 VA 0.70W 1.121.76W 0.941.21W 1.451.86W 50 ms 3.9 VA 2.53.8 VA 1.82.4 VA 2.73.8 VA 3.45.8 VA 3.44.3 VA 3.1W 2.03.1W 1.62.2W 3.14W 50 ms 3.9 VA 2.53.8 VA 1.82.4 VA 2.73.8 VA 3.45.8 VA 3.44.3 VA 3.1W 2.03.1W 1.62.2W 3.14W 50 ms 1.9 VA 2.4 VA 2.34.1 VA 3.44.2 VA 4.86.5 VA 6.812.0 VA 2.6W 3.6W 3.55.5W 2.93.6W 4.86.3W 62 ms 2.9 VA 3.1 VA 3.46.0 VA 3.33.8 VA 4.27.2 VA 3.810.0 VA 3.4W 4.3W 4.87.2W 3.33.8W 6.67.5W 62 ms 3570% 85110% 3570% 85110% 3570% 85110% 3570% 85110% 3570% 85110% JG LG NG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Molded Case Switch (with High Magnetic Trip) Unfused kAIC at 480 Vac (415 Vac) Self-protected, will trip above 65 (70) 1250 for EG125; 1600 for EG160 65 (70) 2500 65 (70) 4000/6300 65 (70) 12,500 65 (70) 20,000
V4-T2-13
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-14 Single-pole Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole Single-pole Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole

Series G
Dimensions and Weights

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Series GFrame EG, JG and LG
EG H 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) W 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) D 2.99 (76.0) 2.99 (76.0) 2.99 (76.0) 2.99 (76.0) JG H 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) W 4.13 (105.0) 4.13 (105.0) 5.34 (135.6) D 3.57 (87.4) 3.57 (87.4) 3.57 (87.4) LG H 10.13 (258.0) 10.13 (258.0) W 5.48 (140.0) 7.22 (183.0) D 4.09 (104.0) 4.09 (104.0)
Series GFrame NG and RG

NG H 16.00 (406.0) 16.00 (406.0) W 8.25 (210.0) 11.13 (280.0) D 5.50 (140.0) 5.50 (140.0) RG H 16.00 (406.0) 16.00 (406.0) W 15.50 (394.0) 20.00 (508.0) D 9.75 (229.0) 9.75 (229.0)
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) Series GFrame EG, JG and LG

EG Single-pole Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole 0.85 (0.39) 1.57 (0.71) 2.28 (1.04) 2.85 (1.29) JG 11.3 (5.13) 5.06 (2.30) T/M 5.31 (2.41) ETU 6.76 (3.07) T/M 7.12 (3.23) ETU LG 12.36 (5.61) T/M 13.04 (5.92) ETU 16.27 (7.39) T/M 16.92 (7.68) ETU NG 46.8 (21.3) 62.0 (28.3) RG 103.0 (47.0) 118.4 (54.0)

Series G
2.2
Page V4-T2-16 V4-T2-17 V4-T2-26 V4-T2-27 V4-T2-27 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-80 V4-T2-84 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-91 V4-T2-96 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-109
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes)
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes)

Product Description
EG breaker is HACR rated.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com V4-T2-15
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-16 B E S H C K Frame E

Series G
Catalog Number Selection

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Series GEG-Frame (15125 Amperes)
E G H 3 015 FF G
Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric B = Bolt-on Trip Unit FF = Fixed fixed AF = Adjustable thermal fixed magnetic KS = Molded case switch
Amperes Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600Y/347 480 415 18 18 18 25 25 22 35 40 25 65 70 35 100 100 Molded case switch 2 Number of Poles 1 = One 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = Fourneutral 0% protected 7 = Fourneutral 100% protected 016 1 015 020 025 030 032 1 035 040 045 050 060 063 1 070 080 090 100 110 125 160 1
240 25 35 85 100 200
Notes 1 Cannot be UL rated. 2 Available only as 125 and 160A sizes.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2
Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB4020AFG EGB4025AFG EGB4032AFG EGB4040AFG EGB4050AFG EGB4063AFG EGB4080AFG EGB4100AFG EGB4125AFG EGB4160AFG
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
EG-Frame
EG-Frame18/18
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB1015FFG EGB1016FFG EGB1020FFG EGB1025FFG EGB1030FFG EGB1032FFG EGB1035FFG EGB1040FFG EGB1045FFG EGB1050FFG EGB1060FFG EGB1063FFG EGB1070FFG EGB1080FFG EGB1090FFG EGB1100FFG EGB1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB2015FFG EGB2016FFG EGB2020FFG EGB2025FFG EGB2030FFG EGB2032FFG EGB2035FFG EGB2040FFG EGB2045FFG EGB2050FFG EGB2060FFG EGB2063FFG EGB2070FFG EGB2080FFG EGB2090FFG EGB2100FFG EGB2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB3015FFG EGB3016FFG EGB3020FFG EGB3025FFG EGB3030FFG EGB3032FFG EGB3035FFG EGB3040FFG EGB3045FFG EGB3050FFG EGB3060FFG EGB3063FFG EGB3070FFG EGB3080FFG EGB3090FFG EGB3100FFG EGB3125FFG EGB3160FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB3025AFG EGB3032AFG EGB3040AFG EGB3050AFG EGB3063AFG EGB3080AFG EGB3100AFG EGB3125AFG EGB3160AFG Four-Pole 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB4015FFG EGB4016FFG EGB4020FFG EGB4025FFG EGB4030FFG EGB4032FFG EGB4035FFG EGB4040FFG EGB4045FFG EGB4050FFG EGB4060FFG EGB4063FFG EGB4070FFG EGB4080FFG EGB4090FFG EGB4100FFG EGB4125FFG EGB4160FFG
Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125 160
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings. 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
V4-T2-17
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-18 EG-Frame

Series G
EG-Frame25/25 Single-Pole Unavailable EG-Frame25/25

Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125 160 Catalog Number EGE2015FFG EGE2016FFG EGE2020FFG EGE2025FFG EGE2030FFG EGE2032FFG EGE2035FFG EGE2040FFG EGE2045FFG EGE2050FFG EGE2060FFG EGE2063FFG EGE2070FFG EGE2080FFG EGE2090FFG EGE2100FFG EGE2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGE3015FFG EGE3016FFG EGE3020FFG EGE3025FFG EGE3030FFG EGE3032FFG EGE3035FFG EGE3040FFG EGE3045FFG EGE3050FFG EGE3060FFG EGE3063FFG EGE3070FFG EGE3080FFG EGE3090FFG EGE3100FFG EGE3125FFG EGE3160FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGE3025AFG EGE3032AFG EGE3040AFG EGE3050AFG EGE3063AFG EGE3080AFG EGE3100AFG EGE3125AFG EGE3160AFG Four-Pole 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGE4015FFG EGE4016FFG EGE4020FFG EGE4025FFG EGE4030FFG EGE4032FFG EGE4035FFG EGE4040FFG EGE4045FFG EGE4050FFG EGE4060FFG EGE4063FFG EGE4070FFG EGE4080FFG EGE4090FFG EGE4100FFG EGE4125FFG EGE4160FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGE4020AFG EGE4025AFG EGE4032AFG EGE4040AFG EGE4050AFG EGE4063AFG EGE4080AFG EGE4100AFG EGE4125AFG EGE4160AFG

Series G
2.2
2
Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS4020AFG EGS4025AFG EGS4032AFG EGS4040AFG EGS4050AFG EGS4063AFG EGS4080AFG EGS4100AFG EGS4125AFG EGS4160AFG
2
EG-Frame
EG-Frame40/35
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS1015FFG EGS1016FFG EGS1020FFG EGS1025FFG EGS1030FFG EGS1032FFG EGS1035FFG EGS1040FFG EGS1045FFG EGS1050FFG EGS1060FFG EGS1063FFG EGS1070FFG EGS1080FFG EGS1090FFG EGS1100FFG EGS1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS2015FFG EGS2016FFG EGS2020FFG EGS2025FFG EGS2030FFG EGS2032FFG EGS2035FFG EGS2040FFG EGS2045FFG EGS2050FFG EGS2060FFG EGS2063FFG EGS2070FFG EGS2080FFG EGS2090FFG EGS2100FFG EGS2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS3015FFG EGS3016FFG EGS3020FFG EGS3025FFG EGS3030FFG EGS3032FFG EGS3035FFG EGS3040FFG EGS3045FFG EGS3050FFG EGS3060FFG EGS3063FFG EGS3070FFG EGS3080FFG EGS3090FFG EGS3100FFG EGS3125FFG EGS3160FFG Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS3025AFG EGS3032AFG EGS3040AFG EGS3050AFG EGS3063AFG EGS3080AFG EGS3100AFG EGS3125AFG EGS3160AFG
2
Four-Pole 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS4015FFG EGS4016FFG EGS4020FFG EGS4025FFG EGS4030FFG EGS4032FFG EGS4035FFG EGS4040FFG EGS4045FFG EGS4050FFG EGS4060FFG EGS4063FFG EGS4070FFG EGS4080FFG EGS4090FFG EGS4100FFG EGS4125FFG EGS4160FFG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125 160
V4-T2-19
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-20 EG-Frame

Series G
EG-Frame70/65
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH1015FFG EGH1016FFG EGH1020FFG EGH1025FFG EGH1030FFG EGH1032FFG EGH1035FFG EGH1040FFG EGH1045FFG EGH1050FFG EGH1060FFG EGH1063FFG EGH1070FFG EGH1080FFG EGH1090FFG EGH1100FFG EGH1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH2015FFG EGH2016FFG EGH2020FFG EGH2025FFG EGH2030FFG EGH2032FFG EGH2035FFG EGH2040FFG EGH2045FFG EGH2050FFG EGH2060FFG EGH2063FFG EGH2070FFG EGH2080FFG EGH2090FFG EGH2100FFG EGH2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH3015FFG EGH3016FFG EGH3020FFG EGH3025FFG EGH3030FFG EGH3032FFG EGH3035FFG EGH3040FFG EGH3045FFG EGH3050FFG EGH3060FFG EGH3063FFG EGH3070FFG EGH3080FFG EGH3090FFG EGH3100FFG EGH3125FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH3020AFG EGH3025AFG EGH3032AFG EGH3040AFG EGH3050AFG EGH3063AFG EGH3080AFG EGH3100AFG EGH3125AFG Four-Pole 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH4015FFG EGH4016FFG EGH4020FFG EGH4025FFG EGH4030FFG EGH4032FFG EGH4035FFG EGH4040FFG EGH4045FFG EGH4050FFG EGH4060FFG EGH4063FFG EGH4070FFG EGH4080FFG EGH4090FFG EGH4100FFG EGH4125FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH4020AFG EGH4025AFG EGH4032AFG EGH4040AFG EGH4050AFG EGH4063AFG EGH4080AFG EGH4100AFG EGH4125AFG
Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125
Notes 1 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EG-Frame100/100 Current Limiting (Single-Pole and Two-Pole Unavailable) EG-Frame100/100

Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125 Catalog Number EGC3015FFG EGC3016FFG EGC3020FFG EGC3025FFG EGC3030FFG EGC3032FFG EGC3035FFG EGC3040FFG EGC3045FFG EGC3050FFG EGC3060FFG EGC3063FFG EGC3070FFG EGC3080FFG EGC3090FFG EGC3100FFG EGC3125FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGC3020AFG EGC3025AFG EGC3032AFG EGC3040AFG EGC3050AFG EGC3063AFG EGC3080AFG EGC3100AFG EGC3125AFG Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGC7015FFG EGC7016FFG EGC7020FFG EGC7025FFG EGC7030FFG EGC7032FFG EGC7035FFG EGC7040FFG EGC7045FFG EGC7050FFG EGC7060FFG EGC7063FFG EGC7070FFG EGC7080FFG EGC7090FFG EGC7100FFG EGC7125FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGC7020AFG EGC7025AFG EGC7032AFG EGC7040AFG EGC7050AFG EGC7063AFG EGC7080AFG EGC7100AFG EGC7125AFG
EG-Frame
Molded Case Switches 4

Catalog Number EGK3125KSG EGK7125KSG EGK3160KSG EGK7160KSG Notes 1 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. 2 Adjustable thermal is not UL listed. 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 4 Molded case switches may open above 1250A.
V4-T2-21
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-22 EG-Frame EG-Frame

Series G
EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware) EG-Frame18 kAIC at 480 Vac
Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 1 EGB1015FFB EGB1020FFB EGB1025FFB EGB1030FFB EGB1035FFB EGB1040FFB EGB1045FFB EGB1050FFB EGB1060FFB EGB1070FFB EGB1080FFB EGB1090FFB EGB1100FFB EGB1110FFB EGB1125FFB Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 2 EGB2015FFB EGB2020FFB EGB2025FFB EGB2030FFB EGB2035FFB EGB2040FFB EGB2045FFB EGB2050FFB EGB2060FFB EGB2070FFB EGB2080FFB EGB2090FFB EGB2100FFB EGB2110FFB EGB2125FFB Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 3 EGB3015FFB EGB3020FFB EGB3025FFB EGB3030FFB EGB3035FFB EGB3040FFB EGB3045FFB EGB3050FFB EGB3060FFB EGB3070FFB EGB3080FFB EGB3090FFB EGB3100FFB EGB3110FFB EGB3125FFB
EG-Frame35 kAIC at 480 Vac

Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 1 EGS1015FFB EGS1020FFB EGS1025FFB EGS1030FFB EGS1035FFB EGS1040FFB EGS1045FFB EGS1050FFB EGS1060FFB EGS1070FFB EGS1080FFB EGS1090FFB EGS1100FFB EGS1110FFB EGS1125FFB Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 2 EGS2015FFB EGS2020FFB EGS2025FFB EGS2030FFB EGS2035FFB EGS2040FFB EGS2045FFB EGS2050FFB EGS2060FFB EGS2070FFB EGS2080FFB EGS2090FFB EGS2100FFB EGS2110FFB EGS2125FFB Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 3 EGS3015FFB EGS3020FFB EGS3025FFB EGS3030FFB EGS3035FFB EGS3040FFB EGS3045FFB EGS3050FFB EGS3060FFB EGS3070FFB EGS3080FFB EGS3090FFB EGS3100FFB EGS3110FFB EGS3125FFB
Notes 1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12. 3 For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EG-Frame
EG-Frame65 kAIC at 480 Vac

Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 1 EGH1015FFB EGH1020FFB EGH1025FFB EGH1030FFB EGH1035FFB EGH1040FFB EGH1045FFB EGH1050FFB EGH1060FFB EGH1070FFB EGH1080FFB EGH1090FFB EGH1100FFB EGH1110FFB EGH1125FFB Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 2 EGH2015FFB EGH2020FFB EGH2025FFB EGH2030FFB EGH2035FFB EGH2040FFB EGH2045FFB EGH2050FFB EGH2060FFB EGH2070FFB EGH2080FFB EGH2090FFB EGH2100FFB EGH2110FFB EGH2125FFB Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 3 EGH3015FFB EGH3020FFB EGH3025FFB EGH3030FFB EGH3035FFB EGH3040FFB EGH3045FFB EGH3050FFB EGH3060FFB EGH3070FFB EGH3080FFB EGH3090FFB EGH3100FFB EGH3110FFB EGH3125FFB
Load Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amps Terminal, Body Material Metric Wire Range mm2 (Package of Three Terminals) Catalog Number
Wire Type
AWG Wire Range
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 1550 60125 Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu/Al 2.550 1670 #141/0 #63/0 3TA125EF 3TA150EF
Notes 1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12. 3 For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8.
V4-T2-23
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-24 3T125EF

Series G
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information

EG-Frame
3TA125EF
3TA150EF
3TA160EFK
EF2RTWK, Two-PoleMetric EF3RTWK, Three-PoleMetric EF4RTWK, Four-PoleMetric EF2RTDK, Two-PoleImperial EF3RTDK, Three-PoleImperial EF4RTDK, Four-PoleImperial
Control Wire Terminal Kit GCWTK
Multiwire Connectors
Line and Load Terminals

Maximum Breaker Amps Terminal Body Material (Package of Three Terminals) Catalog Number
Wire Type
Metric Wire Range mm2
AWG Wire Range
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 125 125 125 160 160 160 Steel Steel Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al 46 2.595 2.550 1670 35120 35120 #12-10 #14-3/0 #14-1/0 #6-3/0 #3-250 #3-250 3T125EF 1 3T125EF 1 3TA125EF 3TA150EF 3TA160EFK 4TA160EFK 2
EG-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have line and load terminals as standard equipment. Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. Caution: Collar must surround conductor. Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Endcap kits are used on the E-Frame breaker line side to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.
Notes 1 Standard line and load terminals. 2 Four-pole kit with four terminals.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Control Wire Terminal Kit

Catalog Number Control wire terminal kit Package of 12priced individually 5652B38G01
Terminal End Covers (Gas Barrier) The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering. Terminal End Covers
Conductor Opening Diameter Inches (mm) 6.35 (0.25) Catalog Number EEC3K EEC4K
For use with steel or stainless steel standard line and load terminals only. Interphase Barriers
Catalog Number Interphase barriers Package of 12priced individually EIPBK
10.41 (0.41)
The interphase barrier is available for extended insulation between circuit breaker poles. Specify quantity when ordering. Base Mounting HardwareDIN Rail Mounting
Catalog Number DIN rail adaptersingle-pole DIN rail adaptertwo-pole DIN rail adapterthree- or four-pole EF1DIN EGDIN EF34DIN
Multiwire Connectors Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, terminal shield insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. EG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3) 1
Maximum Amperes 125 125 Wires per Terminal 3 6 Wire Size Range AWG Cu 142 146 Kit Catalog Number 3TA125E3K 3TA125E6K
Metric base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order S/N 8703C80G08.
Note: English mounting hardware kit can be supplied separate. Catalog number is BMHE #632 x 3 inches for two-, three- and four-pole. Singlepole mounting hardware metric order 8703C80G11. English hardware 8703C80G12. Both sold in quantities of 100.
Note 1 For four-pole kit, change 3 at beginning of catalog number to 4.
Terminal Shields The terminal shield is available for line terminal areas in threeand four-pole circuit breakers. Special terminal shields are also available for use when an electrical (solenoid) operator is mounted on the circuit breaker. The standard style number by pole for each terminal shield is for a package of 10 and is priced per each package. Special terminal shields are packaged individually. Terminal ShieldsIP30 Protection
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number EFTS3K EFTS4K
V4-T2-25
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-26 Description

Series G
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. EG-Frame Accessories
Reference Page SinglePole Center Two-Pole Left Right Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Terminal end covers Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp Padlockable handle lock hasp Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Plug-in adapters Electrical operator Handle mechanisms Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available V4-T2-100

V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-105
V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-405

Series G
2.2
2 2
250 34

UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type EGB125 EGE125 EGS125 EGH125 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles 1 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 EGC125 5 3, 4 EGB160 2 3, 4 EGE160 2 3, 4 EGS160 2 3, 4 220240 120 35 100 200 Icu 25 25 35 85 85 100 100 200 25 35 85 Ics 25 25 35 43 43 50 50 200 25 35 43 277 18 35 65 347 22 30 380415 Icu 18 25 40 70 100 18 25 40 Ics 18 25 30 35 100 18 25 30 480 18 25 35 65 100 18 25 35 600Y/ 347 18 22 25 35 18 22 690 2 Icu Ics Volts DC 1 125 Icu 10 35 42 Ics 10 35 42 Icu 10 10 35 42 42 10 10 35 Ics 10 10 35 42 42 10 10 35
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) EG-Frame
Number of Poles 1 2 3 4 Width 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) Height 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) Depth 2.99 (75.9) 2.99 (75.9) 2.99 (75.9) 2.99 (75.9)
2 2 2 2 2 2
5.50 (139.7)
EG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout
C L
Front View Three-Pole
Side View
Breaker 0.14 (3.6) R 0.90 (22.9)
1.85 (47.0) C L Handle 0.47 (11.9) 0.94 (23.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.03 (77.0)
2 2 2 2 2
4 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82)
1.30 Dia. (33.0)
2.77 (70.4)
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) EG-Frame

Breaker Type EGB125 EGC125 EGE125 EGH125 EGS125 Number of Poles 1 1.5 (0.68) 1.5 (0.68) 1.5 (0.68) 1.5 (0.68) 1.5 (0.68) 2 2.0 (0.91) 2.0 (0.91) 2.0 (0.91) 2.0 (0.91) 2.0 (0.91) 3 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 4 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) Breaker Type EGB160 EGE160 EGS160 Number of Poles 3 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-27
Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 IEC only. 3 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 4 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 42 kA. 5 Current limiting per UL 489.
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-28

Series G
EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

10.26 (260.6)
4.75 (120.6)
0.55 (14.0)
0.50 (12.7)
1.49 1.00 (37.8) (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)
3.98 (101.1)
3-Pole 2.98 (75.7) 2.00 (50.8)
1.50 0.50 (38.1) (12.7)
8.59 (218.2)
4.78 (121.4)
0.70 (17.8) 0.90 (22.9) 0.35 (8.9)
0.09 (2.29)
3.01 (76.5) 3.17 (80.5)
2.75 (69.9) 0.78 (19.8)
EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module

4.17 (105.9) 3.61 (91.7) 9.66 (245.4)
0.56 (14.2)
1.00 (25.4) 3.00 (76.2) 1.00 (25.4)
0.50 1.00 (12.7) (25.4)
3.20 (81.3) 4.17 (105.9)
2.75 0.09 (69.9) (2.3)
0.78 (19.8) 0.41 (10.4)

Series G
2.2
JG-Frame (63250 Amperes)
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
JG-Frame (63250 Amperes)

Product Description
JG breaker is HACR rated.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-30 JT E S H C U X K Frame J

Series G

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Series GJG-Frame (63250 Amperes)
J G S 3 250 FA G C
Rating Blank = 80% rated C = 100% rated F01 = Freeze tested for 70F (57C) F02 = Freeze tested for 22F (30C) Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric W = Without terminals Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)
Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600 480 415 18 25 25 18 35 40 25 65 70 35 100 100 50 150 150 50 200 200 Molded case switch
Number of Poles 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected 8 = FourNeutral 060% Protected 9 = FourNeutral 100% Protected
240 65 85 100 200 200 200
Amperes 050 070 080 090 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Trip Unit
JT 4 100 FA
Trip Number of Poles 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected 8 = FourNeutral 060%% Protected 9 = FourNeutral 100% Protected Amperes T/M ETU 080 050 090 100 100 160 110 250 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)

Series G
2.2
2 2 2
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGE4100AAG JGE4125AAG JGE4160AAG JGE4200AAG JGE4250AAG
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
JG-Frame
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA25/25
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGE2070FAG JGE2090FAG JGE2100FAG JGE2125FAG JGE2150FAG JGE2175FAG JGE2200FAG JGE2225FAG JGE2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE3070FAG JGE3090FAG JGE3100FAG JGE3125FAG JGE3150FAG JGE3175FAG JGE3200FAG JGE3225FAG JGE3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGE3100AAG JGE3125AAG JGE3160AAG JGE3200AAG JGE3250AAG Four-Pole 0%2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE4070FAG JGE4090FAG JGE4100FAG JGE4125FAG JGE4150FAG JGE4175FAG JGE4200FAG JGE4225FAG JGE4250FAG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
JG-Frame
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA40/35, Two-Pole
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGS2070FAG JGS2090FAG JGS2100FAG JGS2125FAG JGS2150FAG JGS2175FAG JGS2200FAG JGS2225FAG JGS2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS3070FAG JGS3090FAG JGS3100FAG JGS3125FAG JGS3150FAG JGS3175FAG JGS3200FAG JGS3225FAG JGS3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGS3100AAG JGS3125AAG JGS3160AAG JGS3200AAG JGS3250AAG Four-Pole 0%2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS4070FAG JGS4090FAG JGS4100FAG JGS4125FAG JGS4150FAG JGS4175FAG JGS4200FAG JGS4225FAG JGS4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGS4100AAG JGS4125AAG JGS4160AAG JGS4200AAG JGS4250AAG
Notes 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 2 Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
V4-T2-31
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-32 JG-Frame

Series G
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGH2070FAG JGH2090FAG JGH2100FAG JGH2125FAG JGH2150FAG JGH2175FAG JGH2200FAG JGH2225FAG JGH2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGH3070FAG JGH3090FAG JGH3100FAG JGH3125FAG JGH3150FAG JGH3175FAG JGH3200FAG JGH3225FAG JGH3250FAG Four-Pole 0%2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable 1 Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number JGH3100AAG JGH3125AAG JGH3160AAG JGH3200AAG JGH3250AAG Catalog Number JGH4070FAG JGH4090FAG JGH4100FAG JGH4125FAG JGH4150FAG JGH4175FAG JGH4200FAG JGH4225FAG JGH4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGH4100AAG JGH4125AAG JGH4160AAG JGH4200AAG JGH4250AAG

Series G
2.2
2 2
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGC4080AAG JGC4100AAG JGC4125AAG JGC4160AAG JGC4200AAG JGC4250AAG
Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 100/100, 150/150

JG-Frame
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA100/100, Current Limiting

Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGC3070FAG JGC3090FAG JGC3100FAG JGC3125FAG JGC3150FAG JGC3175FAG JGC3200FAG JGC3225FAG JGC3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGC3080AAG JGC3100AAG JGC3125AAG JGC3160AAG JGC3200AAG JGC3250AAG Four-Pole 0% 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGC4070FAG JGC4090FAG JGC4100FAG JGC4125FAG JGC4150FAG JGC4175FAG JGC4200FAG JGC4225FAG JGC4250FAG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
JG-Frame
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA150/150, Current Limiting

Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGU3070FAG JGU3090FAG JGU3100FAG JGU3125FAG JGU3150FAG JGU3175FAG JGU3200FAG JGU3225FAG JGU3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGU3080AAG JGU3100AAG JGU3125AAG JGU3160AAG JGU3200AAG JGU3250AAG Four-Pole 0% 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGU4070FAG JGU4090FAG JGU4100FAG JGU4125FAG JGU4150FAG JGU4175FAG JGU4200FAG JGU4225FAG JGU4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGU4080AAG JGU4100AAG JGU4125AAG JGU4160AAG JGU4200AAG JGU4250AAG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-33
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-34 JG-Frame

Series G
Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200 JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200, Current Limiting

Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGX3070FAG JGX3090FAG JGX3100FAG JGX3125FAG JGX3150FAG JGX3175FAG JGX3200FAG JGX3225FAG JGX3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGX3080AAG JGX3100AAG JGX3125AAG JGX3160AAG JGX3200AAG JGX3250AAG Four-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGX4070FAG JGX4090FAG JGX4100FAG JGX4125FAG JGX4150FAG JGX4175FAG JGX4200FAG JGX4225FAG JGX4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGX4080AAG JGX4100AAG JGX4125AAG JGX4160AAG JGX4200AAG JGX4250AAG

Catalog Number JGK3250KSG JGK7250KSG Notes 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 2 Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 3 Molded case switches will trip above 2500 amperes.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
FrameIC Rating at 415/480 Volts

Two-Pole Maximum Amperes 25/25 250 40/35 250 70/65 250 JGH2250NN JGH3250NN JGH4250NN JGS2250NN JGS3250NN JGS4250NN JGE2250NN JGE3250NN JGE4250NN Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number Four-Pole 0% Catalog Number
100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 JGC3250NN JGC4250NN
150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 JGU3250NN JGU4250NN
200/200 Current Limiting Per UL 489 250

2
JGX3250NN
JGX4250NN
25/25 100% Rated Per UL 489 250
JGE3250NNC
2
40/35 100% Rated Per UL 489 250
JGS3250NNC
70/65 100% Rated Per UL 489 2 250 JGH3250NNC
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Ampere Rating 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JT2070FA JT2090FA JT2100FA JT2125FA JT2150FA JT2175FA JT2200FA JT2225FA JT2250FA JT3070FA JT3090FA JT3100FA JT3125FA JT3150FA JT3175FA JT3200FA JT3225FA JT3250FA JT3080AA 3 JT3100AA 3 JT3125AA 3 JT3160AA 3 JT3200AA 3 JT3250AA 3 Range 64100 80100 100125 128160 160200 200250 Catalog Number JT4070FA JT4090FA JT4100FA JT4125FA JT4150FA JT4175FA JT4200FA JT4225FA JT4250FA JT4080AA 3 JT4100AA 3 JT4125AA 3 JT4160AA 3 JT4200AA 3 JT4250AA 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Standard line and load terminals. 2 Components100% rated frame. 3 Adjustable thermal trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
V4-T2-35
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-36

Series G
Electronic Trip Units JG Electronic Trip Units

LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JT405033 JT410033 JT416033 JT425033 JT405032 JT410032 JT416032 JT425032 JT405035 JT410035 JT416035 JT425035 JT405036 JT410036 JT416036 JT425036 JT305033 JT310033 JT316033 JT325033 JT305032 JT310032 JT316032 JT325032 JT305035 JT310035 JT316035 JT325035 JT305036 JT310036 JT316036 JT325036 JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number
Plug-In Test Kit

Voltage Rating 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number MTST120V MTST230V
Breaker Mount Ammeter

Description Breaker mount ammeter Catalog Number DIGIVIEW
Notes 1 For use on a three-pole breaker used in a four-wire system if ground fault protection for the neutral is required. 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. Long time pickupselectable via dial setting. 50 ampere settings50, 45, 40, 32, 30, 25, 20. 100 ampere settings100, 90, 80, 70, 63, 50, 45, 40. 160 ampere settings160, 150, 125, 110, 100, 90, 80, 63. 250 ampere settings250, 225, 200, 175, 160, 150, 125, 100. Adjustable long time delay224 seconds at 6 x lr. Adjustable short time delayInst., 120, 300 ms

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Complete Breaker with Electronic Trip Units IEC/UL/CSA25/25

LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGE405033G JGE410033G JGE416033G JGE425033G JGE405032G JGE410032G JGE416032G JGE425032G JGE405035G JGE410035G JGE416035G JGE425035G JGE405036G JGE410036G JGE416036G JGE425036G JGE305033G JGE310033G JGE316033G JGE325033G JGE305032G JGE310032G JGE316032G JGE325032G JGE305035G JGE310035G JGE316035G JGE325035G JGE305036G JGE310036G JGE316036G JGE325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number
IEC/UL/CSA40/35
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGS405033G JGS410033G JGS416033G JGS425033G JGS405032G JGS410032G JGS416032G JGS425032G JGS405035G JGS410035G JGS416035G JGS425035G JGS405036G JGS410036G JGS416036G JGS425036G JGS305033G JGS310033G JGS316033G JGS325033G JGS305032G JGS310032G JGS316032G JGS325032G JGS305035G JGS310035G JGS316035G JGS325035G JGS305036G JGS310036G JGS316036G JGS325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number
IEC/UL/CSA70/65
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGH405033G JGH410033G JGH416033G JGH425033G JGH405032G JGH410032G JGH416032G JGH425032G JGH405035G JGH410035G JGH416035G JGH425035G JGH405036G JGH410036G JGH416036G JGH425036G JGH305033G JGH310033G JGH316033G JGH325033G JGH305032G JGH310032G JGH316032G JGH325032G JGH305035G JGH310035G JGH316035G JGH325035G JGH305036G JGH310036G JGH316036G JGH325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number
Notes 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
V4-T2-37
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-38 LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number

Series G
IEC/UL/CSA100/100, Current Limiting Per UL 489

LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number
JGC305033G JGC310033G JGC316033G JGC335033G
JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250

LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGU405033G JGU410033G JGU416033G JGU435033G JGU405032G JGU410032G JGU416032G JGU425032G JGU405035G JGU410035G JGU416035G JGU425035G JGU405036G JGU410036G JGU416036G JGU425036G JGU305033G JGU310033G JGU316033G JGU335033G JGU305032G JGU310032G JGU316032G JGU325032G JGU305035G JGU310035G JGU316035G JGU325035G JGU305036G JGU310036G JGU316036G JGU325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGX405033G JGX410033G JGX416033G JGX425033G JGX405032G JGX410032G JGX416032G JGX425032G JGX405035G JGX410035G JGX416035G JGX425035G JGX405036G JGX410036G JGX416036G JGX425036G JGX305033G JGX310033G JGX316033G JGX325033G JGX305032G JGX310032G JGX316032G JGX325032G JGX305035G JGX310035G JGX316035G JGX325035G JGX305036G JGX310036G JGX316036G JGX325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number
Notes 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole
JG 100% Rated Circuit BreakerThermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
JG-Frame
Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGE3070FAGC JGE3090FAGC JGE3100FAGC JGE3125FAGC JGE3150FAGC JGE3175FAGC JGE3200FAGC JGE3225FAGC JGE3250FAGC
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGH3070FAGC JGH3090FAGC JGH3100FAGC JGH3125FAGC JGH3150FAGC JGH3175FAGC JGH3200FAGC JGH3225FAGC JGH3250FAGC
Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGS3070FAGC JGS3090FAGC JGS3100FAGC JGS3125FAGC JGS3150FAGC JGS3175FAGC JGS3200FAGC JGS3225FAGC JGS3250FAGC
V4-T2-39
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-40 Ampere Rating 50 100 160 250

Series G
JG 100% Rated Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker IEC/UL/CSA25/25

LS Ampere Rating 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number JGE305033GC JGE310033GC JGE316033GC JGE325033GC LSI Catalog Number JGE305032GC JGE310032GC JGE316032GC JGE325032GC LSG Catalog Number JGE305035GC JGE310035GC JGE316035GC JGE325035GC LSIG Catalog Number JGE305036GC JGE310036GC JGE316036GC JGE325036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250
IEC/UL/CSA40/35
LS Catalog Number JGS305033GC JGS310033GC JGS316033GC JGS325033GC LSI Catalog Number JGS305032GC JGS310032GC JGS316032GC JGS325032GC LSG Catalog Number JGS305035GC JGS310035GC JGS316035GC JGS325035GC LSIG Catalog Number JGS305036GC JGS310036GC JGS316036GC JGS325036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250
IEC/UL/CSA70/65
LS Ampere Rating 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number JGH305033GC JGH310033GC JGH316033GC JGH325033GC LSI Catalog Number JGH305032GC JGH310032GC JGH316032GC JGH325032GC LSG Catalog Number JGH305035GC JGH310035GC JGH316035GC JGH325035GC LSIG Catalog Number JGH305036GC JGH310036GC JGH316036GC JGH325036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250
Note 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2

JG-Frame
T250FJ
TA250FJ
Endcap Kit
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-41
Load and Line Terminals

Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Metric Wire Range mm2 AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors Catalog Number
Wire Type
Standard Pressure Type Terminals 250 250 Stainless steel Aluminum Cu Cu/Al 25185 10185 #4350 (1) #8350 (1) T250FJ 1 TA250FJ 12
JG-Frame circuit breakers include aluminum terminals TA250FJ as standard. When optional stainless steel only terminals are required, order by catalog number. Endcap Kits
Catalog Number Number of Poles 3 4 Metric FJ3RTWK FJ4RTWK Imperial FJ3RTDK FJ4RTDK Description Package of 14 (priced individually)

Catalog Number FJCWTK
Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.
For use with aluminum or copper terminals only.
Base Mounting Hardware Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A2546G02. Terminal Shields IP30
Location Line or Load Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Catalog Number FJTS3K FJTS4K
Interphase Barriers
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number FJIPBK 3 FJIPBK4 3
Multiwire Connectors Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end.
JG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)

Maximum Amperes 250 250 Wires per Terminal 3 6 Wire Size Range AWG Cu 142 146 Kit Catalog Number 3TA250FJ3 3TA250FJ6
Notes 1 Individually packed. 2 Standard line and load. 3 Individually priced.
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-42

Series G
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. JG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Handle mechanisms Earth leakage/ground fault protector Drawout cassette Digitrip 310+ test kit Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available Note
1
Reference Page
Two- and Three-Pole Left Center Right
Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral
V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-105
V4-T2-100
1
Contact Eaton.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type JGE250 JGS250 JGH250 JGC250 4 JGU250 4 JGX250 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 220240 Icu 65 85 100 200 200 200 Ics 65 85 100 200 200 200 380415 Icu 25 40 70 100 150 200 Ics 25 40 70 100 150 200 480 25 35 65 100 150 200 600 18 18 25 35 50 50 690 2 Icu 12 12 14 16 18 18 Ics 6 6 7 12 14 14 250 23 10 22 22 42 50 50 Volts DC 1

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) JG-Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Width 4.13 (104.9) 5.34 (135.6) Height 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) Depth 3.57 (90.7) 3.57 (90.7)
2 2 2
Side View
JG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout 0.63 (16.0) 0.28 (7.1) 3.06 (77.7) 0.50 (12.7) Breaker
C L
Front View Three-Pole
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1.25 (31.8) 0.19 (4.8) R 2.05 (52.1) C L Handle 3.95 (100.3) 7.00 (177.8)
4.00 (101.6)
1.06 (27.0) 4.13 (104.9) 3.44 (87.4)
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) JG-Frame

Breaker Type JGC JGE JGH JGS JGU JGX Number of Poles 2, 3 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 4 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60)
Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 4 Current limiting per UL 489.
V4-T2-43
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-44
RESET
TEST

Series G
JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

4-Pole 5.50 (139.7) 3-Pole 4.13 (104.9) 0.69 2.06 1.38 (17.5) (52.3) (35.1)
5.50 (139.7) 3.57 (90.7) 1.25 (31.8) 0.63 (16.0)
2.05 (52.1)
3.92 (99.6)
5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) 11.25 (285.8)
3.92 (99.6)
R 0.19 (4.8) 0.28 (7.1) 0.50 (139.7)
1.88 (47.8)
6.97 (177.0)
4.93 (125.2) 11.25 (285.8) 1.06 (26.9)
4.25 (108.0)
3.37 (85.6)
3.31 (84.1)
3.81 (96.8) 4.78 (121.4)
3.69 (93.7)
3.57 (90.7)
2.05 (52.1) 4.09 (103.9)

Series G
2.2
LG-Frame (250630 Amperes)
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LG-Frame (250630 Amperes)

Product Description
LG breaker is HACR rated.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-46 LT Frame L

Series G

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Series GLG-Frame (250630 Amperes)
L G S 3 600 FA G C
Rating Blank = 80% rated C = 100% rated Number of Poles 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% protected 6 = FourNeutral 60% protected 7 = FourNeutral 100% protected 8 = FourNeutral 060% protected 9 = FourNeutral 0100 protected Amperes 250 300 350 400 500 600 630 Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric W = Without terminals Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG 38 = 310+ electronic ALSI 39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)
Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600 480 415 18 35 35 25 50 50 35 65 70 50 100 100 65 150 150 65 200 200 Molded case switch
E S H C U X K
240 65 85 100 200 200 200
Trip Unit
LT 3 600 FA
Trip Number of Poles 3 = Three 4 = Fourneutral 0% protected 8 = Fourneutral 0/60% protected 9 = Fourneutral 0/100% protected Amperes 250 300 350 400 500 600 630 Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj., thermal-magnetic FA = Fixed adj., thermal-magnetic KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG 38 = 310+ electronic ALSI 39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG

Series G
2.2
2 2 2
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGE3250FAG LGE3300FAG LGE3350FAG LGE3400FAG LGE3500FAG LGE3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGE3250AAG LGE3320AAG LGE3400AAG LGE3500AAG LGE3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) 3 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGE4250FAG LGE4300FAG LGE4350FAG LGE4400FAG LGE4500FAG LGE4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGE4250AAG LGE4320AAG LGE4400AAG LGE4500AAG LGE4630AAG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LG-Frame
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGS3250FAG LGS3300FAG LGS3350FAG LGS3400FAG LGS3500FAG LGS3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGS3250AAG LGS3320AAG LGS3400AAG LGS3500AAG LGS3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) 3 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGS4250FAG LGS4300FAG LGS4350FAG LGS4400FAG LGS4500FAG LGS4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGS4250AAG LGS4320AAG LGS4400AAG LGS4500AAG LGS4630AAG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LG-Frame
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
4
Four-Pole (0%) 3 Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGH3250AAG LGH3320AAG LGH3400AAG LGH3500AAG LGH3630AAG Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGH4250FAG LGH4300FAG LGH4350FAG LGH4400FAG LGH4500FAG LGH4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGH4250AAG LGH4320AAG LGH4400AAG LGH4500AAG LGH4630AAG
Catalog Number LGH3250FAG LGH3300FAG LGH3350FAG LGH3400FAG LGH3500FAG LGH3600FAG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-47
Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. Neutral is on LH side. 4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-48 LG-Frame LG-Frame LG-Frame

Series G
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
4
Four-Pole (0%) 3 Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGC3250AAG LGC3320AAG LGC3400AAG LGC3500AAG LGC3630AAG Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGC4250FAG LGC4300FAG LGC4350FAG LGC4400FAG LGC4500FAG LGC4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGC4250AAG LGC4320AAG LGC4400AAG LGC4500AAG LGC4630AAG
Catalog Number LGC3250FAG LGC3300FAG LGC3350FAG LGC3400FAG LGC3500FAG LGC3600FAG
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGU3250FAG LGU3300FAG LGU3350FAG LGU3400FAG LGU3500FAG LGU3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGU3250AAG LGU3320AAG LGU3400AAG LGU3500AAG LGU3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) 3 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGU4250FAG LGU4300FAG LGU4350FAG LGU4400FAG LGU4500FAG LGU4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGU4250AAG LGU4320AAG LGU4400AAG LGU4500AAG LGU4630AAG
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGX3250FAG LGX3300FAG LGX3350FAG LGX3400FAG LGX3500FAG LGX3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGX3250AAG LGX3320AAG LGX3400AAG LGX3500AAG LGX3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) 3 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGX4250FAG LGX4300FAG LGX4350FAG LGX4400FAG LGX4500FAG LGX4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGX4250AAG LGX4320AAG LGX4400AAG LGX4500AAG LGX4630AAG
Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. Neutral is on LH side. 4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Ampere Rating 400 Number of Poles 32 4 630 3 32 4 Catalog Number LGK3400KSG LGK4400KSG LGK3630KSG LGK4630KSG
FrameIC Rating at 415/480 Volts

Three-Pole 2 Maximum Amperes 3 35/35 630 3 LGE3630NN LGE3630NNWC 50/50 630 3 LGS3630NN LGS3630NNWC 70/53 630 3 LGH3630NN LGH3630NNWC 100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489 630 LGC3630NN LGC4630NN LGH4630NN LGS4630NN LGE4630NN Catalog Number Four-Pole 0% Catalog Number
150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489 630 LGU3630NN LGU4630NN
200/200 Current Limiting 630 LGX3630NN LGX4630NN

Three-Pole
2
Four-Pole (0%) Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 4 Catalog Number LT3250AA LT3320AA LT3400AA LT3500AA LT3630AA
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT3500FA LT3600FA
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LT4250FA LT4300FA LT4350FA LT4400FA LT4500FA LT4600FA
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 4 Catalog Number LT4250AA LT4320AA LT4400AA LT4500AA LT4630AA
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Molded case switches will trip above 6300 amperes. 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 3 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 4 Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 5 Neutral protection is indicated by the third character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. 6 100% rated frame.
V4-T2-49
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-50 LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 250 400 600 630 2 Four-Pole 3 250 400 600 630 2 LT425033 LT440033 LT460033 LT463033 LT325033 LT340033 LT360033 LT363033 Catalog Number

Series G
Electronic Trip UnitsDigitrip 310+

LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number
LT325032 LT340032 LT360032 LT363032
LT325035 LT340035 LT360035 LT363035
LT325036 LT340036 LT360036 LT363036
LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
LT425032 LT440032 LT460032 LT463032
LT425035 LT440035 LT460035 LT463035
LT425036 LT440036 LT460036 LT463036
Plug-In Test Kit 4

Voltage Rating 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number MTST120V MTST230V
Notes 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 3 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 4 IL Number is 5721B13. Long time pickup selectable via dial setting. 630 ampere settings 630, 600, 500, 400, 350, 315, 300, 250 (315, 630 are IEC ratings only). 600 ampere settings 600, 500, 450, 400, 350, 315, 300, 250 (315 is IEC rating only). 400 ampere settings 400, 350, 315, 300, 250, 225, 200, 160 (315 is IEC rating only). 250 ampere settings 250, 225, 200, 175, 160, 150, 125, 100 (160 is IEC rating only). Adjustable long time delay 224 seconds at 6 x Ir . Adjustable short time delay Inst., 120, 300 ms.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-51
IC Rating at 415/480V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) 1 IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 3
250 400 600 630 4
LSI Catalog Number
LSG Catalog Number
LSIG Catalog Number
Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 2 Catalog Number
Catalog Number
LGE325033G LGE340033G LGE360033G LGE363033G
Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4
IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac

250 400 600 630 4
LSI Catalog Number
LSG Catalog Number
LSIG Catalog Number
Catalog Number
LGS325033G LGS340033G LGS360033G LGS363033G
Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4
IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415 Vac, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac

250 400 600 630 4
LSI Catalog Number
LSG Catalog Number
LSIG Catalog Number
Catalog Number
LGH325033G LGH340033G LGH360033G LGH363033G
Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4
Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ampere Rating Three-Pole 3
250 400 600 630 4

Series G
IC Rating at 415/480V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) 1 IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
250 400 600 630 4
LSI Catalog Number
LSG Catalog Number
LSIG Catalog Number
Catalog Number
LGC325033G LGC340033G LGC360033G LGC363033G
Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4
IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 2 Catalog Number
LGU325033G LGU340033G LGU360033G LGU363033G
Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4
IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
250 400 600 630 4
LSI Catalog Number
LSG Catalog Number
LSIG Catalog Number
Catalog Number
LGX325033G LGX340033G LGX360033G LGX363033G
Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4
Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. V4-T2-52 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LG 100% Rated Circuit BreakerThermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGE3250FAGC LGE3300FAGC LGE3350FAGC LGE3400FAGC LGE3500FAGC LGE3600FAGC
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGH3250FAGC LGH3300FAGC LGH3350FAGC LGH3400FAGC LGH3500FAGC LGH3600FAGC
4
Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
Catalog Number LGS3250FAGC LGS3300FAGC LGS3350FAGC LGS3400FAGC LGS3500FAGC LGS3600FAGC
V4-T2-53
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-54 Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 2 LS Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 2 Catalog Number LGE325033GC LGE340033GC LGE360033GC LGE363033GC

Series G
LG 100% Rated Electronic Breaker Per UL 489 IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
LSI Catalog Number LGE325032GC LGE340032GC LGE360032GC LGE363032GC LSG Catalog Number LGE325035GC LGE340035GC LGE360035GC LGE363035GC LSIG Catalog Number LGE325036GC LGE340036GC LGE360036GC LGE363036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac

LS Catalog Number LGS325033GC LGS340033GC LGS360033GC LGS363033GC LSI Catalog Number LGS325032GC LGS340032GC LGS360032GC LGS363032GC LSG Catalog Number LGS325035GC LGS340035GC LGS360035GC LGS363035GC LSIG Catalog Number LGS325036GC LGS340036GC LGS360036GC LGS363036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac

LS Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 2 Catalog Number LGH325033GC LGH340033GC LGH360033GC LGH363033GC LSI Catalog Number LGH325032GC LGH340032GC LGH360032GC LGH363032GC LSG Catalog Number LGH325035GC LGH340035GC LGH360035GC LGH363035GC LSIG Catalog Number LGH325036GC LGH340036GC LGH360036GC LGH363036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
Notes 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-55
LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Series G LG circuit breakers simple and reliable method to are available with the Arcflash reduce fault clearing time. Reduction Maintenance The Arcflash Reduction System integrated into the Maintenance System unit electronic trip units helping to utilizes a separate analog trip improve safety by providing a circuit that provides faster
LG with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
interruption times than the standard (digital) instantaneous protection. Work locations downstream of a circuit breaker with an Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System unit can have a significantly lower incident energy level, reducing arc flash potential to the system.
LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System

ALSI Ampere Rating Catalog Number ALSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number
IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGE325038G LGE340038G LGE360038G LGE363038G LGE365039G LGE340039G LGE360039G LGE363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGS325038G LGS340038G LGS360038G LGS363038G LGS365039G LGS340039G LGS360039G LGS363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGH325038G LGH340038G LGH360038G LGH363038G LGH365039G LGH340039G LGH360039G LGH363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGC325038G LGC340038G LGC360038G LGC363038G LGC365039G LGC340039G LGC360039G LGC363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGU325038G LGU340038G LGU360038G LGU363038G LGU365039G LGU340039G LGU360039G LGU363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGX325038G LGX340038G LGX360038G LGX363038G LGX365039G LGX340039G LGX360039G LGX363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
LG Electronic Trip Units with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System

ALSI Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 Catalog Number LT325038 LT340038 LT360038 LT363038 ALSIG Catalog Number LT325039 LT340039 LT360039 LT363039 Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
Note 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-56 Maximum Breaker Amperes 400 400 400 400 630 630 630 630 630 400 400

Series G

Terminal Body Material Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Aluminum Copper Wire Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors 500750 (1) 500750 (1) 500750 (1) 500750 (1) 2500 (2) 2500 (2) 2500 (2) 2500 (2) 2500 (2) 3500 (1) 3500 (1) Metric Wire Range (mm2) 240380 (1) 240380 (1) 240380 (1) 240380 (1) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (1) 35240 (1) Number of Terminals Included 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 3 4 1 1 Catalog Number 3TA631LK 1 4TA631LK 1 3T631LK 1 4T631LK 1 TA632L 3TA632LK 12 4TA632LK 12 3T632LK 1 4T632LK 1 TA350LK 2 T350LK
Base Mounting Hardware Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03. Terminal Covers
Description Three-pole terminal cover 3 Four-pole terminal cover 3 Catalog Number LTS3K LTS4K
Terminal Spreaders
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number LGTEW3 LGTEW4
End Cap Kits (MIO Metric Nuts)

Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number L3RTWK L4RTWK
Terminal Extensions
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number LGTES3 LGTES4

Description Three-pole kit Four-pole kit Three-pole kit Four-pole kit Terminal Body Type Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Catalog Number 3TA632LKW 4TA632LKW 3T632LKW 4T632LKW
Handle Extension
Description Handle extension Catalog Number HEXLG
Interphase Barrier
Package of 2 Interphase barrier Catalog Number IPB3
Notes 1 Includes LTS3K (three-pole) or LTS4K (four-pole) terminal covers. 2 Standard terminal included with complete breaker. 3 Included in TA63IL, T63IL, TA632L kits listed above.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Terminals and Terminal Cover for the LG BreakerIncludes LTS3K (Three-Pole) or LTS4K (Four-Pole) Terminal Covers
Note: Extended terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.0 mm) to breaker length.
V4-T2-57
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-58

Series G
Accessories
Base Mounting Hardware Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03. Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. LG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Handle extension Terminal cover Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Handle mechanisms Earth leakage/ground fault protector Drawout cassette Digitrip 310+ test kit Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available
1
Reference Page
Three-Pole Left Center Right
Four-Pole Left Center Right Neu.
V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-105
V4-T2-56 V4-T2-56 V4-T2-56 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-405 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-109 V4-T2-50 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-101
V4-T2-100
1
Note Contact Eaton.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Interrupting Capacity Ratings UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Circuit Breaker Type LGE630 LGS630 LGH630 LGC630 6 LGU630 6 LGX630
6
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 240240 Icu 65 85 100 200 200 200
5
Volts DC 1 380415 480 Ics 35 50 70 100 150 200 35 50 65 100 150 200 18 25 35 50 65 65 600 690 Icu 12 20 25 30 35 35 Ics 6 10 13 15 18 18 250 Icu 22 22 42 42 50 50
23
Ics 65 85 100 200 200 200
Icu 35 50 70 100 150 200
Ics 22 22 42 42 50 50

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) LG-Frame
LG-Frame
Note: TA63IL, T63IL, T632L, TA632L terminals add 1.19 inches (30.2 mm) to line or load side of LG. LTS3K or LTS4K terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.1 mm) to line or load side of LG.
2.43 (61.7) R 0.25 (6.4) 2.00 (50.8) 1.92 (48.8) 2.69 (68.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.48 (139.2)
C L
Breaker 3.16 (80.3)
4.06 (103.1) 5.58 (141.7)
10.13 (257 .3)
Four-Pole
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) LG-Frame

Breaker Type LGE, LGS, LGH, LGC, LGU, LGX Two- and Three-Pole 16 (7.3) Four-Pole 20 (9.1)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum atkA. 4 Three-poles in series. 750 Vdc ratings available (four-pole in series, not UL listed). Contact Eaton. 5 IEC rating is 300 kA at 240 Vac. 6 Current limiting per UL 489.
V4-T2-59
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-60

Series G
LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

5.16 (131.1) 3.44 (87.4) 1.72 (43.7) 4.31 (109.5) 4.06 (103.1) 3.98 (101.1) 3.44 (87.4) 1.72 (43.7) 0.86 (21.8)
4.73 (120.1)
5.58 (141.7)
5.58 (141.7)
4.73 (120.1)
8.44 (214.4)
10.13 (257.3) 15.38 (390.7)
8.44 (214.4)
13.69 (347.7)
15.38 (390.7)
13.68 (347.5)
3-Pole 5.48 (139.2) 4-Pole 7.22 (183.4)
4-Pole 2.75 (69.9) 3-Pole 2.74 (69.6)
3.97 (100.8) 4.30 (109.2) 4.55 (115.6) 5.43 (137.9)
4-Pole 7.22 (183.4) 3-Pole 5.48 (139.2)
4-Pole 2.75 (69.9) 3-Pole 2.74 (69.6)

Series G
2.2
NG-Frame (1200 Ampere)
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes)

Product Description
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
All Eaton NG-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use All NG-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-62 Frame NG Performance at 480 Vac S = 50 kAIC H = 65 kAIC C = 100 kAIC U = 150 kAIC 1

Series G

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame Catalog Number System
NG H 3 080 39 ZG E C
Rating Blank = 80% rated C = 100% rated Amperes 080 = 800 1200 = 1200 Poles 3 = Three 4 = Four; neutral 2 0% protected 7 = Four; neutral 2 100% protected 9 = Four; neutral 2 0/60/100% adjustable protection Trip Unit 33 32 35 35B22 36 36B22 38 310+ Electronic LS 310+ Electronic LSI 310+ Electronic LSG 310+ Electronic LS(A), GFA, no trip 310+ Electronic LSIG 310+ Electronic LSI(A), GFA, no trip 310+ Electronic ALSI w/ Maintenance Mode 39 = 310+ Electronic ALSIG w/ Maintenance Mode 39B22 = 310+ Electronic ALSI(A) w/ Maintenance Mode and GFA, no trip = = = = = = = Terminations 3 M = Metric tapped line/load conductors E = Imperial tapped line/load conductors Feature Blank B20 B21 ZG = = = = No feature High load alarm Ground fault Zone selective interlocking
Notes 1 800A only. 2 Neutral inn left pole on GN; right pole on NG. 3 Breakers do not ship with lugs. Trip units are factory installable only.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2
Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information

Type NGS Standard Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 12 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 44 45 46 1200
3
L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In NGS308033E NGS408033E NGS708033E NGS908033E NGS312033E NGS412033E NGS712033E NGS912033E 28 x In I300 ms NGS308032E NGS408032E NGS708032E NGS908032E NGS312032E NGS412032E NGS712032E NGS912032E 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGS308035E NGS408035E NGS312035E NGS412035E 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGS308036E NGS408036E NGS312036E NGS412036E
ALSI 28 x In I300 ms NGS308038E NGS408038E NGS708038E NGS908038E NGS312038E NGS712038E NGS912038E
ALSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGS308039E NGS408039E NGS312039E NGS412039E
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 44 45 46
Type NGS Standard Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with Metric Tapped Conductors Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 12 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 3 3 44 45 46 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In NGS316033M NGS416033M NGS716033M NGS916033M LSI 28 x In I300 ms NGS316032M NGS416032M NGS716032M NGS916032M LSG 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGS316035M NGS416035M LSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGS316036M NGS416036M ALSI 28 x In I300 ms NGS316038M NGS416038M NGS716038M NGS916038M ALSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGS316039M NGS416039M
Number of Poles

Ue Maximum 690 Vac Ampere Rating 800 1200 1250 Three-Pole MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals Catalog Number NGK3080KSE NGK3120KSE NGK3125KSE Four-Pole MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals Catalog Number NGK4080KSE NGK4120KSE NGK43125KSE
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 For AC use only. 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40C or 50C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40C labeling. 3 Non-UL listed NG 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available. 4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pocket; GN, neutral in left pocket. 5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four). 6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four). 7 For AC use only. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. 8 For two-pole applications, use outer poles of three-pole molded case switch.
V4-T2-63
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-64 1200 3 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 12 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 43 44 45 3 43 44 45

Series G
Type NGH High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 65 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In NGH308033E NGH408033E NGH708033E NGH908033E NGH312033E NGH412033E NGH712033E NGH912033E 28 x In I300 ms NGH308032E NGH408032E NGH708032E NGH908032E NGH312032E NGH412032E NGH712032E NGH912032E 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGH308035E NGH408035E NGH312035E NGH412035E 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGH308036E NGH408036E NGH312036E NGH412036E
ALSI 28 x In I300 ms NGH308038E NGH408038E NGH708038E NGH908038E NGH312038E NGH712038E NGH912038E
ALSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGH308039E NGH408039E NGH312039E NGH412039E
Type NGC Very High CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 12 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 43 44 45 3 43 44 45 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In NGC308033E NGC408033E NGC708033E NGC908033E NGC312033E NGC412033E NGC712033E NGC912033E 28 x In I300 ms NGC308032E NGC408032E NGC708032E NGC908032E NGC312032E NGC412032E NGC712032E NGC912032E 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGC308035E NGC408035E NGC312035E NGC412035E 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGC308036E NGC408036E NGC312036E NGC412036E
ALSI 28 x In I300 ms NGC308038E NGC408038E NGC708038E NGC908038E NGC312038E NGC712038E NGC912038E
ALSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGC308039E NGC408039E NGC312039E NGC412039E
Notes 1 For AC use only. 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40C or 50C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40C labeling. 3 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pocket; GN, neutral in left pocket. 4 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four). 5 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four).

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Catalog Number IPB5

Line and Load Terminals N-Frame circuit breakers do not include terminals as standard. When copper or Cu/Al terminals are required, order by catalog number. Line and Load Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire (Number of Conductors) AWG Wire Catalog Number 1 Metric Wire Range mm2 Metric Catalog Number 1
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Terminals 700 1000 1200 1200 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al 1500 (2) 3/0400 (3) 4/0500 (4) 500750 (3) TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 50240 95185 120240 300400 TA700NB1M TA1000NB1M TA1200NB1M TA1201NB1M
Optional Copper and Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 700 1000 1200 Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu 2/0500 (2) 3/0500 (3) 3/0400 (4) T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3 70240 95240 95185 T700NB1M T1000NB1M T1200NB3M
Base Mounting Hardware Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. Base Mounting Hardware 2
Number of Poles Three- and four-pole Description Imperial hardware: 0.312518 x 1.25 pan-head steel screws and lock washers Catalog Number BMH5
Handle Extension Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. Handle Extension
Description Single handle extension Catalog Number HEX5
Three- and four-pole
Metric hardware: M8 pan-head steel screws BMH5M and lock washers
Terminal Shield Terminal Shield

Description Three-pole terminal shield Catalog Number NTS3K
Interphase Barriers The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. Barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Interphase Barriers
Description
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Conductor Extension Kit Conductor Extension Kit

Description Three-pole both ends Metric Three-pole both ends English
3
Interphase barriers Notes 1 Single terminals individually packed. 2 Metric hardware included with breaker. 3 Included as standard on 100% rated 800/1200A breakers.
Catalog Number 5104A24G04 5104A24G02
Keeper Nut Not required on NG-Frame. Terminals are threaded.
V4-T2-65
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-66

Series G
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. NG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Handle mechanisms Drawout cassette Handle extension Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Digitrip 310 test kit Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/Naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available
1
Reference Page
Four-Pole Left Center Right Neu.
V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-105
V4-T2-65 V4-T2-65 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-405 V4-T2-109 V4-T2-65 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-102
V4-T2-100
1
Note Contact Eaton.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2

Interrupting Capacity Ratings UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Circuit Breaker Type NGS NGH NGC
1
Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
220240 240 (UL) 65 100 200 Icu 85 100 200 Ics 85 100 100
380415 Icu 50 70 100 Ics 50 50 50 480 50 65 100 600 25 35 65
690 Icu 20 25 35 Ics 10 13 18
2 2 2 2 2
NG-Frame Digitrip Specifications Specification

Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable trip setting (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating = Rating Plug In = Long Delay Pickup Setting Ir
1
Digitrip RMS 310+ Yes
2 2 2 2
LSI, LSIG No Yes
N 3201200A 50, 65, 100 (kA)
LS, LSG No Yes
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Yes 0.51.0 (In) 12 seconds No Yes No
Yes 0.51.0 (In) 12 seconds No Yes No
200800% x (In) 100 ms No Yes
200800% x (In) No Inst300 ms Yes
No No Yes
200800% x (In) No Yes
Note 1600 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.
V4-T2-67
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-68 Trip Unit Type

Series G
Specifications, continued
Digitrip RMS 310+ LS, LSG LSI, LSIG
Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug = Long Delay Pickup Setting Ir Notes With cause of trip LED module (Trip-LED) 2 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). 3 With cause of trip display (DIGIVIEW or DIGIVIEWR06)
1
No 15 x Ig (160A) No Inst500 ms Yes Yes
No 15 x Ig (160A) No Inst500 ms Yes Yes
Yes Yes 1 No Yes 2 Optional
Yes Yes 1 No Yes 2 Optional
Yes 3 Yes No No No
3
Yes 3 Yes 3 No No No
No
No
Test set
Test set

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NG-Frame
Number of Poles 3 4 Width 8.25 (209.6) 11.13 (282.6) Height 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) Depth 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7)
NG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87.4) BREAKER R .25 (6.4) 1.91 (48.5) 3.68 1.50 (93.5) (38.1) 9.25 (235.0) Front View Three-Pole Side View
2 2 2 2
16.00 (406.4)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3.19 (81.0) 6.38 (162.1) 8.25 (209.6) 5.50 (139.7)
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) NG-Frame

Complete Breaker Breaker Type NGS, NGH, NGC Three-Pole 45 (20.4) Four-Pole 58 (26.3)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-69
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-70

Series G
RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes)
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes)

Product Description
Eatons RG-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac RG Circuit Breaker/Frame
RG H 3 250 39 ZG E C
Frame RG Performance at 480 Vac H = 65 kAIC C = 100 kAIC Amperes 160 = 1600 200 = 2000 250 = 2500 Poles 3 = Three 4 = Four Rating Blank = 80% rated C = 100%rated (except 2500A) Trip Unit 33 32 35 35B22 36 36B22 38 310+ Electronic LS 310+ Electronic LSI 310+ Electronic LSG 310+ Electronic LS(A), GFA, no trip 310+ Electronic LSIG 310+ Electronic LSI(A), GFA, no trip 310+ Electronic ALSI w/ Maintenance Mode 39 = 310+ Electronic ALSIG w/ Maintenance Mode 39B22 = 310+ Electronic ALSI(A) w/ Maintenance Mode and GFA, no trip = = = = = = = Terminations M = Metric tapped line/load conductors E = Imperial tapped line/load conductors Feature Blank B20 B21 ZG = = = = No feature High load alarm Ground fault Zone selective interlocking
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
RG Circuit Breaker/Frame for OPTIM 610 and 910
RGH 3 16 T33 W
Type RGH 65K RGC 100K Poles 3 = Three 4 = Four Trip Function Digitrip 610 T61 = LI T62 = LSI T63 = LS T64 = LIG T65 = LSG T66 = LSIG Digitrip 910 T91 = LI T92 = LSI T93 = LS T94 = LIG T95 = LSG T96 = LSIG Modification Suffix R = Ground fault remote RES trip E = 100% protection (new design 310) RES trip unit P = 100% prot. neut. 4P RES trip unit V3 = Electronic trip without ambient temperature marked on trip unit W = w/o terms K = Molded case switch
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Amperes 16 = 1600 20 = 2000 25 = 2500
V4-T2-71
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-72 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 1 2000 2500 Number of Poles

Series G
Product Selection
70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 1 2000 2500 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGH316033E RGH320033E RGH325033E LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGH316032E RGH320032E RGH325032E LSG 3 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms RGH316035E RGH320035E RGH325035E LSIG 3 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms RGH316036E RGH320036E RGH325036E
Number of Poles
3 3 3
100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGH416033E RGH420033E RGH425033E LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGH416032E RGH420032E RGH425032E LSG 3 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms LSIG 3 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms
44 4
4
44
Notes 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, for example, RGH316035RW. 4 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add E for 60% protected, for example, RGH416033PW, RGH416033EW. RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix M for metric threading.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2
100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 1 2000 2500 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGC316033E RGC320033E RGC325033E LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGC316032E RGC320032E RGC325032E LSG 3 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms RGC316035E RGC320035E RGC325035E LSIG 3 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms RGC316036E RGC320036E RGC325036E
Number of Poles
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3
Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 1 2000 2500 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGC416033E RGC420033E RGC425033E LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGC416032E RGC420032E RGC425032E LSG 3 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms LSIG 3 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms
Number of Poles
44 44 44

Ampere Rating 1600 2000 1600 2000 Number of Poles 3 3 4 4 Catalog Number RGK3160KSE RGK3200KSE RGK4160KSE RGK4200KSE
Notes 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, for example, RGH316035RW. 4 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add E for 60% protected, for example, RGH416033PW, RGH416033EW. 5 Molded case switch will trip above 17,500 amperes. RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix M for metric threading.
V4-T2-73
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-74 2500 3 2000 3 2000 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Series G
Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910

Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs Order as Individual ComponentCatalog Number 1 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LI 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 26 x M1 and M2 LS 0.5I.0n 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms LSI 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 26 x M1 and M2 LIG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 26 x M1 and M2 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms LSG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms LSIG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 26 x M1 and M2 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms Digitrip RMS Interchangeable Rating Plug (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug
Number of Poles
Long Delay Pickup Long Delay Time Short Time Range Short Time Delay Instantaneous Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
Type RGH with Digitrip 610 High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGH316T61WP44 RGH316T63WP44 RGH316T62WP44 RGH316T64WP44 RGH316T65WP44 RGH316T66WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug RGH320T61WP49 RGH320T63WP49 RGH320T62WP49 RGH320T64WP49 RGH320T65WP49 RGH320T66WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug 2500 3 RGH325T61WP53 RGH325T63WP53 RGH325T62WP53 RGH325T64WP53 RGH325T65WP53 RGH325T66WP53 2000 1600 2000 2500 Type RGC with Digitrip 610 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGC316T61WP44 RGC316T63WP44 RGC316T62WP44 RGC316T64WP44 RGC316T65WP44 RGC316T66WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug RGC320T61WP49 RGC320T63WP49 RGC320T62WP49 RGC320T64WP49 RGC320T65WP49 RGC320T66WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug RGC325T61WP53 RGC325T63WP53 RGC325T62WP53 RGC325T64WP53 RGC325T65WP53 RGC325T66WP53 2000 1600 2000 Includes 2500A rating plug Notes 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250

Series G
2.2
2
Digitrip RMS Interchangeable Rating Plug (Order as Individual Component)
Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910, continued

Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs Order as Individual ComponentCatalog Number 1 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LI 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 26 x M1 and M2 LS 0.5I.0n 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms LSI 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 26 x M1 and M2 LIG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 26 x M1 and M2 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms LSG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms LSIG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 26 x M1 and M2 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Number of Poles
Fixed Rating Plug
Long Delay Pickup Long Delay Time Short Time Range Short Time Delay Instantaneous Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
Type RGH with Digitrip 910 High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGH316T91WP44 RGH316T93WP44 RGH316T92WP44 RGH316T94WP44 RGH316T95WP44 RGH316T96WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug 2000 3 RGH320T91WP49 RGH320T93WP49 RGH320T92WP49 RGH320T94WP49 RGH320T95WP49 RGH320T96WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug 2500 3 RGH325T91WP53 RGH325T93WP53 RGH325T92WP53 RGH325T94WP53 RGH325T95WP53 RGH325T96WP53 2000 1600 2000 Includes 2500A rating plug Type RGC with Digitrip 910 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGC316T91WP44 RGC316T93WP44 RGC316T92WP44 RGC316T94WP44 RGC316T95WP44 RGC316T96WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug 2000 3 RGC320T91WP49 RGC320T93WP49 RGC320T92WP49 RGC320T94WP49 RGC320T95WP49 RGC320T96WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug 2500 3 RGC325T91WP53 RGC325T93WP53 RGC325T92WP53 RGC325T94WP53 RGC325T95WP53 RGC25T96WP53 2000 1600 2000 Includes 2500 A rating plug Notes 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250
V4-T2-75
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-76

Series G

Line and Load Terminals R-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/Al terminals as standard and copper only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required. Line and Load Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amperes Wire Terminals 1600 1600 2000 Aluminum Copper Aluminum Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Metric Metric Metric 5001000 (4) 1600 (4) 2600 (6) 300500 50300 35300 TA1600RDM 1 T1600RDM 1 TA2000RDM 2 Notes 1 Order one per polesingle terminals individually packed. 2 Order one TA2000RD kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 3 For use with 2500A Frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500A frame is ordered. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. Description Single handle extension Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG/kcmil Wire Range/ Number of Conductors Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number
Base Mounting Hardware Supplied by customer. Handle Extension Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. Handle Extension
Catalog Number HEX6
Hardware
Rear Connectors 2000 2000 2500 Copper Copper Copper Metric Metric Metric B2016RDM 1 B2016RDLM 1 B2500RDM 1
RG Rear Connector Exploded View

Conductor (Viewed from Rear of Circuit Breaker and Cut Away for Clarity) Conductor (Viewed from Front of Circuit Breaker) Securing Hardware Cu Only Terminal Catalog Number T1600RDM 3 (For 1600A Frame Only) OR Al/Cu Terminal Catalog Number TA1600RDM 3 (For 1600A Frame Only) Rear Connector (Cu) B2016RDM B2016RDLM (For 100% Application) (For 1600A and 2000A Frames) B2500RDM for 2500A
Securing Hardware
TA2000RD Wire Terminal

Note: Order one TA2000RDM kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker.
Breaker Line/Load Conductors

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2
Neutral
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. RG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories Base mounting hardware Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Electrical operator Handle mechanisms Handle extension Digitrip 310 test kit Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available Note 1 Contact Eaton. V4-T2-100
1
Reference Page
Four-Pole Left Center Right
2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-105
V4-T2-76 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-102 V4-T2-405 V4-T2-76 V4-T2-102
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-77
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-78 Circuit Breaker Type RGH RGC

Series G

UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4
1
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 125 200 277 480 65 100 600 50 65
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings

Circuit Breaker Type RGH Icu Ics RGC Icu Ics Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. See Page V4-T2-70 for trip unit specifications. 3, 4 200 100 Number of Poles 3, 4 135 100
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415 690
70 50
25 13
100 50
35 18

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2
2.25 (57.2)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) RG-Frame
Number of Poles 3 4 Width 15.50 (393.7) 20.00 (508.0)
Front Cover Cutout 14.50 (368.3) 0.16 R (4.1) 7.25 (184.2) 8.25 (209.6) C L Breaker
Height 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4)
Depth 9.75 (247.7) 9.75 (247.7)

Front View 3-Pole Side View
2 2 2
13.00 (330.2)
5.10 (129.5) 9.70 (246.4) C L Handle
7.75 (196.9) 16.00 (406.4) 15.00 (381.0)
.44 R (11.2)
2 2 2 2
Tee Connectors May Be Rotated 90
4 Holes 0.44 Dia. (11.2)
6.57 (166.9) 13.13 (333.5) 15.50 (393.7) 9.00 (228.6) 6.75 (171.5)
2 2 2 2
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) RG-Frame

Complete Breaker Breaker Type 1600 Amperes RGH, RGC 2000 Amperes RGH, RGC 2500 Amperes RGH, RGC 135 (61.2) 182 (82.6) 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2) 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2) Number of Poles Three-Pole Four-Pole
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-80

Series G
Motor Circuit 480 Vac, Protectors
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-81 V4-T2-84 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-91 V4-T2-96 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-109
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information

EG-Frame480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum
Motor Full Load Current Amperes 2 0.69 0.91 1.11.3 1.61.7 2.02.2 2.32.5 2.6 2.8 1.52.0 2.63.1 3.73.9 4.85.2 5.35.7 5.86.1 3.44.5 5.76.8 8.09.1 10.411.4 11.512.6 12.713.0 3.99.1 11.513.7 16.118.3 20.722.9 23.025.2 25.326.1
1
Continuous Amperes 3
Cam Setting A B C D E F
MCP Trip Setting 3 9 15 21 27 30 33 21 35 49 63 70 77 45 75 105 135 150 165 90 150 210 270 300 330
MCP Catalog Number HMCPE003A0C
A B C D E F
HMCPE007C0C
15
A B C D E F
HMCPE015E0C
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
30
A B C D E F
HMCPE030H1C
Notes 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
V4-T2-81
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-82 100 100 70 Continuous Amperes 50

Series G
EG-Frame480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum, continued 1

Motor Full Load Current Amperes 2 11.515.2 19.222.9 26.930.6 34.638.3 38.442.1 42.243.5 16.130.6 26.932.2 37.642.9 48.453.7 53.859.1 59.260.9 23.030.6 38.446.0 53.861.4 69.276.8 76.984.5 84.687.0 38.446.0 57.665.2 76.984.5
4 4 4
Cam Setting A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F
MCP Trip Setting 3 150 250 350 450 500 550 210 350 490 630 700 770 300 500 700 900 1000 1100 500 750 1000 1250 1375 1500
MCP Catalog Number HMCPE050K2C
HMCPE070M2C
HMCPE100R3C
HMCPE100T3C
JG-Frame600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 1

Continuous Amperes 250 MCP Trip Range (Amperes) 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 MCP Catalog Number HMCPJ250D5L HMCPJ250F5L HMCPJ250G5L HMCPJ250J5L HMCPJ250K5L HMCPJ250L5L HMCPJ250W5L
Notes 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 4 Settings above 10 x I are for special applications. Where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be n less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LG-Frame600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 1

Continuous Amperes 600 MCP Trip Range (Amperes) 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 Notes 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 800 and 1200 ampere, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product. MCP Catalog Number HMCPL600L6G HMCPL600N6G HMCPL600R6G HMCPL600X6G HMCPL600Y6G HMCPL600P6G HMCPL600M6G
V4-T2-83
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-84

Series G
Series G Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-80 V4-T2-85 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-91 V4-T2-96 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-109
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)

Product Description
Features and Benefits

Eliminates need for separate overload relay
Can be used with contactor to eliminate need for overload relay and still create manual motor control Meets requirement for motor branch protection, including: Disconnecting means Branch circuit short circuit protection Overload protection
Phase unbalance protection Phase loss protection Hot trip/cold trip High load alarm Pre-detection trip relay option Class 10, 15, 20, 30 protection
IEC 60947-2 UL 489 100% rated UL 508 CSA C22.2

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
JGMP Catalog Numbers
35 kAIC Continuous Amperes 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number JGMPS050G JGMPS100G JGMPS160G JGMPS250G 65 kAIC Catalog Number JGMPH050G JGMPH100G JGMPH160G JGMPH250G
JGMP FLA le Dial Setting

Continuous Amperes 50 100 160 250 A 20 40 63 100 B 20 45 80 125 C 25 50 90 150 D 30 63 100 160 E 32 70 110 175 F 40 80 125 200 G 45 90 150 225 H 50 100 160 250
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LGMP Catalog Numbers

50 kAIC Continuous Amperes 250 400 600 630 1 Catalog Number LGMPS250G LGMPS400G LGMPS600G LGMPS630G 65 kAIC Catalog Number LGMPH250G LGMPH400G LGMPH600G LGMPH630G
LGMP FLA le Dial Setting

Continuous Amperes 250 400 600 630
1
A 100 160 250 250
B 125 200 300 300
C 150 225 315 315
D 160 250 350 350
E 175 300 400 400
F 200 315 450 500
G 225 350 500 600
H 250 400 600 630
Notes 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02. For additional breaker solutions, see Page V4-T2-265.
V4-T2-85
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-86 Number of poles Ampere range NEMA UL 489 Number of poles Ampere range NEMA UL 489

Series G

JGMPS and JGMPH Rating and Ampere Range
Maximum Rated Current250A Breaker Type Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz IEC 60947-2 220240 Vac I cu I cs 380415 Vac I cu I cs 660690 Vac I cu I cs 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac JGMPS 85 85 40 40 12 6 85 35 25 3 50250 JGMPH 100 100 70 70 14 7 100 65 35 3 50 250
LGMPS and LGMPH Rating and Ampere Range

Maximum Rated Current630A 1 Breaker Type Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz IEC 60947-2 220240 Vac I cu I cs 380415 Vac I cu I cs 660690 Vac I cu I cs 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac LGMPS 85 85 50 50 20 10 85 50 25 3 250630 1 LGMPH 100 100 70 53 25 13 100 65 35 3 250 630 1
Notes 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02.

Series G
2.2
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Clockwise from Left: JG, LG, EG MCCBs Shown with Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module

Product Description
Eaton offers a three- and fourpole 30 mA ground fault (earth leakage) protection module for Series G E-, J- and L-Frame breakers. UL-listed modules are available for E, J and L molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs). The modules are bottom mounted for circuits up to 125A (EFrame) 160 and 250 amperes (J-Frame), or 400 and 630 amperes for the L-Frame. The module is completely selfcontained because the current sensor, relay and power supply are located inside the product. Current pickup settings are selectable from 0.0310 amperes for all IEC-rated modules and E and J UL-listed module, and 0.03 30 amperes for the L ULlisted modules. Time delays are also selectable from Instantaneous1.0 seconds for 0.10 ampere settings and above. A current pickup setting of 0.03 amperes defaults to an Instantaneous time setting regardless of the time dials position. Two alarm contacts come as standard: a 50% pretrip and a 100% after trip, both based only on earth leakage current levels. UL-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
IEC-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-87
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-88 JG-Frame

Series G
Product Selection
EG-Frame
EG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 1
Ampere Rating 125 125 Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number ELEBN3125G ELEBN4125G
LG-Frame
LG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 400 400 600 600 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELLBN3400W ELLBN4400W ELLBN3600W ELLBN4600W
EG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 125 125 Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number ELEBE3125G ELEBE4125G
LG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 400 400 630 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELLBE3400W ELLBE4400W ELLBE3630W ELLBE4630W
JG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 150 150 250 250 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELJBN3150W ELJBN4150W ELJBN3250W ELJBN4250W
630
JG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 160 160 250 250 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELJBE3160W ELJBE4160W ELJBE3250W ELJBE4250W
Note 1 Shunt trip and undervoltage release cannot be used in an EG breaker connected to an earth leakage module.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Assembled Breaker and Earth Leakage Module
Frame Three-Pole EG JG LG Four-Pole EG JG LG 10.25 (260.3) 11.25 (285.8) 15.38 (390.7) 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 7.23 (183.6) 2.98 (75.8) 3.57 (90.7) 4.06 (103.1) 10.25 (260.3) 11.25 (285.8) 15.38 (390.7) 3.00 (76.2) 4.13 (104.9) 5.48 (139.2) 2.98 (75.8) 3.57 (90.7) 4.06 (103.1) Height Width Depth
EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

10.26 (260.6)
4.75 (120.6)
0.55 (14.0)
0.50 (12.7)
1.49 1.00 (37.8) (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)
2
3.98 (101.1)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3-Pole 2.98 (75.7) 2.00 (50.8)
1.50 0.50 (38.1) (12.7)
8.59 (218.2)
4.78 (121.4)
0.70 (17.8) 0.90 (22.9) 0.35 (8.9)
0.09 (2.29)
3.01 (76.5) 3.17 (80.5)
2.75 (69.9) 0.78 (19.8)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-89
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
RESET

Series G
JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

4-Pole 5.50 (139.7) 3-Pole 4.13 (104.9) 0.69 2.06 1.38 (17.5) (52.3) (35.1)
5.50 (139.7) 3.57 (90.7) 1.25 (31.8) 0.63 (16.0)
2.05 (52.1)
3.92 (99.6)
5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) 11.25 (285.8)
3.92 (99.6)
R 0.19 (4.8) 0.28 (7.1) 0.50 (139.7)
1.88 (47.8)
6.97 (177.0)
4.93 (125.2) 11.25 (285.8) 1.06 (26.9)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-90
13.69 (347.7) 8.44 (214.4) 4.73 (120.1)
TEST
4.25 (108.0)
3.37 (85.6)
3.31 (84.1)
3.81 (96.8) 4.78 (121.4)
3.69 (93.7)
3.57 (90.7)
2.05 (52.1) 4.09 (103.9)
LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module

5.16 (131.1) 3.44 (87.4) 1.72 (43.7) 4.31 (109.5) 4.06 (103.1) 3.98 (101.1) 3.44 (87.4) 1.72 (43.7) 0.86 (21.8)
5.58 (141.7)
5.58 (141.7)
4.73 (120.1)
10.13 (257.3) 15.38 (390.7)
8.44 (214.4)
15.38 (390.7)
13.68 (347.5)
3-Pole 5.48 (139.2) 4-Pole 7.22 (183.4)
4-Pole 2.75 (69.9) 3-Pole 2.74 (69.6)
3.97 (100.8) 4.30 (109.2) 4.55 (115.6) 5.43 (137.9)
4-Pole 7.22 (183.4) 3-Pole 5.48 (139.2)
4-Pole 2.75 (69.9) 3-Pole 2.74 (69.6)

Series G
2.2
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module

Product Overview
Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac or 70 kA at 690 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a shortcircuit event. Resetting the molded-case circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring system back online.
Product Description
The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics.

Superior system protection:

High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications.
Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system
IEC 60947-2 UL 489 CSA C22.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-91
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-92 EG-Frame

Series G
Product Selection
Series G High Performance Family Offering

Type Product Amperes 15125 15100 70250 70225 20250 100250 250600 100600 480 Vac (UL) 100 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 600 Vac (UL) 35 1 100 1 50 200 50 200 65 65 415 Vac (IEC) Icu 100 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 Ics 100 150 200 150 200 150 200 200 690 Vac (IEC) Icu 18 70 18 70 35 35 Ics 14 18 14 18 18 18
EGC 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only With limiter JG 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only With limiter JG 3P electronic Breaker only With limiter LG 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only LG3P electronic Breaker only
EG IC Rating150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac

UL Listed (NEMA/IEC Rated) Base Molded Case Circuit Breaker EGC3015FFG EGC3016FFG EGC3020FFG EGC3025FFG EGC3030FFG EGC3032FFG EGC3035FFG EGC3040FFG EGC3045FFG EGC3050FFG EGC3060FFG EGC3063FFG EGC3070FFG EGC3080FFG EGC3090FFG EGC3100FFG Breaker with Line Side Mounted Current Limiter EGC3015FFGQ01 EGC3016FFGQ01 EGC3020FFGQ01 EGC3025FFGQ01 EGC3030FFGQ01 EGC3032FFGQ01 EGC3035FFGQ01 EGC3040FFGQ01 EGC3045FFGQ01 EGC3050FFGQ01 EGC3060FFGQ01 EGC3063FFGQ01 EGC3070FFGQ01 EGC3080FFGQ01 EGC3090FFGQ01 EGC3100FFGQ01 Breaker with Load Side Mounted Current Limiter EGC3015FFGQ02 EGC3016FFGQ02 EGC3020FFGQ02 EGC3025FFGQ02 EGC3030FFGQ02 EGC3032FFGQ02 EGC3035FFGQ02 EGC3040FFGQ02 EGC3045FFGQ02 EGC3050FFGQ02 EGC3060FFGQ02 EGC3063FFGQ02 EGC3070FFGQ02 EGC3080FFGQ02 EGC3090FFGQ02 EGC3100FFGQ02
Line and Load Terminations Included 2 T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF
Interphase Barrier Included for Limiter EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK
Notes 1 600Y/347V. 2 Two interphase barriers included on line end mounted limiter; (2) line end of limiter. Four interphase barriers included on load end mounted limiter; (2) line end of breaker (2) load end of limiter.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module
Frame EG HMCP Height 9.66 (245.7) 9.66 (245.7) Width 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) Depth 2.98 (75.8) 2.98 (75.8) Weight in lbs (kg) 2.91 (1.32) 4.18 (1.90)
EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module

4.17 (105.9) 3.61 (91.7) 9.66 (245.4)
0.56 (14.2)
1.00 (25.4) 3.00 (76.2) 1.00 (25.4)
0.50 1.00 (12.7) (25.4)
3.20 (81.3) 4.17 (105.9)
2 2 2
2.75 0.09 (69.9) (2.3)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0.78 (19.8) 0.41 (10.4)
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-94 JG Frame

Series G
JG IC Rating200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac

Ampere Rating Magnetic Range UL Listed, IEC Rated Breaker With Line Side Mounted Current Limiter 1 UL Listed, IEC Rated Breaker With Load Side Mounted Current Limiter 2 IEC Rated Breaker With Line Side Mounted Current Limiter 1 IEC Rated Breaker With Load Side Mounted Current Limiter 2
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 JGH3070FAGQ01 JGH3090FAGQ01 JGH3100FAGQ01 JGH3125FAGQ01 JGH3150FAGQ01 JGH3175FAGQ01 JGH3200FAGQ01 JGH3225FAGQ01 Electronic Trip LS 250 JGH325033GQ01 Electronic Trip LSI 250 JGH325032GQ01 Electronic Trip LSG 250 JGH325035GQ01 Electronic Trip LSIG 250 JGH325036GQ01 JGH325036GQ02 JGH325035GQ02 JGH325032GQ02 JGH325033GQ02 JGH3070FAGQ02 JGH3090FAGQ02 JGH3100FAGQ02 JGH3125FAGQ02 JGH3150FAGQ02 JGH3175FAGQ02 JGH3200FAGQ02 JGH3225FAGQ02
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic JGH3100AAGQ01 JGH3125AAGQ01 JGH3160AAGQ01 JGH3200AAGQ01 JGH3100AAGQ02 JGH3125AAGQ02 JGH3160AAGQ02 JGH3200AAGQ02
Series G HMCP
Ampere Rating 250 250 250 250 250 250 Motor Circuit Protector with Line Side Mounted Current Limiter HMCPJ250D5LQ01 HMCPJ250F5LQ01 HMCPJ250G5LQ01 HMCPJ250J5LQ01 HMCPJ250K5LQ01 HMCPJ250L5LQ01 Breaker with Load Side Mounted Current Limiter HMCPJ250D5LQ02 HMCPJ250F5LQ02 HMCPJ250G5LQ02 HMCPJ250J5LQ02 HMCPJ250K5LQ02 HMCPJ250L5LQ02

Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Metric Wire Range mm2 AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors Catalog Number
Wire Type
Standard Pressure Type Terminals 250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10185 #8350 (1) TA250FJ 3
Notes 1 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number FJIPBK. 2 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter. 3 Line and load terminals included with products listed above.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Frame JG + limiter HMCP Height 13.06 (331.7) 13.06 (331.7) Width 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) Depth 3.44 (87.4) 3.44 (87.4) Weight in lbs (kg) 9.87 (4.48) 9.87 (4.48)
JG-Frame With Current Limiter Module
4.12 (104.6)
4.13 (104.9)
2 2 2 2
13.06 (331.7)
2 2 2
4.41 (112.0) 3.44 (87.4)
2
3.34 (84.8)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-95
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-96

Series G
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-80 V4-T2-84 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-91 V4-T2-97 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-109
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination

Product Description
Eatons Electrical Sector introduces new high-magnetic withstand molded case circuit breakers, specifically designed for critical operations and selective coordination requirements. The highmagnetic withstand LHH and NHH frames continue the legacy of circuit breaker innovation for which Eaton is recognized throughout the world. The LHH and NHH breakers are equipped with 125 to 400 ampere trip units with high-magnetic capability. This design enables the breakers to withstand up to 90 times rated current before opening under shortcircuit conditions. The LHH and NHH circuit breakers incorporate a higher level of instantaneous pickup, thus allowing for higher current levels of selective coordination. Standard molded case circuit breakers typically are furnished with a magnetic pickup or electronic instantaneous adjustment or instantaneous override set at 10 times (10x) the continuous trip rating.
Features, Benefits and Functions

Eatons new LHH and NHH molded case circuit breakers are furnished with a higher level of magnetic pickup or electronic instantaneous settings as indicated in table on Page V4-T2-98. These higher levels of magnetic pickup and electronic instantaneous values in turn allow the system designer to obtain selective coordination at fault current levels up to these higher ratings. Greater values of selective coordination are available based on manufacturer tested combinations using the LHH and NHH as line-side breakers and standard breakers as load-side devices. Refer to IA01200002E to determine the maximum fault values that selective coordination achieves. When the line-side and load-side molded case circuit breaker trip ratings are chosen to coordinate in the overload range, they also can be selectively coordinated in the fault range up to the values listed in the table on Page V4-T2-98 or IA01200002E. For overcurrents protected by circuit breakers on the load-side of the LHH or NHH, only the effected load-side circuit breaker will open, while the line-side LHH and/ or NHH circuit breakers remain closed, thus providing continuity of power to the other critical loads supplied by the LHH or NHH circuit breakers. Benefits of Using the LHH and NHH Molded Case Circuit Breakers Customer expectations and codes are driving product development to protect customers critical operations. NEC 2005 and 2008 requires circuits with elevators, emergency systems, legally required standby systems, health care essential systems and critical operation power systems to be selectively coordinated. Simply stated, only the closest protective device directly protecting the circuit having an overcurrent (overload or fault) condition should open. All other overcurrent protective devices within these systems shall remain closed. Similarly, backup power system designs of a critical nature that are not code mandated may also require overcurrent protective devices to be selectively coordinated as much as practicable to provide a higher level of uptime.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Proven Technology and Performance The LHH is based on the Series G L-Frame circuit breaker, sharing the same small footprint and field-fit accessories as the L-Frame breaker. The NHH is based on the Series G N-Frame circuit breaker and shares the same footprint and accessories as the N-Frame breaker. NHH accessories must be factory installed. The LHH incorporates a thermal-magnetic trip unit with fixed thermal and fixed magnetic settings. The NHH has an OPTIM electronic trip unit with LSI adjustment capabilities. The instantaneous setting is adjustable from 10004000A or may be turned off to default to the frame override of 14,000A. A hand-held OPTIMizer must be used with the NHH to adjust short-time delay and instantaneous, however, the long delay pickup is fixed and cannot be adjusted. The LHH and NHH breakers are available in Eatons panelboards and switchboards.
LHH
LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Ampere Rating 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 LHH Frame LHH3125FFG LHH3150FFG LHH3175FFG LHH3200FFG LHH3225FFG LHH3250FFG LHH3300FFG LHH3350FFG LHH3400FFG LSI Electronic Trip Unit NHH Frame NHH3150T52X15 NHH3175T52X15 NHH3200T52X15 NHH3225T52X15 NHH3250T52X15 NHH3300T52X15 NHH3350T52X15

UL CSA
V4-T2-97
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-98


Series G

Three-pole 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125400 ampere LHH 150350 ampere NHH Trip units: LHHthermal-magnetic NHHLSI electronic trip unit No rating plugs required Factory-sealed breakers LHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G L-Frame circuit breaker NHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G N-Frame circuit breaker
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dimensions
Description LHH NHH Height 10.13 (257.3) 16.00 (406.4) Width 5.48 (139.2) 8.25 (209.5) Depth 4.09 (103.9) 5.50 (139.7) Weight in Lbs (kg) 12.36 (5.6) 46.80 (21.2)
L-Frame
2.43 (61.7) R 0.25 (6.4) 2.00 (50.8) 1.92 (48.8) 2.69 (68.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.48 (139.2)
C L
Breaker 3.16 (80.3)
4.06 (103.1) 5.58 (141.7)
LHH and NHH Electrical Characteristics Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz
Breaker Type Description Max. rated current (amperes) NEMA UL 489 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vac IEC 60947-2 220 Vac 415 Vac 690 Vac 125/250 Vdc Number of poles Ampere range 100 70 25 22 3 125400A 100 70 25 3 150350A 100 65 35 42 100 65 35 LHH 400 NHH 350
10.13 (257 .3)
Four-Pole
N-Frame
Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87 .4) C L R 0.25 Breaker (6.4) 1.91 (48.5) 1.50 (38.1) Front View Three-Pole Side View
9.25 (235.0) 16.00 (406.4)
6.38 (162.1)
3.68 (93.5) 3.19 (81.0)
8.25 (209.6)
5.50 (139.7)
Continuous Current Ratings

Continuous Current Rating (Ir) 125A 150A 175A 200A 225A 250A 300A 350A 400A Magnetic Trip Point 2500A 2500A 4000A 4000A 6000A 6000A 6000A 6000A 6000A Continuous Current Multiplier 20x 16x 22x 20x 26x 24x 20x 17x 15x Instantaneous Trip Point 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A Continuous Current Multiplier 93x 80x 70x 62x 56x 47x 40x Short Delay Pickup 2251200A 2601400A 3001600A 3381800A 3752000A 4502400A 5252800A

Series G
2.2
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories and Test Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Special Features and Accessories

Eatons molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, ... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions, and furthermore as, ... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material. The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating. So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. Eaton offers the most comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. This section of circuit breakers includes:
2
Special Calibration Special non-UL listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications.
Calibrations and Treatment

Frame Description Special calibration Moisturefungus treatment EG JG LG NG RG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Thermal-magnetic trip breakers Electronic rms trip breakers Molded case switches Motor circuit protectors Current limiting breakers Special application breakers
Add suffix H01 to breaker catalog number for 400 Hz rating
50C Calibration
Note: Breakers equipped with electronic trip units can operate reliably in ambient temperatures of 50C. Add suffix V3 to NG MCCBs to remove standard 40C labeling.
Modified Breakers Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge.
Add suffix V to catalog number for complete thermal magnetic breaker when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50C ambients. 50C ambient MCCBs are not UL listed. Contact Eaton for availability.
V4-T2-99
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-100

Series G

Moisture-Fungus Treatment All Eaton circuit breaker cases are molded from glasspolyester, which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts that are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment. Order by description.
UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8m) in length. Requirements include 40C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50C.)
Molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards:
Add suffix H08
Add suffix J01 to breaker catalog number
Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at 40C.
Or you can choose to add 50C ambient but then there is no UL mark.
Add suffix VH08
Add suffix F01 to catalog number 57F , F02 30F
Marine Applications E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications:
UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50C ambient. (Naval labeled per UL but no UL mark due to 50C label.)
Add suffix VH09
U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABSAmerican Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; and Lloyds
These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use).
Certified Test Reports Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Internal Accessories
Alarm Lockout The alarm switches operate when the circuit breaker is tripped by a short circuit or overcurrent, but also when it is tripped by a shunt trip or undervoltage release. Auxiliary Switches Auxiliary switches are used for signaling and control purposes. The various functions of the auxiliary switches (changeover) are shown on Page V4-T2-103. Shunt Trips The shunt trip is used for remote tripping. The coil of the shunt trip is rated only for short-time operation. It is not permissible with the circuit breaker open to apply a continuous opening command to the shunt trip in order to prevent the breaker from closing. This means that interlocking circuits with continuous commands may not be set up with shunt trips. Undervoltage Releases The circuit breaker cannot be closed until the undervoltage release is energized. If the release is not energized, the circuit breaker can only perform an idle switching operation. Frequent idle switching actions should be avoided as they shorten the endurance of the circuit breaker. Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. Cause of Trip Display/ Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display
Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06
Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. Cause of Trip LED Module
Catalog Number TRIP-LED
V4-T2-101
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-102 Plug-in adapters

Series G
External Accessories and Test Kit

External Accessories
Description Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block off-only Padlockable handle lock hasp Padlockable handle lock hasp off-only Kirk key interlock kit 12 Castell key interlock kit 23 Slide bar interlock 4 Walking beam interlock 4 Fit Type Field Field Field Field Field Field Field Field Three-pole Four-pole Electrical operator 5 120 Vac 240 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 220 Vdc 250 Vdc Three-pole Four-pole Rear connecting studs 6 Field Frame EG EFHB EFPHB EFPHBOFF EFPLK EFPHLOFF EFSBI EG3WBI EG4WBI MOPEG240C MOPEG240C MOPEG48D MOPEG48D MOPEG120C PAD3E PAD4E EFRCSDL EFRCSDS EFRCSWL EFRCSWS JG FJPHBOFF FJPHL FJPHLOFF KYKJG CTKJG FJSBI JG3WBI JG4WBI MOPJG120C MOPJG240C MOPJG24D MOPJG120C MOPJG240C MOPJG240C PAD3J PAD4J FJRCSDL FJRCSDS FJRCSWL FJRCSWS LG LBHPOFF LPHL LPHLOFF KYKLG CTKLG LGSBI LG3WBI LG4WBI MOPLG120C MOPLG240C MOPLG24D MOPLG120C MOPLG240C MOPLG240C PAD3L PAD4L LRCS3WK (3P) LRCS4WK (4P) NG LKD4 PLK5 PLK55OFF KYK4 CTK4 SBK5 WBL5 WBL5 EOP5T07 EOP5T11 EOP5T21 EOP5T22 EOP5T26 PAD53 RG HLK6 HLK6OFF KYK6 CTK6 WBL6 EOP6T08K EOP6T11K EOP6T21K
Test Kit
Description Electronic portable test kit Fit Type 120V 230V Frame EG N/A N/A JG MTST120V MTST230V LG MTST120V MTST230V NG RG MTST230V 7 MTST230V 7 MTST230V 7 MTST230V 7
Notes 1 Provision only. 2 See Page V4-T2-315 for bolt projection dimensions. 3 Castell bolt mounting hole must be 10 mm. 4 Requires two breakers. 5 Contact Eaton for availability of operators for EG- and NG-Frames before December 2004. 6 D = Imperial threads UL, W = metric threads IEC, L = long studs, S = short studs. 7 MTST230V applies to 100230 Vac, resulting in the same catalog number for 120V and 230V.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessory Configurations for EGRG Circuit Breakers Internal Accessory Configurations
2 2 2 2
= For N and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Contact Making by the Auxiliary and Alarm Switches as a Function of the Switching Position of the Circuit Breaker
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-104 Shunt TripStandard

Series G
Accessories
Field Fit Kit Catalog Numbers Alarm Lockout
Description Make/Break 2 Make/2 Break Pole Location Left Right Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG ALM1M1BEPK 2 ALM2M2BEPK 3 NG A1L5LPK A1L5RPK A2L5LPK A2L5RPK RG 1 A1L6RPK A2L6RPK
Auxiliary Switch
Description 1A, 1B 2A, 2B 3A, 3B 4A, 4B Pole Location Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK NG A1X5PK A1X5PK A2X5PK A2X5PK A3X5LPK A3X5RPK RG 1 A2X6RPK A4X6RPK
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout

Description Pole Location Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG AUXALRMEPK 4 NG AA115LPK AA115RPK RG 1
Shunt TripStandard
Description 4860 Vac 10240 Vac 380600 Vac Pole Location Left Right Left Right Left Right 220250 Vdc or 380440 Vac 480600 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vac/dc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG 5 SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT480CPK 6 SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT125DPK NG SNT5LP05K SNT5LP11K SNT5LP14K SNT5LP18K SNT5LP03K SNT5LP23K SNT5LP26K RG 1 SNT6P05K SNT6P11K SNT6P14K SNT6P18K SNT6P03K SNT6P23K SNT6P26K
ST
Notes 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 2 Part number for JG and LG is ALM1M1BJPK. 3 Part number for JG and LG is ALM2M2BJPK. 4 Part number for JG and LG is AUXALRMJPK. 5 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module. 6 380600 Vdc, 50/60 Hz.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2
Shunt TripLow Energy

Description Pole Location Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG NG LST5LPK RG 1 LST6RPK
Undervoltage Release Mechanism

Description 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 24 Vdc 24 Vac 4860 Vdc 4860 Vac 120 Vdc 220250 Vdc 380500 Vac 525600 Vac 12 Vdc Pole Location Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right 12 Vac Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG 3 UVR120APK UVR240APK UVR024DPK UVR024APK UVR048DPK UVR048APK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR480APK UVR600APK NG UVH5LP08K UVH5LP11K UVH5LP21K 2 UVH5LP21K 2 UVH5LP23K UVH5LP05K UVH5LP26K UVH5LP28K UVH5LP29K UVH5LP20K UVH5LP02K RG 1 UVH6RP08K UVH6RP11K UVH6RP21K 2 UVH6RP21K 2 UVH6RP23K UVH6RP05K UVH6RP26K UVH6RP28K UVH6RP29K UVH6RP20K UVH6RP02K
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 2 24 Vdc only use UVH5LP03K (NG) UVH6RP03K (RG) for 24 Vac. 3 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module.
V4-T2-105
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-106 Series G Motor Operators

Series G
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Operators
Product Description
Eatons motor operator mechanism enables local and remote ON, OFF and reset switching of a circuit breaker. The motor operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the dimensions of the circuit breaker. The robust motor operators offer various voltages to maximize customer flexibility. Standard load transfer switching can be accomplished through the use of two circuit breakers fitted with motor operators and a mechanical interlock.

Series G
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Features, Benefits and Functions

The motor operator provides special features for ease of customer use and status indication.

Product Selection
A key is provided to manually operate the circuit breaker A special pull-out locking mechanism provides a method for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position The locking device will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each The cover provides visual status of the circuit breaker: ON, OFF or TRIPPED. A PUSH-TO-TRIP button allows the user to manually trip the breaker Motor Operators
Frame Series G E-Frame Voltage 100240 Vac 100220 Vdc 24/48 Vdc Series C F-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac 220250 Vdc 110125 Vdc 24 Vdc Series G J-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac 220250 Vdc 110125 Vdc 24 Vdc Series G L-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC Inrush Current Catalog Number 1A 1A 3A 1A 1A 1A 1A 3A 1A 1A 1A 1A 3A 2A 2A 2A 2A 6A MOPEG240C MOPEG240C MOPEG48D MOPFD240C MOPFD120C MOPFD240C MOPFD120C MOPFD24D MOPJG240C MOPJG120C MOPJG240C MOPJG120C MOPJG24D MOPLG240C MOPLG120C MOPLG240C MOPLG120C MOPLG24D
The motor operator allows the circuit breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely The motor operator contains a motor connected to a cam drive mechanism. The cam drives a slide mechanism to operate the circuit breaker handle Internal limit switches and relays are used to control motor operation to prevent overdriving the circuit breaker handle and motor overload conditions
Manual Operating Key Turn the Key (clockwise only)
220250 Vdc 110125 Vdc 24 Vdc
Circuit Breaker Status Indication Window
PUSH-TO-TRIP Button

The motor operators are UL and CSA listed, and CE marked.
V4-T2-107
2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-108 LG Breaker with Plug-In Block

Series G
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-80 V4-T2-84 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-91 V4-T2-96 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-109
Plug-In Blocks
Product Description
Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Plug-ins are available for rear connection applications on three- and four-pole circuit breakers. Trip on drawout interlock kits are included. Stabs for EG, JG and LG plugins rotate 90 for flexible installation. Use terminal shields for IP30 protection.
Product Selection
Plug-In Blocks
Breaker Frame Number of Poles Catalog Number
EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks EG EG JG JG LG LG 3 4 3 4 3 4 PAD3E PAD4E PAD3J PAD4J PAD3L PAD4L
Trip-On Drawout Interlock Kit 1 EG JG LG Terminal Shields IP30 EG EG JG JG LG LG Position Switch EG JG LG 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 PADILE PADILJ PADILL 3 4 3 4 3 4 EFTS3K EFTS4K FJTS3K FJTS4K LTS3K LTS4K 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 PIILEG PIILJG PIILLG
Note 1 Included with plug-in block. Trips the breaker when breaker is removed from plug-in block.

Series G
2.2
Drawout Cassettes
Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Drawout Cassette
Product Description
The drawout cassette is available for use with JG, LG and NG, three- and four-pole breakers. The cassettes consist of two separate components: the movable mechanism, which attaches to the breaker, and the stationary mechanism, which houses in the cassette. For the JG, LG and NG drawout cassettes, all necessary parts for installation are included in the one catalog number.
2
Features
Features of the drawout cassettes for the JG, LG and NG include:
Product Selection
JG Drawout Cassette
2
JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes
Breaker Frame JG Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number JG3DOM JG4DOM LG3DOM
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Trip on drawoutbreaker will trip if it is in the ON position when withdrawn from the cassette Secondary terminal block the drawout cassettes include a secondary terminal block for easier access when wiring low voltage accessories, including shunts and undervoltage releases
LG Drawout Cassette
LG
LG4DOM
The drawout mechanism has three primary positions:
NG
3 4
NG3DOM NG4DOM
Connectedthe breaker is fully connected to the primary stabs and secondary contacts Disconnectedboth the primary stabs and the secondary contacts are disconnected Withdrawthe breaker can be removed from the cassette
V4-T2-109
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-110

Series C
Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family
Contents
Description
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview
Eatons molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, ... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions, and furthermore as, ... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material. The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating. So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. Eaton offers the most comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. This section of circuit breakers includes:
Thermal-magnetic trip breakers Electronic rms trip breakers Molded case switches Motor circuit protectors Current limiting breakers Special application breakers
50C Calibration Add suffix V to catalog Number for complete breaker, listed above, when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50C ambients. (No price adder.) (No UL label.)
These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use). UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Requirements include 40C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50C.)
Moisture-Fungus Treatment
All circuit breaker cases are molded from glass-polyester which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts which are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment.
Modified Breakers
Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge.
Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers

The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at 40C.
Suffix H08
Special Calibration
Special non-UL-listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications.
Marine Applications
E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications:
Or you can choose to add 50C ambient but then there is no UL mark.
Suffix VH08
U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABSAmerican Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; Lloyds; and ABS/NVR
UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50C ambient. (Naval labeled per UL, and UL now allows 50C label here.)
Suffix VH09

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Certified Test Reports
Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report. Molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards:

Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers
Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure.
V4-T2-111
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-112

Series C
Quick Reference
Industrial Circuit Breakers
G-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type GHB GHB GHB GHB HGHB GHQ GHBS GBHS GDB GDB GD GD GHC GHC GHC GHC HGHC Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15100 15100 15100 15100 1530 1520 1530 1520 1550 15100 1550 15100 15100 15100 15100 15100 1530 2, 3 1 Volts No. of Poles 1 2, 3 1 2, 3 11 1 1, 2 1, 2 2 3 2 3 1 2, 3 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 11a 11a10b, 11b 12b, 14b 15b 12c, 13a, 13b 13b 13b 12c, 13a 13b 12c, 13a 13b UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 65 65 65 65 65 65 120/240 65 240 65 65 65 65 14 14 25 277 14 14 25 14 14 480 14 14 14 14 22 14 600 10 DC (kA) 2 125 14 14 14 14 14 14 250 14 14 10 10 10 10 1 14 Page Number V4-T2-120 V4-T2-120 V4-T2-120 V4-T2-120 V4-T2-120 V4-T2-120 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-34 V4-T2-118 V4-T2-118 V4-T2-117 V4-T2-117 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-125
AC 120 240 277 480Y/277 277 277 480Y/277 600Y/347 480 480 480 480 120 240 277 480Y/277 277
DC 125 125/250 125 125/250 125 125/250 250 125/250 250 125 125/250 125 125/250 125
Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc.

Series C
2.3
2
2
F-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC EHD EHD FDB FDB FD FD FD FDE HFD HFD HFD HFDE FDC
4
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100225 100225 15225 100225 100225 15100 15100 15150 15150 15150 15225 15225 15225 15150 15225 15225 15225 15225 15225 15225
Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 1 2, 3 2, 3 4 1 2, 3 4 3 1 2,3 4 3 2, 3 4 3 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. N.I.T. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. Federal Specification W-C-375b 12b 14b 1 13a 13b 18a
3
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 22 42 65 100 200 18 18 18 65 65 65 100 100 100 200 200 200 277 14 35 65 480 14 14 14 35 35 35 65 65 65 100 100 100 600 14 14 18 18 18 25 25 25 35 35 25 DC (kA) 125 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Page Number V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-129
AC 240 240 240 240 240 277 480 600 600 277 600 600 600 277 600 600 600 600 600 600
DC 125 125 125 125 125 125 250 250 250 125 250 250 125 250 250 250 250
250 10 10 10 10 10 22 22 22 22
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
13a 22a
3
13a 22a
3
24a
3
FDC 4 FDCE 45
Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 3 Not defined in W-C-375b. 4 Current limiting. 5 Check with Eaton for availability.
V4-T2-113
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
M-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type MDL CMDL HMDL CHMDL Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300800 300800 300800 300800

Series C
J-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type JDB JD HJD JDC 3 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70250 70250 70250 70250 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 22a 22a 22a 22a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 100 200 277 480 35 35 65 100 600 18 18 25 35 DC (kA) 2 125 250 10 10 22 22 Page Number V4-T2-149 V4-T2-148 V4-T2-148 V4-T2-148
AC 600 600 600 600
DC 250 250 250 250
K-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type DK KDB KD CKD HKD CHKD KDC 3 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250400 100400 100400 100400 100400 100400 100400 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 14b 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 65 65 100 100 200 277 480 35 35 35 65 65 100 600 25 25 25 35 35 65 DC (kA) 2 125 250 10 10 10 22 22 Page Number V4-T2-164 V4-T2-164 V4-T2-158, V4-T2-160, V4-T2-167, V4-T2-170 V4-T2-166, V4-T2-173, V4-T2-175 V4-T2-158, V4-T2-160, V4-T2-167, V4-T2-170 V4-T2-166, V4-T2-173, V4-T2-175 V4-T2-158, V4-T2-160, V4-T2-167, V4-T2-170
AC 240 600 600 600 600 600 600
DC 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
L-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type LDB LD CLD HLD CHLD LDC 3 CLDC 3 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 277 480 35 35 35 65 65 100 100 600 25 25 25 35 35 50 50 DC (kA) 2 125 250 22 22 25 30 30 Page Number V4-T2-189 V4-T2-185, V4-T2-186, V4-T2-193 V4-T2-188, V4-T2-199 V4-T2-185, V4-T2-186, V4-T2-193 V4-T2-188, V4-T2-199 V4-T2-185, V4-T2-186, V4-T2-195 V4-T2-188, V4-T2-201
AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
DC 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Type of Trip 1 I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 23a 23a 23a 23a
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 100 100 277 480 50 50 65 65 600 25 25 35 35 DC (kA) 2 125 250 22 25 Page Number V4-T2-211, V4-T2-213 V4-T2-214 V4-T2-211, V4-T2-213 V4-T2-214
AC 600 600 600 600
DC 250 250 250 250
Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 3 Current limiting.
V4-T2-114

Series C
2.3
Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
G-Frame (15100 Amperes)

Product Description
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
All two- and three-pole circuit breakers are of the common trip type. On all three-phase delta (240V) Grounded B phase applications, refer to Eaton Single-pole circuit breakers, 15 and 20 amperes. Switching duty rated (SWD) for fluorescent lighting applications All G-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use HACR rated
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-116 Circuit Breaker Type GD HGHB GDB HGHC GHB GHBGFEP GHC GHCGFEP GHQ

Series C

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame
GD 3 100 K
Suffix Number of Poles 1 = 1 pole 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 015 020 024 030 Trip Amperes 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 K D C V = Molded case switch = Ring type terminals = Steel collars = 122F (50C) J01= Fungus proofed R01= Shock tested F01= Freeze tester HID= High intensity discharge 1
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Circuit Breaker Type GDB GD GD GHQ GHB GHB HGHB GHC GHC HGHC Number of Poles 2, 3 2 3 1 2, 3 1 1 2, 3 1 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 120 65 65 65 65 65 240 65 65 65 65 277 14 14 25 14 25 480 14 14 22 480Y/277 14 14 Volts DC 125 14 14 14 14 14 14 250 23 10 10 10
Terminal Types For line and load-side. Terminals are UL listed as suitable for wire type and size given below. Terminal Types
Circuit Breaker Amperes Standard 1520 25100 OptionalGD Only 15100 Pressure (steel body) Slotted Cu 143 Clamp (plated steel) Pressure (aluminum body) Slotted Slotted Cu/Al Cu/Al 1410 101/0 2.54 450 Terminal Type Material Screw Head Type Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range (mm2) 4
Notes 1 HID suffix only applies to the GHB and GHC single-pole, 1520A circuit breakers. 2 Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum. 3 Two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 4 Not UL listed sizes.

Series C
2.3
Page V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-115 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-146 V4-T2-154 V4-T2-183 V4-T2-209 V4-T2-220 V4-T2-235 V4-T2-254 V4-T2-265 V4-T2-267 V4-T2-268 V4-T2-272 V4-T2-303
Typical G-Frame Circuit Breaker
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (15100 Amperes)
Product Description

Cable in, cable out Includes mounting hardware and BMHE
UL/CSA
Product Selection
Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 480 Vac Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Two-Pole Catalog Number GD2015 GD2020 GD2025 GD2030 GD2035 GD2040 GD2045 GD2050 22 kAIC at 480 Vac Three-Pole Catalog Number GD3015 GD3020 GD3025 GD3030 GD3035 GD3040 GD3045 GD3050 GD3060 GD3070 GD3080 GD3090 GD3100 Includes Line and Load Terminals Includes Binding Head Screws and Clamps 1032 x 0.312 Three-Pole Catalog Number GD3015D GD3020D GD3025D GD3030D GD3035D GD3040D GD3045D GD3050D GD3060D GD3070D GD3080D GD3090D GD3100D
V4-T2-117
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-118 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100

Series C
Type GDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 480 Vac Includes Line and Load Terminals Two-Pole Catalog Number GDB2015 GDB2020 GDB2025 GDB2030 GDB2035 GDB2040 GDB2045 GDB2050 Three-Pole Catalog Number GDB3015 GDB3020 GDB3025 GDB3030 GDB3035 GDB3040 GDB3045 GDB3050 GDB3060 GDB3070 GDB3080 GDB3090 GDB3100
Type GD Molded Case Switches Type GD Molded Case SwitchesThree-Pole

480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 60 60 100 100 Notes 1 Includes line and load steel terminals. 2 Includes binding head screws and clamps 1032 x 0.312. Molded case switches may open above 1300 amperes. Catalog Number (Includes Line and Load Terminals) GD3060K GD3060KC 1 GD3100K GD3100KD 2

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GD-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View
4.88 (123.8) Off
2 2 2 2 2
3.00 (76.2)
2.63 (66.7)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-119
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-120

Series C
Typical GHB
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types GHB and HGHB Bolt-On Panelboard Circuit Breakers (15100 Amperes)
These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375b as follows:
Type GHB, 120 and 240V: Single-pole: Class 11a Two-, three-pole: Classes 10b, 11b, 12b, 14b, 15b UL/CSA Type GHB, 277 and 480Y/277V: Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a Two-, three-pole: Class 13b Type HGHB 277V Type GHQ 277V

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Typical GHB
Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units 1

277/480 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum 2 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Single-Pole Catalog Number GHB1015 45 GHB1020 45 GHB1025 GHB1030 GHB1035 GHB1040 GHB1045 GHB1050 GHB1060 GHB1070 GHB1080 GHB1090 GHB1100 277/480 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHB2015 4 GHB2020 4 GHB2025 GHB2030 GHB2035 GHB2040 GHB2045 GHB2050 GHB2060 GHB2070 GHB2080 GHB2090 GHB2100 277/480 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum 3 Three-Pole Catalog Number GHB3015 4 GHB3020 4 GHB3025 GHB3030 GHB3035 GHB3040 GHB3045 GHB3050 GHB3060 GHB3070 GHB3080 GHB3090 GHB3100
Type HGHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole Catalog Number HGHB1015 6 HGHB1020 6 HGHB1025 HGHB1030
Type GHQ Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

277 Vac Maximum 14 kAIC, No DC Rating (HID and SWD) Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 Single-Pole Catalog Number GHQ1015 7 GHQ1020 7
Notes 1 480Y/277V, circuit breakers (Type GHB) not suitable for three-phase delta (480V). 2 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only. 3 Use two outside poles. 4 Uses 0.190 (4.83) 32 screw type clamp terminals. 5 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 6 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 7 Includes 4A33462H01 load clip.
V4-T2-121
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-122
3.00 (76.2) Max.

Series C
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GDB-Frame, Three-Pole
4.00 (101.6)
2.63 (66.7)

Series C
2.3
Single-Phase (requires two poles)
Contents
Description
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15100 Amperes)
Product Description

These circuit breakers meet the requirements of UL 489 and UL 1053.
1560 amperes, 277V, 50/60 Hz Operational voltage 240V to 305V
Product Selection
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 30 40 50 60 Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277 Vac, 30 mA Catalog Number GHBGFEP1015 GHBGFEP1020 GHBGFEP1030 GHBGFEP1040 GHBGFEP1050 GHBGFEP1060

Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type GHBGFEP Number of Poles 1 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 277 Vac (50/60 Hz) 14,000
V4-T2-123
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-124
3.00 (76.2)

Series C
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GHB-Frame, Three-Pole
4.00 (101.6)
2.63 (66.7)

Series C
2.3
Typical GHC
Contents
Description
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Types GHC and HGHC Circuit Breakers (15100 Amperes)

Product Description


These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-37b as follows:
15100 amperes 120, 240, 277 , 480Y/277V, 50/60 Hz, 125, 125/250 Vdc Single-, two- and three-pole Cable in, cable out Does not include mounting hardware
Type GHC, 277 and 480Y/ 277V: Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a Two-, three-pole: Class 13b UL/CSA
V4-T2-125
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-126

Series C
Product Selection
Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum 1 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1015 34 GHC1020 34 GHC1025 GHC1030 GHC1035 GHC1040 GHC1045 GHC1050 GHC1060 GHC1070 GHC1080 GHC1090 GHC1100 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHC2015 3 GHC2020 3 GHC2025 GHC2030 GHC2035 GHC2040 GHC2045 GHC2050 GHC2060 GHC2070 GHC2080 GHC2090 GHC2100 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum 2 Three-Pole Catalog Number GHC3015 3 GHC3020 3 GHC3025 GHC3030 GHC3035 GHC3040 GHC3045 GHC3050 GHC3060 GHC3070 GHC3080 GHC3090 GHC3100
Type HGHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units

277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole Catalog Number HGHC1015 5 HGHC1020 5 HGHC1025 HGHC1030
Notes 1 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only. 2 Use two outside poles. 3 Uses 0.19032 screw type clamp terminals. 4 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 5 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.

Series C
2.3
Single-Phase (requires two-pole spaces)
Contents
Description
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type GHCGFEP Cable-In/Cable-Out 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15100 Amperes)
Product Description

These circuit breakers meet the requirements of UL 489 and UL 1053.
1560 amperes, 277V, 50/60 Hz Operational voltage 240V305V
Product Selection
Type GHCGFEP 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 30 40 50 60 Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277V, 30 mA Catalog Number GHCGFEP1015 GHCGFEP1020 GHCGFEP1030 GHCGFEP1040 GHCGFEP1050 GHCGFEP1060

Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type GHCGFEP Number of Poles 1 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 277 Vac (50/60 Hz) 14,000
V4-T2-127
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-128

Series C
Special Purpose Circuit Breakers
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Purpose GHC Circuit Breakers (15100 Amperes)

Product Description
Eatons Type GHC circuit breakers have binding head screw-type terminals on line and load side. These circuit breakers with screw-type terminals (0.19032) will be marked Special purpose breaker not for general use. To order this special breaker, use the catalog number from the tables on this page.
Product Selection
Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1025D GHC1030D GHC1035D GHC1040D GHC1045D GHC1050D GHC1060D GHC1070D GHC1080D GHC1090D GHC1100D 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHC2025D GHC2030D GHC2035D GHC2040D GHC2045D GHC2050D GHC2060D GHC2070D GHC2080D GHC2090D GHC2100D 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum 1 Three-Pole Catalog Number GHC3025D GHC3030D GHC3035D GHC3040D GHC3045D GHC3050D GHC3060D GHC3070D GHC3080D GHC3090D GHC3100D
Type GHB and GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units for HID Lighting Applications
277 Vac Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 Bolt-on 15 20 Note 1 Use two outside poles. Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1015HID GHC1020HID GHB1015HID GHB1020HID
Type Cable-in

Series C
2.3
Page V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-115 V4-T2-130 V4-T2-131 V4-T2-142 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-145 V4-T2-146 V4-T2-154 V4-T2-183 V4-T2-209 V4-T2-220 V4-T2-235 V4-T2-254 V4-T2-265 V4-T2-267 V4-T2-268 V4-T2-272 V4-T2-303
Typical F-Frame Breaker F-Frame Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
F-Frame (10225 Amperes)

Product Description
All Eatons F-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated All circuit breakers 10 through 30 amperes are suitable for HID (high intensity discharge) use All F-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
V4-T2-129
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-130

Series C

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
FDC 3 100 L
Circuit Breaker Type EHD FDB FD HFD FDC Number of Poles 1 = 1 pole 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Amperes 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 110 125 150 175 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) 200 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) 225 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) Suffix E = 100% protected (four-pole only) neutral pole EH = 50% protected (four-pole only) K = High magnetic molded case switch L = Line and load terminals S = Stainless steel terminals V = 50C calibration W = Without terminals Y = Line terminals only Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)
EDC 3 200 L
Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles Trip Amperes 100 125 150 175 200 225 Suffix L = Line and load terminals W = Without terminals Y = Line terminals only Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)
FDE 3 225 32
Circuit Breaker Type FDE HFDE FDCE Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles
W
Suffix ZG = Zone selective interlocking Suffix W = Without terminals L = Line and load terminals = Load side terminals only
Trip Amperes 80 160 225
Trip Unit 33 = LS 32 = LSI 35 = LSG 36 = LSIG

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Type ED Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 65 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number ED2015 ED2020 ED2025 ED2030 ED2035 ED2040 ED2050 ED2060 ED2100 ED2125 ED2150 ED2175 ED2200 ED2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number ED3015 ED3020 ED3025 ED3030 ED3035 ED3040 ED3050 ED3060 ED3100 ED3125 ED3150 ED3175 ED3200 ED3225
Type EDH Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 100 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number EDH2100 EDH2125 EDH2150 EDH2175 EDH2200 EDH2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number EDH3100 EDH3125 EDH3150 EDH3175 EDH3200 EDH3225
V4-T2-131
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-132 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225

Series C
Type EDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 200 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number EDC2100 EDC2125 EDC2150 EDC2175 EDC2200 EDC2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number EDC3100 EDC3125 EDC3150 EDC3175 EDC3200 EDC3225
Type EDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 22 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number EDB2100 EDB2110 EDB2125 EDB2150 EDB2175 EDB2200 EDB2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number EDB3100 EDB3110 EDB3125 EDB3150 EDB3175 EDB3200 EDB3225

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type EDS Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 42 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number EDS2100 EDS2110 EDS2125 EDS2150 EDS2175 EDS2200 EDS2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number EDS3100 EDS3110 EDS3125 EDS3150 EDS3175 EDS3200 EDS3225
Type EHD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 14 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 1 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Catalog Number EHD1010 EHD1015 2 EHD1020 2 EHD1025 EHD1030 EHD1035 EHD1040 EHD1045 EHD1050 EHD1060 EHD1070 EHD1080 EHD1090 EHD1100 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number EHD2010 EHD2015 EHD2020 EHD2025 EHD2030 EHD2035 EHD2040 EHD2045 EHD2050 EHD2060 EHD2070 EHD2080 EHD2090 EHD2100 Three-Pole Catalog Number EHD3010 EHD3015 EHD3020 EHD3025 EHD3030 EHD3035 EHD3040 EHD3045 EHD3050 EHD3060 EHD3070 EHD3080 EHD3090 EHD3100
Notes 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).
V4-T2-133
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-134 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 1 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150

Series C
Type FDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 600 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number FDB2010 FDB2015 FDB2020 FDB2025 FDB2030 FDB2035 FDB2040 FDB2045 FDB2050 FDB2060 FDB2070 FDB2080 FDB2090 FDB2100 FDB2110 FDB2125 FDB2150 Three-Pole Catalog Number FDB3010 FDB3015 FDB3020 FDB3025 FDB3030 FDB3035 FDB3040 FDB3045 FDB3050 FDB3060 FDB3070 FDB3080 FDB3090 FDB3100 FDB3110 FDB3125 FDB3150 Four-Pole Catalog Number FDB4010 FDB4015 FDB4020 FDB4025 FDB4030 FDB4035 FDB4040 FDB4045 FDB4050 FDB4060 FDB4070 FDB4080 FDB4090 FDB4100 FDB4110 FDB4125 FDB4150

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type FD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 35 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 1 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number FD1010 FD1015
2
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number FD2015 FD2020 FD2025 FD2030 FD2035 FD2040 FD2045 FD2050 FD2060 FD2070 FD2080 FD2090 FD2100 FD2110 FD2125 FD2150 FD2175 FD2200 FD2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number FD3015 FD3020 FD3025 FD3030 FD3035 FD3040 FD3045 FD3050 FD3060 FD3070 FD3080 FD3090 FD3100 FD3110 FD3125 FD3150 FD3175 FD3200 FD3225 Four-Pole Catalog Number FD4015 FD4020 FD4025 FD4030 FD4035 FD4040 FD4045 FD4050 FD4060 FD4070 FD4080 FD4090 FD4100 FD4110 FD4125 FD4150 FD4175 FD4200 FD4225
FD1020 2 FD1025 FD1030 FD1035 FD1040 FD1045 FD1050 FD1060 FD1070 FD1080 FD1090 FD1100 FD1110 FD1125 FD1150
V4-T2-135
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-136 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225

Series C
Type HFD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 65 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Catalog Number HFD1015 1 HFD1020 1 HFD1025 HFD1030 HFD1035 HFD1040 HFD1045 HFD1050 HFD1060 HFD1070 HFD1080 HFD1090 HFD1100 HFD1110 HFD1125 HFD1150 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number HFD2015 HFD2020 HFD2025 HFD2030 HFD2035 HFD2040 HFD2045 HFD2050 HFD2060 HFD2070 HFD2080 HFD2090 HFD2100 HFD2110 HFD2125 HFD2150 HFD2175 HFD2200 HFD2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number HFD3015 HFD3020 HFD3025 HFD3030 HFD3035 HFD3040 HFD3045 HFD3050 HFD3060 HFD3070 HFD3080 HFD3090 HFD3100 HFD3110 HFD3125 HFD3150 HFD3175 HFD3200 HFD3225 Four-Pole Catalog Number HFD4015 HFD4020 HFD4025 HFD4030 HFD4035 HFD4040 HFD4045 HFD4050 HFD4060 HFD4070 HFD4080 HFD4090 HFD4100 HFD4110 HFD4125 HFD4150 HFD4175 HFD4200 HFD4225
Note 1 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type FDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number FDC2015 FDC2020 FDC2025 FDC2030 FDC2035 FDC2040 FDC2045 FDC2050 FDC2060 FDC2070 FDC2080 FDC2090 FDC2100 FDC2110 FDC2125 FDC215 FDC2175 FDC2200 FDC2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number FDC3015 FDC3020 FDC3025 FDC3030 FDC3035 FDC3040 FDC3045 FDC3050 FDC3060 FDC3070 FDC3080 FDC3090 FDC3100 FDC3110 FDC3125 FDC3150 FDC3175 FDC3200 FDC3225 Four-Pole Catalog Number FDC4015 FDC4020 FDC4025 FDC4030 FDC4035 FDC4040 FDC4045 FDC4050 FDC4060 FDC4070 FDC4080 FDC4090 FDC4100 FDC4110 FDC4125 FDC4150 FDC4175 FDC4200 FDC4225
V4-T2-137
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-138 Maximum Ampere Rating

Series C
Types FDE, HFDE and FDCE Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number
IC Rating 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 FDE308033 FDE316033 FDE322533 FDE308032 FDE316032 FDE322532 FDE308035 FDE316035 FDE322535 FDE308036 FDE316036 FDE322536
IC Rating 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 HFDE308033 HFDE316033 HFDE322533 HFDE308032 HFDE316032 HFDE322532 HFDE308035 HFDE316035 HFDE322535 HFDE308036 HFDE316036 HFDE322536
IC Rating 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 FDCE308033 FDCE316033 FDCE322533 FDCE308032 FDCE316032 FDCE322532 FDCE308035 FDCE316035 FDCE322535 FDCE308036 FDCE316036 FDCE322536
FDE Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective Interlocking

Ampere Rating 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 HFDE308032ZG HFDE316032ZG HFDE322532ZG HFDE308036ZG HFDE316036ZG HFDE322536ZG FDE308032ZG FDE316032ZG FDE322532ZG FDE308036ZG FDE316036ZG FDE322536ZG LSI w/ZSI Catalog Number LSIG w/ZSI Catalog Number
Digitrip Electronic Trip Units

Circuit Breaker Type FDE, HFDE, FDCE FDE, HFDE, FDCE FDE, HFDE, FDCE
Frame 225 160 80
Ratings 100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80
Note 1 Check with Eaton for availability.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2
Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
Molded Case Switches

Complete Circuit Breaker with Load Side Terminals Only 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 150 225 Three-Pole 100 150 225 Four-Pole 100 150 225 FD4100K FD4150K FD4225K HFD4100K HFD4150K HFD4225K EHD3100K FD3100K FD3150K FD3225K HFD3100K HFD3150K HFD3225K EHD2100K FD2100K FD2150K FD2225K HFD2100K HFD2150K HFD2225K Catalog Number 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Note Molded case switches will open above 1800 amperes.
V4-T2-139
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-140 Description Breaker mount ammeter

Series C

Breaker Mount Ammeter 1
Catalog Number DIGIVIEW
Line and Load Terminals Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. Except as noted, terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B. Unless otherwise specified, F-Frame circuit breakers are factory equipped with load terminals only.
Ordering Information F-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have load terminals only as standard equipment. When standard line-end terminals (same as standard load-end terminals) are required, add Suffix L to the circuit breaker catalog number. When nonstandard or optional line and/ or load terminals are required, order by style number. Specify if factory installation is required.

Maximum Breaker Amperes Package of Three Terminals Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals 20 (EHD) 100 225 Steel Steel Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 1410 141/0 44/0 2.54 2.550 2595 3T20FB 2 3T100FB 3TA225FD
Optional Pressure Terminals 50 100 200 225 225 Aluminum Aluminum Stainless steel Copper Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu/AI 144 141/0 44/0 44/0 6300 kcmil 2.525 2.550 2595 2595 16150 3TA50FB 2 3TA100FD 3T150FB 3T225FD 3TA225FDK 3
Notes 1 Use on FDE, HFDE and FDCE electronic trip only. 2 Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers. 3 Includes terminal shield kit. Adds approximately 3 inches (76.2) to breaker height. Available for use on three-pole breaker only.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
Clip
Collar Screw Nut
Collar
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Conductor Conductor Wire Clamp
Washer Conductor Screw Extrusion
3T20FB Assemble wire clamp to bottom of conductor as shown.
3T100FB, 3T150FB Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. Caution: Collar must surround conductor.
3TA225FD Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar. Install clip with legs on top of conductor and snap end around bottom of collar.
Collar
Conductor Collar Washer Conductor Screw Washer Screw
2 2 2
3TA225FDK (Up to 150 mm2) Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Terminal shield must be used with this collar. Note: For 185 mm2, use 3TA225FDK1.
3TA50FB Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer.
3TA100FD Collar slides onto conductor and is held in position by a screw and lockwasher.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-141
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories

Series C
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. Allowable Accessory Combinations FD Frame Accessories
Description Reference Page Single-Pole Center Two-Pole Left Right Three-Pole 1 Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout switch (make only) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-274 V4-T2-274 V4-T2-274 V4-T2-276 V4-T2-276 V4-T2-278 V4-T2-280 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-286

End cap kit Keeper nut Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Terminal end covers Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid and motor) operators Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms LFD current limiter IQ Energy Sentinel Cause of trip display Remote mount cause of trip display Cause of trip LED Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available V4-T2-142 V4-T2-110

V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-311 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-315 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-317 V4-T2-318 V4-T2-320 V4-T2-321 V4-T2-417 V4-T2-323 V4-T2-323 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324
Note Internal accessories are listed with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for factory installation. They are not listed with UL for field installation.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-143

Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC EHD Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 1 2, 3 FDB FD 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 FDE HFD
4
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 22 42 65 100 200 18 18 65 65 100 100 200 200 277 4 35 65 480 14 14 35 35 65 65 100 100 600 14 18 18 25 25 35 25
Volts DC 1 125 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 250 23 10 10 10 22 22
2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4
HFDE 4 FDC 5 FDCE 456
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3
IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings (P1)

Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC EHD Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 1 2, 3 FDB FD 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 HFD 1 2, 3, 4 FDC 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220, 240 22 42 65 100 200 18 18 35 65 65 100 200 380, 415 14 14 35 65 100 440 14 14 35 65 100 500 14 18 25 35 Volts DC 1 125 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 250 23 10 10 10 22 22
Digitrip Electronic Trip Units

Circuit Breaker Type FDE, HFDE, FDCE FDE, HFDE, FDCE FDE, HFDE, FDCE Frame 225 160 80 Ratings 100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80
Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 4 Electronics available on three-pole only, no DC rating for FDE, HFDE, FDCE. 5 Current limiting. 6 Check with Eaton for availability.
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480V Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time Flat Short delay time Z.S.I.

Series C
F-Frame Digitrip Specifications

Digitrip RMS 310+ Yes FDE 15225A 35, 65, 100 (kA)
LS LSG No Yes No 40100% frame 224 seconds No Yes Yes
LSI LSIG
2001000% x (Ir) Yes No Yes 1 No No Yes No Inst300 ms
Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault Z.S.I. Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power quality harmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In Note 1 ZSI (zone selective interlocking) is optional. Must order with ZSI. Standard 310+ does not come with ZSI. Test kit No No No No No No No No No No No 20100% frame No Inst300 ms Yes 1 Yes
V4-T2-144

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FD Frame
Number of Poles 1 2 3 4 Width 1.38 (35.1) 2.75 (70.0) 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) Height 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) Depth 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0)
FD Frame, Three-Pole
On Off
2
6.00 (152.4)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4.13 (104.9)
3.38 (85.7)
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) FD Frame

Number of Poles Breaker Type ED, EDB, EDS, EDH, EDC EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC FDE, HFDE, FDCE 1 2 (0.9) 2 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 4.5 (2.0) 4.5 (2.0) 4.5 (2.0) 4 6 (2.7)
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-146

Series C
Typical J-Frame Breaker
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J-Frame (70250 Amperes)

Product Description
All Eatons J-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated J-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers J-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2

JD 3 250 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type JDB JD HJD JDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 070 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Suffix C = Non-aluminum terminals F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C calibration W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Trip Unit
JT 3 250 T
Trip Unit Type JT = Thermal-magnetic Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Rating/ Plug Ampere Rating 070 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Suffix T = Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adj. magnetic V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-147
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-148 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Three-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Four-Pole 34 125 150 175 200 225 250 JD4125 JD4150 JD4175 JD4200 JD4225 JD4250 JD3070 JD3090 JD3100 JD3125 JD3150 JD3175 JD3200 JD3225 JD3250 JD2070 JD2090 JD2100 JD2125 JD2150 JD2175 JD2200 JD2225 JD2250

Series C
Product Selection
Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-150 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only 1 For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number
HJD2070 HJD2090 HJD2100 HJD2125 HJD2150 HJD2175 HJD2200 HJD2225 HJD2250
JDC2070 JDC2090 JDC2100 JDC2125 JDC2150 JDC2175 JDC2200 JDC2225 JDC2250
JT2070T JT2090T JT2100T JT2125T JT2150T JT2175T JT2200T JT2225T JT2250T
TA250KB 2
HJD3070 HJD3090 HJD3100 HJD3125 HJD3150 HJD3175 HJD3200 HJD3225 HJD3250
JDC3070 JDC3090 JDC3100 JDC3125 JDC3150 JDC3175 JDC3200 JDC3225 JDC3250
JT3070T JT3090T JT3100T JT3125T JT3150T JT3175T JT3200T JT3225T JT3250T
TA250KB 2
HJD4125 HJD4150 HJD4175 HJD4200 HJD4225 HJD4250
JDC4125 JDC4150 JDC4175 JDC4200 JDC4225 JDC4250
JT3125T JT3150T JT3175T JT3200T JT3225T JT3250T
TA250KB 2
Notes 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 510 times continuous ampere rating. 2 Individually packed. 3 Fully rated neutral pole with no protection. 4 Neutral is in right pole.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Standard Terminals Only See PageV4-T2-150 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Frame Only
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole JD2250F Three-Pole JD3250F Four-Pole JD4250F HJD4250F JDC4250F HJD3250F JDC3250F HJD2250F JDC2250F High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 250 JD2250KW HJD2250KW With Standard Line and Load Terminals Only Catalog Number Three-Pole 250 JD3250KW HJD3250KW Four-Pole 250 JDB2070W JDB2090W JDB2100W JDB2125W JDB2150W JDB2175W JDB2200W JDB2225W JDB2250W JDB2070 JDB2090 JDB2100 JDB2125 JDB2150 JDB2175 JDB2200 JDB2225 JDB2250 Notes 1 Individually packed. Molded case switches may open above 2500 amperes. JD4250KW HJD4250KW JDB4250KW HJDB4250KW TA250KB 1 JDB3250KW HJDB3250KW TA250KB 1 JDB2250KW HJDB2250KW TA250KB
1
Complete Circuit Breaker Only Without Line and Load Terminals Suitable for Reverse Feed Use Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type JDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with NonInterchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed Application
600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Three-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 JDB3070W JDB3090W JDB3100W JDB3125W JDB3150W JDB3175W JDB3200W JDB3225W JDB3250W JDB3070 JDB3090 JDB3100 JDB3125 JDB3150 JDB3175 JDB3200 JDB3225 JDB3250 Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number
V4-T2-149
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-150
Slotted Screw Collar

Series C

Line and Load Terminals Eatons line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. Unless otherwise specified, JFrame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. The bottom of the standard TA250KB terminal contains a recess that is positioned over the J-Frame circuit breaker terminal conductor. Ordering Information J-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper-only terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.
Collar
Nut
Slotted Screw
T250KB Terminal
TA250KB Terminal (Standard)

Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire Range/ No. Conductors Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 250 Aluminum Cu/AI 4350 kcmil 25185 TA250KB
Optional Cu Pressure Terminals 250 Stainless Steel Cu 4350 kcmil 25185 T250KB

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
JD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Plug nut Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension IQ Energy Sentinel Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available V4-T2-110 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-310 V4-T2-311 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-315 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-318 V4-T2-318 V4-T2-320 V4-T2-321 V4-T2-417 V4-T2-432 V4-T2-323 V4-T2-274 V4-T2-276 V4-T2-276 V4-T2-278 V4-T2-281 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-288 Reference Page Two-, Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-151
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-152 Circuit Breaker Type JDB JD HJD JDC 3

Series C

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 100 200 480 35 35 65 100 600 18 18 25 35 Volts DC 125 250 12 10 10 22 22
IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings

Circuit Breaker Type JD HJD JDC Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 100 200 380 35 65 100 415 35 65 100 600 Volts DC 125 250 12 10 22 22
Notes 1 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 2 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 3 Current limiting.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) JD Frame
JD-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Front View Cutout 1.56 (39.7) 4.13 (104.8) Side View
2 2 2 2
0.34 R (8.7 R) 3.94 (100.0)
0.78 (19.8) 2.92 (74.2) 0.88 (22.2) 3.33 (84.5) 1.38 (34.9) 1.75 (44.5) 4.06 (103.2) 10.00 (254.0)
ON
C L Handle
C L Breaker
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) Four-Pole 2.25 (1.0) 2.25 (1.0) 2.25 (1.0)
0.72 (18.2)
0.50 (12.7) Diameter 3 Megger Holes if Required
0.19 R (4.8) R
OFF
2.75 (69.9) 3.50 (88.9)
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) JD Frame

Breaker Type JDB JD HJD JDC Complete Breaker Two-Pole 11.25 (5.1) 11.25 (5.1) 11.25 (5.1) 12.25 (5.6) Three-Pole 12.50 (5.7) 12.50 (5.7) 12.50 (5.7) 13.50 (6.1) Four-Pole 13.25 (6.0) 13.25 (6.0) 14.25 (6.5) Frame Only Two-Pole 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) 10.00 (4.5) Three-Pole 10.00 (4.5) 10.00 (4.5) 11.00 (5.0) Four-Pole 10.50 (4.8) 10.50 (4.8) 11.50 (5.2) Trip Unit Two-Pole 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-153
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-154

Series C
Typical K-Frame Circuit Breaker
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K-Frame (70400 Amperes)

Product Description
All Eaton K-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated K-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers K-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. K-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology 1 250/400A K-Frame 310+ Assembly Breaker
KDB 3 400 F T36 ZG W

Performance at 480 Vac KDB = 35 kAIC HKDB = 65 kAIC Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Feature Blank = No feature B20 = High load alarm B21 = Ground fault alarm and trip ZG = Zone selective interlocking Terminal W = No terminals
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ampere Rating 250 400
Frame Designation
T33 T32 T35 T35B22 T36 T35B22 T38 T39 T39B22
= = = = = = = = =
Trip Unit 310+ Electronic LS 310+ Electronic LSI 310+ Electronic LSG 310+ Electronic LS(A), GFA, no trip 310+ Electronic LSIG 310+ Electronic LSI(A), GFA, no trip 310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode 310+ Electronic ALSG with Maintenance Mode 310+ Electronic ALSI(A) with Maintenance Mode and GFA, no trip
250/400A 310+ Electronic Trip Unit
KES 3 400 LSIG ZG

Trip Unit Type KES Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Feature Blank = No feature B20 = High load alarm B21 = Ground fault alarm and trip ZG = Zone selective interlocking
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ampere Rating 250 400
LS LSI LSG LSGB22 LSIG LSIGB22 ALSI ALSIG ALSIGB22
= = = = = = = = =
Trip Unit 310+ Electronic LS 310+ Electronic LSI 310+ Electronic LSG LS(A), GFA, no trip 310+ Electronic LSIG LSI(A), GFA, no trip LSI with Maintenance Mode LSIG with Maintenance Mode ALSIG(A) with Maintenance Mode, and GFA, no trip
400A Frame Only
KD 3 400 F
Performance at 480 Vac KD = 35 kAIC HKD = 65 kAIC KDC = 100 kAIC CKD = 35 kAIC 100% rated CHKD = 65 kAIC 100% rated
1
Frame Designation Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Ampere Rating 400
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Cannot combine B2X suffixes with B2X suffixes.
V4-T2-155
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-156 Performance at 480 Vac KDB = 35 kAIC HKDB = 65 kAIC

Series C
K-Frame with 310 Electronic Trip Unit Technology 125A K-Frame 310 Assembly Breaker
KDB 3 125 F T36 W

Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Trip Unit 310 Electronic LS 310 Electronic LSI 310 Electronic LSG 310 Electronic LSIG Terminal W = No terminals
Ampere Rating 125
Frame Designation
T33 T32 T35 T36
= = = =
125A 310 Electronic Trip Unit
KES 3 125 LSIG

Trip Unit Type KES Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Ampere Rating 70 90 100 125 Trip Unit LS LSI LSG LSIG
400A Frame Only
KD 3 400 F
Performance at 480 Vac KD = 35 kAIC HKD = 65 kAIC CKD = 35 kAIC 100% rated CHKD = 65 kAIC 100% rated Frame Designation Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Ampere Rating 400
Four-Pole 310 Electronic Trip Unit
KES 4 125 LSIG

Trip Unit Type KES Number of Poles 4 = Four-pole Ampere Rating 125 250 400 Trip Unit LS LSI
Four-Pole 400A Frame Only
KD 4 400 F
Performance at 480 Vac KD = 35 kAIC HKD = 65 kAIC KDC = 100 kAIC Frame Designation Number of Poles 4 = Four-pole Ampere Rating 400

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
K-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology Thermal-Magnetic Breaker/Frame
KD 3 400 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type DK KD KDB HKD KDC Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Suffix = Copper terminals = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic trip unit circuit breaker only) F = Frame only K = High-magnetic molded-case switch V = 50 calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only) W = Without terminals X = Load terminals only Y = Line side terminals only Blank = Standard load and line side terminals C E
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
KT 3 400 F
Trip Unit Type KT = Thermal-magnetic Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Suffix T = Trip unit only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
K-Frame with OPTIM Trip Unit Technology OPTIM Circuit Breaker/Frame
KD 3 125 T5 7 W
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type KD HKD KDC CKD CHKD Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 125 250 400 Trip Model T5 = Model 550 T10 = Model 1050 Trip Type 2 = LSI 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA Suffix W = Without terminals
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Note 1 Ampere rating available with electronic trip unit only.
V4-T2-157
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-158 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Three-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Four-Pole 100 125 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 KD4100 KD4125 KD4175 KD4200 KD4225 KD4250 KD4300 KD4350 KD4400 KD3100 KD3125 KD3150 KD3175 KD3200 KD3225 KD3250 KD3300 KD3350 KD3400 KD2100 KD2125 KD2150 KD2175 KD2200 KD2225 KD2250 KD2300 KD2350 KD2400

Series C
Product Selection
Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only 1 Standard Terminals Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number See Page V4-T2-177 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
HKD2100 HKD2125 HKD2150 HKD2175 HKD2200 HKD2225 HKD2250 HKD2300 HKD2350 HKD2400
KDC2100 KDC2125 KDC2150 KDC2175 KDC2200 KDC2225 KDC2250 KDC2300 KDC2350 KDC2400
KT2100T KT2125T KT2150T KT2175T KT2200T KT2225T KT2250T KT2300T KT2350T KT2400T
TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 2TA400K 3
HKD3100 HKD3125 HKD3150 HKD3175 HKD3200 HKD3225 HKD3250 HKD3300 HKD3350 HKD3400
KDC3100 KDC3125 KDC3150 KDC3175 KDC3200 KDC3225 KDC3250 KDC3300 KDC3350 KDC3400
KT3100T KT3125T KT3150T KT3175T KT3200T KT3225T KT3250T KT3300T KT3350T KT3400T
TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 3TA400K 3
HKD4100 HKD4125 HKD4175 HKD4200 HKD4225 HKD4250 HKD4300 HKD4350 HKD4400
KDC4100 KDC4125 KDC4175 KDC4200 KDC4225 KDC4250 KDC4300 KDC4350 KDC4400
KT3100T KT3125T KT3175T KT3200T KT3225T KT3250T KT3300T KT3350T KT3400T
TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 4TA400K 3
Notes 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 510 times continuous ampere rating. 2 Individually packed. 3 2TA400K, 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit BreakersFrame Only

Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole KD2400F Three-Pole KD3400F Four-Pole KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F HKD3400F KDC3400F HKD2400F KDC2400F High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number
V4-T2-159
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-160 Max. Cont. Ampere Rating at 40C 5 125 Max. Cont. Ampere Rating at 40C 250 400

Series C
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-180. Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip UnitsThree-Pole 1
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only 2 Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number KD3400F KD3400F
High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp
Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay
Terminal Information See Page V4-T2-177
HKD3400F HKD3400F
KDC3400F KDC3400F
KES3250LS KES3400LS
KES3250LSI KES3400LSI
KES3250LSG KES3400LSG
KES3250LSIG KES3400LSIG
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole 1
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Standard High Capacity Interrupting Interrupting Current Capacity Capacity Limiting 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac Rated Rated Rated 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at 100 kAIC 480 Vac 480 Vac at 480 Vac Catalog Number KD3400F HKD3400F KDC3400F KES3125LS KES3125LSI KES3125LSG KES3125LSIG Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Independently Pickup with Adjustable I2t Short Delay and Short Time Ground Fault Pickup and Protection Delay Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Ampere Rating 70 90 100 110 125 Notes 1 Three-pole KES trip units are for use in three-pole frames only. 2 For AC use only. 3 Individually packed. 4 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 5 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T
Standard Terminals Only Ampere Rating See Page V4-T2-177 for Optional Terminals TA300K 3 TA300K 3 TA300K 3 TA300K 3 TA300K 3
70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1

Series C
2.3
2
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-177 for Optional Terminals TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K
5
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsFour-Pole 12
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 4 Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Independently Pickup with Adjustable I2t Short Delay and Short Time Ground Fault Pickup and Protection Delay Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Max. Cont. Ampere Rating at 40C 3 Catalog Number 125 KD4400F
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac
Ampere Rating 70 90 100 110 125
Fixed Rating Plug
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T 2KES070T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T 4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T 200/250/300/400 A4KES400T1 200/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1
HKD4400F
KDC4400F
KES4125LS
KES4125LSI
250
KD4400F
HKD4400F
KDC4400F
KES4250LS
KES4250LSI
70 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
TA300K 5 TA300K
5
TA350K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA350K 5 TA350K

5
400
KD4400F
HKD4400F
KDC4400F
KES4400LS
KES4400LSI
200 225 250 300 350 400
TA350K 5 4TA400K 6
Notes 1 Trip unit includes protected neutral pole. Use corresponding three-pole trip unit if protected neutral pole is not required. 2 Fully rated neutral pole protection is standard. For 50% rated protection on neutral pole, add Suffix E to four-pole trip unit catalog number. 3 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 4 For AC use only. 5 Individually packed. 6 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
V4-T2-161
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-162 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 125 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 250 400

Series C
Type KDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-180.
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Tip Unit Less TerminalsCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In KDB3250FT33W KDB3400FT33W LSI 28 x In I300 ms KDB3250FT32W KDB3400FT32W LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms KDB3250FT35W KDB3400FT35W LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms KDB3250FT36W KDB3400FT36W
Number of Poles 3 3
Type KDB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In KDB3125FT33W LSI 28 x In I300 ms KDB3125FT32W LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms KDB3125FT35W LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms KDB3125FT36W Fixed Adjustable Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)
Number of Poles 3
Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES125T 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2
Type HKDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-180.
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Tip Unit Less TerminalsCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In HKDB3250FT33W HKDB3400FT33W LSI 28 x In I300 ms HKDB3250FT32W HKDB3400FT32W LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms HKDB3250FT35W HKDB3400FT35W LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms HKDB3250FT36W HKDB3400FT36W
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 250 400
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Number of Poles 3 3
Type HKDB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In HKDB3125FT33W LSI 28 x In I300 ms HKDB3125FT32W LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms HKDB3125FT35W LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms HKDB3125FT36W Fixed Adjustable Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 125
Number of Poles 3
Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES125T 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1
V4-T2-163
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-164

Series C
Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for reverse feed application.
Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
240 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Three-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 DK3250W DK3300W DK3350W DK3400W DK3250Y DK3300Y DK3350Y DK3400Y DK3250 DK3300 DK3350 DK3400 KDB3100W KDB3125W KDB3150W KDB3175W KDB3200W KDB3225W KDB3250W KDB3300W KDB3350W KDB3400W KDB3100 KDB3125 KDB3150 KDB3175 KDB3200 KDB3225 KDB3250 KDB3300 KDB3350 KDB3400 DK2250W DK2300W DK2350W DK2400W DK2250Y DK2300Y DK2350Y DK2400Y DK2250 DK2300 DK2350 DK2400 KDB2100W KDB2125W KDB2150W KDB2175W KDB2200W KDB2225W KDB2250W KDB2300W KDB2350W KDB2400W KDB2100 KDB2125 KDB2150 KDB2175 KDB2200 KDB2225 KDB2250 KDB2300 KDB2350 KDB2400 Complete Circuit Breaker Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number With Line Terminals Only Catalog Number With Standard Line and Load Terminals Only Catalog Number 600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number With Standard Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2

240 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 400 DK2400K Three-Pole 400 DK3400K Four-Pole 400 Note Molded case switches may open above 4000 amperes. KD4400K HKD4400K KDB4400K HKDB4400K KD3400K HKD3400K KDB3400K HKDB3400K KD2400K HKD2400K KDB2400K HKDB2400K Complete Circuit Breaker with Standard Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker with Standard Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker with Standard Line and Load Terminals. Suitable for Reverse Feed Use Catalog Number
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-165
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-166 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 125 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 400

Series C
100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. 100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit BreakersThree-Pole See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-180.
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only Standard Standard Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number CKD3400F CKD3400F CHKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3250LS KES3400LS KES3250LSI KES3400LSI KES3250LSG KES3400LSG KES3250LSIG KES3400LSIG High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection
Terminal Information See Page V4-T2-177
100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit BreakersThree-Pole

Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard Standard Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 480 Vac High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-177 for Optional Terminals TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1
Catalog Number CKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3125LS KES3125LSI KES3125LSG KES3125LSIG
Ampere Rating 70 90 100 110 125
Fixed Rating Plug
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1
Notes 1 Individually packed. 2 3TA400K terminal kit contains one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KD3125T52W KD3125T56W KD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 KD3250T52W KD3250T56W KD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 KD3400T52W KD3400T56W KD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-167
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-168 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HKD3125T52W HKD3125T56W HKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 HKD3250T52W HKD3250T56W HKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 HKD3400T52W HKD3400T56W HKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KDC3125T52W KDC3125T56W KDC3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 KDC3250T52W KDC3250T56W KDC3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 KDC3400T52W KDC3400T56W KDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-169
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
OPTIM 1050 2 LSIG Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KD3125T106W KD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 KD3250T106W KD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 KD3400T106W KD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A22 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 2 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HKD3125T106W HKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 HKD3250T106W HKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 HKD3400T106W HKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-171
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-172 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Series C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KDC3125T106W KDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 KDC3250T106W KDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 KDC3400T106W KDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CKD3125T52W CKD3125T56W CKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CKD3250T52W CKD3250T56W CKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CKD3400T52W CKD3400T56W CKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number (refer to Page V4-T2-292). ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-173
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHKD3125T52W CHKD3125T56W CHKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CHKD3250T52W CHKD3250T56W CHKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CHKD3400T52W CHKD3400T56W CHKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 2 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CKD3125T106W CKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CKD3250T106W CKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CKD3400T106W CKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
V4-T2-175
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHKD3125T106W CHKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 CHKD3250T106W CHKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CHKD3400T106W CHKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Guide

Line and Load Terminals Eatons line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. Unless otherwise specified, K-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. Ordering Information K-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.
Tab is 1/4 x.032 TA401K TA400K, T400K TA350K, T350K TA300K, T300K T400KCW, TA400KCW, TA401KCW TA402K, T402K
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
23

Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material AWG Wire Range/No. Conductors Terminal Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number Terminals with Control Wire Termination Catalog Number
Wire Type
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 225 400 400 400 400 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 3350 (1) 250500 (1) 3/0250 (2) 3/0250 (2) 3/0250 (2) 35185 120240 95120 95120 95120 TA300K 1 TA350K 1 2TA400K 23 3TA400K 24 4TA400K 56 2TA400KCW 23 3TA400KCW 24 4TA400KCW 56
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 225 400 400 Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu 3350 (1) 250500 (1) 3/0250 (2) 35185 120240 95120 T300K1 T350K 1 2T400K
3
2T400KCW
3T400K 4 4T400K 5 400 Aluminum Cu/AI 2/0250 (2) or 2/0500 (1) 500750 (1) 70120 70240 70240 400 Aluminum Cu/AI 300400 2TA401K 23 3TA401K 24 4TA401K 56 2TA402K 23 3TA402K
24
3T400KCW 24 4T400KCW 56 2TA401KCW 23 3TA401KCW 24 4TA401KCW 56
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4TA402K 56 400 Copper Cu 500750 (1) 2T402K 23 3T402K 24 4T402K 56 Notes 1 Individually packed. 2 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 3 Two-pole kit. 4 Three-pole kit. 5 Four-pole kit. 6 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and three interphase barriers.
V4-T2-177
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories

Series C
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. KD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard 2 Shunt triplow energy
2
Reference Page
Two-Pole 1 Left Right
V4-T2-275 V4-T2-275 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-278 V4-T2-281 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-289 V4-T2-292
Undervoltage release mechanism 2 PowerNet or zone interlock kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories End cap kit Keeper nut Control wire terminal kit Terminal adapter Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key Interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension IQ Energy Sentinel Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available
V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-310 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-315 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-317 V4-T2-318 V4-T2-320 V4-T2-321 V4-T2-417 V4-T2-432 V4-T2-323 V4-T2-323
Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on KES or OPTIM trip units. Standard internal accessories cannot be mounted in right pole on any K-Frame OPTIM trip unites. Special OPTIM ground fault and zone interlock accessories are available for field installation in the right pole of K-Frame 550 OPTIM trip units. Factory installed 2a/2b and bell/aux are available for factory installation. K-Frame breakers equipped with OPTIM 1050 trip units include aux-bell alarm in the right pole.
1
V4-T2-178

Series C
2.3
2
Center Right Neutral
KD Frame Accessories, continued

Description OPTIM System Components Three Poles Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both V4-T2-110 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324 Reference Page Two-Pole 1 Left Right Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessory available/modification available
NEMA/UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings

Circuit Breaker Type DK KDB KD HKD, HKDB KDC 4 CKD CHKD Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3 3 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 65 100 200 65 100 277 480 35 35 65 100 35 65 600 25 25 35 65 25 35 Volts DC 250 23 10 10 10 22 22
IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Circuit Breaker Type DK KDB KD HKD, HKDB KDC Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 65 100 200 380 40 40 65 100 415 40 40 65 100 440 500 600 Volts DC 250 23 10 10 10 22 22
Notes 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 4 Current limiting.
V4-T2-179
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-180

Series C
310+ Specifications
Trip Unit Type Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Continuous current range (A) Ground fault pickup (A) Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 100% rated Protection Ordering options Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Interchangeable trip unit High load alarm, trip (suffix B20) Ground fault alarm, trip (suffix B21) Zone selective interlock (suffix ZG) LS, LSI, LSG, LS(A), LSIG, LSI(A), ALSI, ALSIG, ALSI(A) ALSI, ALSIG, ALSI(A) Yes Yes LSG, LSIG, ALSIG Yes K 250400A 100400A 50400A 35, 65, 100 Yes Digitrip RMS 310+
310+ Adjustability Specifications

K-Frame 310+ Settings Ir = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes) (All 310+) Ir \ In A (=Ir) B (=Ir) C (=Ir) D (=Ir) E (=Ir) F (=Ir) G (=Ir) H (=Ir=In) tLD = long delay time (seconds) (All 310+) 2 4 7 10 12 15 20 24 ISD x Ir = short delay pickup (amperes) Position 1 (All 310+) Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Position 7 Position 8 Position 9 Ig x In = ground fault pickup (amperes) Position 1 (310+ w/ground fault) Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Ii x In = instantaneous maintenance mode (amperes) (310+ w/maintenance mode) Position 1 (2.5x) Position 2 (4x) Position 3 (6x) Position 4 Position 5 Position 6 Position 7 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 2 4 7 10 12 15 20 24 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x 8x 10x 12x 25 37.5 50 75 100 125 625 625 625 625 625 625 625 160 200 225 250 300 315 350 400 2 4 7 10 12 15 20 24 2x 3x 4x 5x 6x 7x 8x 10x 12x 80 120 160 240 320 400 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 250A 400A
Cause of trip indication Yes (Catalog Nos: DIGIVIEW, DIGIVIEWR06, TRIP-LED) Thru-cover accessories No
Note: RMM on KD310+ is not adjustable; it is set at 2.5x.

Series C
2.3
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Yes K 125400A 35, 65, 100 (kA) LSI(A), LSIG Yes Yes No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200800% x (In) Yes Yes 20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Specifications
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes Adjust by rating plug. 2 Zone interlock kit. 3 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). 4 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 5 Eatons PowerNet kit.
1
Digitrip RMS 310 Yes K 125A 35, 65, 100 (kA) LS, LSG Yes Yes Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No 200800% x (In) 100 ms No No No No Yes No 15 x Ig (25A) No Inst500 ms No Yes Yes No No Yes
3
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Yes K 125A 35, 65, 100 (kA) LSI, LSIG Yes Yes Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No 200800% x (In) No Inst300 ms No 200800% x (In) No Yes No 15 x Ig (25A) No Inst500 ms No Yes Yes No No Yes 3 Optional No No No No No No Test set Yes K 125400A 35, 65, 100 (kA) LSI, LSI(A), LSIG Yes Yes No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
200800% x (In) Yes Yes 20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 2
Yes Included Yes 4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet
Optional No No No No No No Test set
Optional Yes 4 Yes No No No Yes 5 OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet
V4-T2-181
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-182

Series C

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) KD Frame
KD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole

Front View Front Cover Cutout 0.34 R (8.7 R) 3.75 (95.3) C L Handle 0.19 R (4.8 R)
1.31 (33.3)
0.83 (21.0)
Side View 4.31 (109.6)
5.49 (139.4)
1.64 (41.7)
ON
1.25 (31.8)
OFF
10.13 (257.2)
2.63 (66.7) 2.39 (60.7) 4.78 (121.5)
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) KD Frame

Complete Breaker Breaker Type DK KDB KD HKD, HKDB KDC Two-Pole 10.0 (4.5) 10.0 (4.5) 10.0 (4.5) 10.0 (4.5) 10.0 (4.5) Three-Pole 11.5 (5.2) 11.5 (5.2) 11.5 (5.2) 11.5 (5.2) 11.5 (5.2) Frame Only Two-Pole 7.5 (3.4) 7.5 (3.4) 7.5 (3.4) Three-Pole 8.5 (3.9) 8.5 (3.9) 8.5 (3.9) Trip Unit 1 Two-Pole 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) Three-Pole 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7)
Note 1 Weights shown are for thermal-magnetic trip units. Three-pole electronic trip units weigh 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg).

Series C
2.3
Typical L-Frame Circuit Breaker
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L-Frame (125600 Amperes)

Product Description
All Eaton L-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated L-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers L-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
CE marked
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-183
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-184 Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type LD HLD LDC CLD CHLD CLDC

Series C

LD 3 600 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type LDB LD HLD LDC CLD CHLD CLDC Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 300 350 400 450 500 600 Suffix C = Copper terminals F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only
LT 3 400 T
Trip Unit Type LT = Thermal-magnetic Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Trip Unit Rating/Plug Ampere Rating 300 350 400 450 500 600 Suffix T = Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adjustable magnetic V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
OPTIM Circuit Breaker/Frame
LD 3 125 T5 7 W
Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Trip Type 2 = LSI (550 only) 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA Trip Model T5 = Model 550 T10 = Model 1050 Suffix W = Without terminals
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 125 (Available on Model 1050 only) 250 (Available on Model 1050 only) 400 600
Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit
LES 3 600 LS P
Trip Unit Type LES = Electronic Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Trip Unit Ampere Rating 600 Suffix LS LSI LSG LSIG Suffix P = 100% protected neutral on four-pole trip unit

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Two-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Three-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Four-Pole 4 300 350 400 450 500 600 LD4300 LD4350 LD4400 LD4450 LD4500 LD4600 HLD4300 HLD4350 HLD4400 HLD4450 HLD4500 HLD4600 LDC4300 LDC4350 LDC4400 LDC4450 LDC4500 LDC4600 LT4300T LT4350T LT4400T LT4450T LT4500T LT4600T TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 4TA603LDK 3 LD3300 LD3350 LD3400 LD3450 LD3500 LD3600 HLD3300 HLD3350 HLD3400 HLD3450 HLD3500 HLD3600 LDC3300 LDC3350 LDC3400 LDC3450 LDC3500 LDC3600 LT3300T LT3350T LT3400T LT3450T LT3500T LT3600T TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 3TA603LDK 3 LD2300 LD2350 LD2400 LD2450 LD2500 LD2600 HLD2300 HLD2350 HLD2400 HLD2450 HLD2500 HLD2600 LDC2300 LDC2350 LDC2400 LDC2450 LDC2500 LDC2600 LT2300T LT2350T LT2400T LT2450T LT2500T LT2600T TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 2TA603LDK 3 Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only Standard Terminals Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number
Factory Assembled Factory Assembled Circuit Circuit Consisting of Frame, Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number Catalog Number
See Page V4-T2-202 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit BreakersFrame Only

Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole LD2600F Three-Pole LD3600F Four-Pole LD4600F HLD4600F LDC4600F HLD3600F LDC3600F HLD2600F LDC2600F High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number
Notes 1 Magnetic trip range 510 times continuous ampere rating. 2 Individually packed. 3 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 4 Neutral is in right pole.
V4-T2-185
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-186 Four-Pole 3 600 LD4600F

Series C
Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals.
Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard High Interrupting Interrupting Capacity Capacity 600 Vac Maximum 600 Vac Rated Continuous Rated 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at Ampere 480 Vac 480 Vac Rating Catalog Number at 40C 1 Three-Pole 600
3
Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac
Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-202 for Optional Terminals
L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) Ampere Catalog Number Rating
Fixed Rating Plug
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
LD3600F
HLD3600F
LDC3600F
LES3600LS
LES3600LSI
LES3600LSG
LES3600LSIG
300 350 400 450 500 600
6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T
300/400/ 500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/ 460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/ 560/580 A6LES500T5
TA602LD 1 TA602LD 1 TA602LD 1 TA602LD 1 3TA603LDK 4
HLD4600F
LDC4600F
LES4600LS
LES4600LSI
300 350 400 450 500 600
300/400/ 500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/ 460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/ 560/580 A6LES500T5
TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 4TA603LDK 4
Notes 1 Individually packed. 2 For AC use only. 3 Neutral is in right pole. 4 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2
Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In LSI 28 x In I300 ms LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms Fixed Adjustable Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
Type LDB, HLDB and LDCB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit 600 3 LDB3600FT33W LDB3600FT32W LDB3600FT35W LDB3600FT35W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 600 3 HLDB3600FT33W HLDB3600FT32W HLDB3600FT35W HLDB3600FT36W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 600 3 LDCB3600FT33W LDCB3600FT32W LDCB3600FT35W LDCB3600FT36W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5
V4-T2-187
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-188 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Three-Pole 600 CLD3600F Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac

Series C
100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug and terminals.
100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Ground Fault Protection Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Ampere Rating Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-202 for Optional Terminals
Fixed Rating Plug
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CHLD3600F
CLDC3600F
LES3600LS
LES3600LSI
LES3600LSG
LES3600LSIG
300 350 400 450 500 600
300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5
TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 3TA603LDK 3 3TA603LDK 3
Notes 1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 2 Individually packed. 3 3TA603LDK terminal kit contains one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-202 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
Type LDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with NonInterchangeable Trip Units 1

600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Two-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Three-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 LDB3300W LDB3350W LDB3400W LDB3450W LDB3500W LDB3600W LDB3300 LDB3350 LDB3400 LDB3450 LDB3500 LDB3600 LDB2300W LDB2350W LDB2400W LDB2450W LDB2500W LDB2600W LDB2300 LDB2350 LDB2400 LDB2450 LDB2500 LDB2600 Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number With Standard Line and Load Terminals Only Catalog Number

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 600 600 600 Three-Pole 600 600 600 Four-Pole 600 600 600 LD4600WK LDB4600WK 1 HLD4600WK 4TA603LDK 4TA603LDK 4TA603LDK LD3600WK LDB3600WK 1 HLD3600WK 3TA603LDK 3TA603LDK 3TA603LDK LD2600WK LDB2600WK 1 HLD2600WK 2TA603LDK 2TA603LDK 2TA603LDK Circuit Breaker Only without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Factory sealedsuitable for reverse feed application. Molded case switch will trip above 6000 amperes.
V4-T2-189
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-190 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Series C
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LD3125T52W LD3125T56W LD3125T57W LD3250T52W LD3250T56W LD3250T57W LD3400T52W LD3400T56W LD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 LD3600T52W LD3600T56W LD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HLD3125T52W HLD3125T56W HLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 HLD3250T52W HLD3250T56W HLD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 HLD3400T52W HLD3400T56W HLD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 HLD3600T52W HLD3600T56W HLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-191
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-192 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Series C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LDC3125T52W LDC3125T56W LDC3125T57W LDC3250T52W LDC3250T56W LDC3250T57W LDC3400T52W LDC3400T56W LDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 LDC3600T52W LDC3600T56W LDC3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LD3125T106W LD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 LD3250T106W LD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 LD3400T106W LD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 LD3600T106W LD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-193
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HLD3125T106W HLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 HLD3250T106W HLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 HLD3400T106W HLD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 HLD3600T106W HLD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LDC3125T106W LDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 LDC3250T106W LDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 LDC3400T106W LDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 LDC3600T106W LDC3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-195
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-196 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLD3125T52W CLD3125T56W CLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CLD3250T52W CLD3250T56W CLD3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CLD3400T52W CLD3400T56W CLD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 CLD3600T52W CLD3600T56W CLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHLD3125T52W CHLD3125T56W CHLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CHLD3250T52W CHLD3250T56W CHLD3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CHLD3400T52W CHLD3400T56W CHLD3400T57W 200 225 250 350 400 600 CHLD3600T52W CHLD3600T56W CHLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A125 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-197
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLDC3125T52W CLDC3125T56W CLDC3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CLDC3250T52W CLDC3250T56W CLDC3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CLDC3400T52W CLDC3400T56W CLDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 CLDC3600T52W CLDC3600T56W CLDC3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLD3125T106W CLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CLD3250T106W CLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CLD3400T106W CLD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 CLD3600T106W CLD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-199
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHLD3125T106W CHLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 CHLD3250T106W CHLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CHLD3400T106W CHLD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 CHLD3600T106W CHLD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLDC3125T106W CLDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CLDC3250T106W CLDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CLDC3400T106W CLDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 CLDC3600T106W CLDC3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
V4-T2-201
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C

Line and Load Terminals Eatons line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, Terminals
TA401LD or TA603LD Terminal (Step-Type Terminal Requires Terminal Cover and Warning Label. See Inset.) Pan-Head Screws and Lockwashers (Installed before Cable Clamping Screws)
L-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. The wire connecting terminal is secured with two panhead, slotted screws and lockwashers that can be checked for the correct torque loading or retightened from the front of the circuit
breaker before installation of the conductors. (Applies to all styles.) The circuit breaker line/load terminal conductors are positioned in the conducting holes in the wire connecting terminal and are secured with recessed socket screws that are tightened to the correct torque loading from the front of the circuit breaker.
Ordering Information L-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper terminals are required, order by catalog Number. Specify if factory installation is required.
Pan-Head Screws and Lockwashers
TA450LD or TA602LD or T602LD Terminal
Terminal Cover
Warning Label Retainer
Circuit Breaker Line Terminal Cover
Screws

Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material AWG Wire Range/Number of Conductors Terminal Metric Wire Range mm2 Poles Catalog Number Terminals with Control Wire Termination Catalog Number
Wire Type
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 400 400 400 450 500 600 600 600 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 4/0600 (1) 4/0600 (1) 4/0600 (1) 44/0 (2) 3/0350 (2) 400500 (2) 400500 (2) 400500 (2) 120300 120300 120300 2595 95150 185240 185240 185240 Two-pole kit 1 Three-pole kit 1 Four-pole kit 1
2 2
2TA401LDK 3TA401LDK 4TA401LDK TA450LD TA602LD 2TA603LDK 3TA603LDK 4TA603LDK
TA602LDCW 2TA603LDKCW 3TA603LDKCW 4TA603LDKCW
Two-pole kit 1 Three-pole kit 1 Four-pole kit 1
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 600 Copper Cu 250350 (2) 120250
2
T602LD
T602LDCW
Notes 1 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 2 Individually packed.
V4-T2-202

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2
Neutral 2
Accessories
LD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) 3 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard 4 Shunt triplow energy 4 Undervoltage release mechanism
4
Reference Page
Two-Pole 1, Three-Pole Left Center Right
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-275 V4-T2-275 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-279 V4-T2-279 V4-T2-281 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-290 V4-T2-292
Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations. 3 OPTIM model 1050 is factory sealed and does not have the right pole space available for accessories. 4 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on LES or OPTIM trip units. Standard non-tripping internal accessories can be mounted in the left or right poles of LES and 550 OPTIM trip units.
1
V4-T2-203
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-204 Description

Series C
LD Frame Accessories, continued

Reference Page Two-Pole 1, Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral 2
OPTIM System Components Three Poles Ground fault alarm unit Potential transformer module Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations.
1
V4-T2-323 V4-T2-323 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324
V4-T2-110

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1

Circuit Breaker Type LDB LD CLD 4 HLD, HLDB CHLD 4 LDC, LDCB 5 CLDC
45
Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 277 480 35 35 35 65 65 100 100 600 25 25 25 35 35 50 50 Volts DC 125 250 22 22 25 30
23
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 240 Icu 85 85 85 100 100 200 200 Ics 85 85 85 100 100 100 100
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Circuit Breaker Type LDB LD CLD 4 HLD, HLDB CHLD 4 LDC, LDCB CLDC 4 Volts DC 415 Icu 45 45 45 70 70 100 100 Ics 45 45 45 70 70 75 75 690 Icu 20 20 20 25 25 35 35 Ics 10 10 10 13 13 18 18 250 23 Icu 20 20 20 20 Ics 10 10 10 10
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 2 L/R = 8 milliseconds minimum. 3 Two-pole circuit breaker or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Incorporating thermal-magnetic trip unit only. 4 100% rated breakers. 5 Current limiting.
V4-T2-205
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-206

Series C
Specifications
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes Adjust by rating plug. 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 3 Eatons PowerNet kit. 4 Zone interlock kit. 5 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU).
1
Digitrip RMS 310 Yes Yes
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Yes
L 300600A 35, 65, 100 (kA)
L 300600A 35, 65, 100 (kA)
L 200600A 35, 65, 100 (kA)
L 200600A 35, 65, 100 (kA)
LS, LSG Yes Yes
LSI, LSIG Yes Yes
LSI, LSI(A), LSIG Yes Yes
LSI(A), LSIG Yes Yes
Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No
Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 4
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
200800% x (In) 100 ms No No
200800% x (In) No Inst300 ms No
No No Yes
200800% x (In) No Yes
200800% x (In) Yes Yes
No 15 x Ig (120A) No Inst500 ms No Yes
No 15 x Ig (120A) No Inst500 ms No Yes
20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 4 Yes
20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes
Yes No No Yes 5 Optional
Yes No No Yes 5 Optional
Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 Optional
Yes Yes Yes Yes Included

Series C
2.3
Digitrip OPTIM 1050
Specifications, continued
Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes By OPTIMizer/BIM. 2 Eatons PowerNet kit.
1
Digitrip RMS 310
Digitrip OPTIM 550
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
No No No No No
No No No No No
Yes 1 Yes No No No
Yes 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
No
No
Yes 2
Yes
Test set
Test set
OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet
V4-T2-207
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-208

Series C

Dimensions in Inches (mm) LD Frame
LD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole

Side View Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87.3) 1.72 (43.7) C L Breaker C L Handle 3.28 (83.3) 1.33 (33.7)2.29 (58.2)
1.50 (38.1)
Front View
3.81 (96.8)
0.25 (6.4) R
10.75 (273.1)
8.21 (208.6)
3.64 (92.5)
7.28 (184.9)
0.19 R (4.8) R
8.25 (209.6)
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) LD Frame

Complete Breaker Breaker Type LD, HLD, LDC LDB Two-Pole 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2) Three-Pole 20 (9.1) 20 (9.1) Four-Pole 25 (11.3) 25 (11.3) Frame Only Two-Pole 14 (6.4) Three-Pole 15 (6.8) Four-Pole 20 (9.1) Trip Unit Two-Pole 3 (1.4) Three-Pole 4 (1.8) Four-Pole 5 (2.3)

Series C
2.3
Typical M-Frame Circuit Breaker
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
M-Frame (300800 Amperes)

Product Description
All Eaton M-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated MDL-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers MDLB, HMDLB-Frame circuit breakers with noninterchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
CE marked
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-209
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-210 Note 1 Thermal-magnetic only.

Series C

MDL 3 800 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type MDL, MDLB HMDL, HMDLB Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 300 1 350 1 400 450 500 600 700 800 F K V W X Y = = = = = = Suffix Frame only High magnetic molded case switch 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) Without terminals Load side terminals only Line side terminals only
MT 3 800 T
Trip Unit Type MT MES Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole Trip Unit Rating/ Plug Ampere Rating 300 1 350 1 400 450 500 600 700 800 T V LS LSI LSG LSIG = = = = = = Suffix Thermal-magnetic 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip RMS 310

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2
Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-215 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Product Selection
Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsTwo-Pole
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Magnetic Trip Range is 510 Up Through 600A; 48 on 700 and 800A x Continuous Ampere Rating Catalog Number MT2300T MT2350T MT2400T MT2450T MT2500T MT2600T MT2700T MT2800T
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDL2300 MDL2350 MDL2400 MDL2450 MDL2500 MDL2600 MDL2700 MDL2800
Frame Only Catalog Number MDL2800F
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDL2300 HMDL2350 HMDL2400 HMDL2450 HMDL2500 HMDL2600 HMDL2700 HMDL2800
Frame Only Catalog Number HMDL2800F
Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Magnetic Trip Range is 510 Up Through 600A; 48 on 700 and 800A x Continuous Ampere Rating Catalog Number MT3300T MT3400T MT3400T MT3450T MT3500T MT3600T MT3700T MT3800T
Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-215 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDL3300 MDL3350 MDL3400 MDL3450 MDL3500 MDL3600 MDL3700 MDL3800
Frame Only Catalog Number MDL3800F
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDL3300 HMDL3350 HMDL3400 HMDL3450 HMDL3500 HMDL3600 HMDL3700 HMDL3800
Frame Only Catalog Number HMDL3800F
Note 1 Two terminals are required per pole.
V4-T2-211
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-212 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800

Series C
Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip UnitsTwo-Pole 1
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDLB2300 MDLB2350 MDLB2400 MDLB2450 MDLB2500 MDLB2600 MDLB2700 MDLB2800 High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDLB2300 HMDLB2350 HMDLB2400 HMDLB2450 HMDLB2500 HMDLB2600 HMDLB2700 HMDLB2800 Standard Terminals Only 2 See Page V4-T2-215 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole 1
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDLB3300 MDLB3350 MDLB3400 MDLB3450 MDLB3500 MDLB3600 MDLB3700 MDLB3800 High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDLB3300 HMDLB3350 HMDLB3400 HMDLB3450 HMDLB3500 HMDLB3600 HMDLB3700 HMDLB3800 Standard Terminals Only 2 See Page V4-T2-215 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Notes 1 Factory sealed for reverse feed application. 2 Two terminals are required per pole.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2
Terminals See Page V4-T2-215 for standard and optional terminals
Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units Order as Individual Components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals.
Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Maximum Vac Continuous Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Ampere Catalog Rating Number at 40C 1 800 MDL3800F Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plugs L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (by Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) High Interrupting I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time Capacity 600 Vac to Instantaneous Rated 65 kAIC G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault at 480 Vac Delay (Flat Response) Catalog Number HMDL3800F Catalog Number MES3800LS MES3800LSI MES3800LSG MES3800LSIG Ampere Rating 400 500 600 700 800
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number 8MES400T 8MES500T 8MES600T 8MES700T 8MES800T
Ampere Rating Catalog Number 400/500/600/800 A8MES800T 620/640/660/680 A8MES600T5 720/740/760/780 A8MES700T5
2 2 2 2 2 2
Types MDLB and HMDLB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number
LSIG Catalog Number
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 MDLB3800T33W MDLB3800T32W MDLB3800T35W MDLB3800T36W
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HMDLB3800T33W HMDLB3800T32W HMDLB3800T35W HMDLB3800T36W
Notes 1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 2 For AC use only. 3 Factory sealed, suitable for reverse feed application. CMDLB and CHMDLB are also available.
V4-T2-213
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-214 Three-Pole 800 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 800 Standard Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 480 Vac

Series C
100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug and terminals.
100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Standard Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Ground Fault Protection Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Adjustable Rating Plug
High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Ground Fault Protection
Catalog Number CMDL3800F CHMDL3800F MES3800LS MES3800LSI MES3800LSG MES3800LSIG
Ampere Rating 400 500 600 700 800
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number 8MES400T 8MES500T 8MES600T 8MES700T 8MES800T
Ampere Rating Terminals 400/500/600/800 A8MES800T 620/640/660/680 A8MES600T5 720/740/760/780 A8MES700T5 See Page V4-T2-215 for standard and optional terminals

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800 MDL2800WK MDLB2800WK 3 HMDL2800WK Circuit Breaker Only without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number
MDL3800WK MDLB3800WK 3 HMDL3800WK
Notes 1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 2 For AC use only. 3 MDLB and HMDLB are suitable for reverse feed applications. Molded case switch may trip above 6000 amperes.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Line and Load Terminals M-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.
TA700MA1
TA800MA2
TA801MA
2 2
Terminal Catalog Number Terminals with Control Wire Termination Catalog Number

Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material AWG Wire Range/No. Conductors
Wire Type
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 700 800 std. 800 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 500750 kcmil (2) TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA TA700MA1CWT TA800MA2CWT TA801MACWT
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 600 800 Copper Copper Cu Cu 2/0500 kcmil (2) 3/0300 kcmil (3) T600MA1 T800MA1
V4-T2-215
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-216

Series C
Accessories
MD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard 2 Shunt triplow energy 2 Undervoltage release mechanism 2 External Accessories Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-310 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-315 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-317 V4-T2-319 V4-T2-320 V4-T2-321 V4-T2-417 V4-T2-432 V4-T2-323 V4-T2-275 V4-T2-275 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-279 V4-T2-279 V4-T2-282 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-290 Reference Page Two-Pole 1 Left Right Three-Pole Left Center Right
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)

Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both V4-T2-110
Accessory available/modification available

Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on MES trip units.
1

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1

Circuit Breaker Type MDL, MDLB CMDL HMDL, HMDLB CHMDL Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 100 100 480 50 50 65 65 600 25 25 35 35 Volts DC 23 250 22 25
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1

Circuit Breaker Type MDL, MDLB CMDL HMDL, HMDLB CHMDL Interrupting Capacity rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) I CU I CS Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65/65 65/65 100/100 100/100 415 50/50 50/50 70/50 70/50 690 20/10 20/10 25/13 25/13 Volts DC 23 250 20/10 20/10
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 2 Two-pole or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Thermal-magnetic trip units only, MDL, HMDL breakers with electronic trip unit are not DC rated. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds at 22 kA.
V4-T2-217
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-218

Series C
Specifications MDL-Frame Digitrip

Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactsground alarm System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eatons PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend In = Rating Plug Notes 1 Adjust by rating plug. 2 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). Test set Test set No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No Yes 2 Yes No No Yes 2 No 15 x Ig (160A) No Inst500 ms No Yes No 15 x Ig (160A) No Inst500 ms No Yes No No Yes 200800% x (In) No Yes 200800% x (In) 100 ms No No 200800% x (In) No Inst300 ms No Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No LS, LSG Yes Yes LSI, LSIG Yes Yes MDL, MDLB, CMDL, HMDL, HMDLB, CHMDL 400800A 50, 65 (kA) MDL, MDLB, CMDL, HMDL, HMDLB, CHMDL 400800A 50, 65 (kA) Digitrip RMS 310 Yes Yes

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions in Inches (mm) MD Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 Width 8.25 (209.6) Height 16.00 (406.4) Depth 4.06 (103.1)
MDL-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole

Drilling Plan 3.44 (87.3) Front View Side View
1.72 (43.7)
C L Breaker
R 0.25 (6.4)
R 0.19 (4.8)
1.50 (38.1)
C L Handle
1.33 (33.7)
3.28 (83.3)
16.00 (406.4)
0.97 (24.6)
3.64 (92.5) 7.28 (184.9) 8.25 (209.6) 4.06 (103.2)
Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) MD Frame

Complete Breaker Breaker Type MDL, HMDL (T/M T.U.) MDL, HMDL (Elec. T.U.) Note 1 Thermal-magnetic only. Two-Pole 26.5 (12.0) Three-Pole 29.0 (13.2) 30.0 (13.6) Frame Only Two-Pole 24.5 (11.1) Three-Pole 26.0 (11.8) 26.0 (11.8) Trip Unit 1 Two-Pole 2.5 (1.1) Three-Pole 3.0 (1.4) 4.0 (1.8)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-219
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-220

Series C
Typical N-Frame Breaker
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N-Frame (4001200 Amperes)

Product Description
All Eaton N-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use All N-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2

ND 3 12 T3 2 W
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type ND HND NDC NDU CND CHND CNDC Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Trip Type 2 = LSI 3 = LS 5 = LSG 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA E EH K W X Y = = = = = = Suffix 100% R.P. protected (four-pole) 50% R.P. protected (four-pole) High magnetic molded case switch Without terminals Load only terminals Line only terminals
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 800 = 800 amperes 12 = 1200 amperes
T3 T5 T7 T10
Trip Model = Model 310 = Model 550 = Model 750 = Model 1050
V4-T2-221
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
Product Selection
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 ND3800T52W ND3800T56W ND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 ND312T52W ND312T56W ND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HND3800T52W HND3800T56W HND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 HND312T52W HND312T56W HND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Catalog Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 NDC3800T52W NDC3800T56W NDC3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 NDC312T52W NDC312T56W NDC312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
V4-T2-223
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1200 1200 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Series C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 ND3800T106W ND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 ND312T106W ND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HND3800T106W HND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 HND312T106W HND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 NDC3800T106W NDC3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 NDC312T106W NDC312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
V4-T2-224

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CND3800T52W CND3800T56W CND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 3 CND312T52W CND312T56W CND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CHND3800T52W CHND3800T56W CHND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 3 CHND312T52W CHND312T56W CHND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
V4-T2-225
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CNDC3800T52W CNDC3800T56W CNDC3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 CNDC312T52W CNDC312T56W CNDC312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CND3800T106W CND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 CND312T106W CND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CHND3800T106W CHND3800T107W 400 450 550 600 700 800 1200 CHND312T106W CHND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
V4-T2-227
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-228 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Series C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CNDC3800T106W CNDC3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 CNDC312T106W 4 CNDC312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
Type ND Molded Case Switches Type ND High Instantaneous (K)

Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Three-Pole Catalog Number ND3800WK HND3800WK 1200 ND312WK HND312WK Four-Pole 5 Catalog Number ND4800WK HND4800WK ND412WK HND412WK
Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. 4 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 5 Neutral is in right pole. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. For UL listed, series tested molded case switch application data, refer to Eaton.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Line and Load TerminalsOrdering Information N-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.
TA700NB1
TA1000NB1
TA1200NB1
TA1201NB1
T700NB1
T1000NB1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1

Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire Range/ No. Conductors Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 700 1000 1200 1200 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 4/0500 kcmil (4) 500750 kcmil (3) 50240 95185 120240 300400 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 1 TA1200NB1
TA1201NB1 2
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 700 1000 1200 Notes 1 Terminal rating is AL9CU. 2 Terminal rating is AL7CU. Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu 2/0500 kcmil (2) 3/0500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (4) 70240 95240 95185 T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3
V4-T2-229
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories

Series C
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. ND Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Terminal shield Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit OPTIM System Components Three Poles Ground fault alarm unit Potential transformer module Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available
1
Reference Page
1
V4-T2-275 V4-T2-275 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-279 V4-T2-279 V4-T2-283 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-291 V4-T2-292
V4-T2-310 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-315 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-318 V4-T2-319 V4-T2-320 V4-T2-321 V4-T2-417 V4-T2-432 V4-T2-324
V4-T2-323 V4-T2-323 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324
V4-T2-110
Note OPTIM 550 and 1050 are factory sealed and do not have the right pole available for accessories.
V4-T2-230

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1

Circuit Breaker Type ND CND 2 HND CHND 2 NDC CNDC 2 NDU
3
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 100 100 200 200 300
4
277
480 50 50 65 65 100 100 150
600 25 25 35 35 65 65 75
5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1

Circuit Breaker Type ND Icu Ics CND 2 Icu Ics HND Icu Ics CHND Icu Ics NDC Icu Ics CNDC 2 Icu Ics 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 50 35 18 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 200 100 100 50 35 18
2
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415 690
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
85 85
50 50
20 10
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
85 85
50 50
20 10
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
100 100
70 50
25 13
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
100 100
70 50
25 13
Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 2 100% rated breakers. 3 800 amperes maximum rating. 4 Successfully tested at 300 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 200 kAIC at 240 Vac. 5 Successfully tested at 75 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 65 kAIC at 600 Vac.
V4-T2-231
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-232

Series C
N-Frame Digitrip
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting
1
N 4001200A 50, 65, 100 (kA)
N 4001200A 50, 65, 100 (kA)
LSI, LSIG, LSI(A) Yes Yes
LSI(A), LISG Yes Yes
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes No
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 1 Yes
20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Optional
Yes Yes Yes Yes Included
Note Zone interlock kit.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
N-Frame Digitrip, continued

Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes 1 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 2 Eatons PowerNet kit. OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet No 2 Yes Yes 1 Yes No No No Yes 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
V4-T2-233
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-234

Series C

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
ND Frame
ND-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole

Front View Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87.3)
1.72 (43.6)
Side View
0.25 R (6.4 R) C L Handle 16.00 (406.4)
1.91 (48.4)
C L Handle 0.19 R (4.8 R)
ON/I
3.68 (93.2)
1.50 (38.1)
OFF/O
3.19 (80.9)
6.38 (161.9) 8.25 (209.6) 5.50 (139.7)
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) ND Frame

Complete Breaker Breaker Type ND, HND, NDC, NDU Two-Pole 37 (16.8) Three-Pole 45 (20.4) Four-Pole 58 (26.3)

Series C
2.3
Typical R-Frame Breaker
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
R-Frame (8002500 Amperes)

Product Description
Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
V4-T2-235
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-236 Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type RD RDC CRD 2 CRDC 2

Series C

RD 3 16 T53 W
Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole W P R K = = = = Suffix Without terminals 100% protected neutral pole Ground fault remote (310 only) Molded case switch
Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 16 = 1600 amperes 20 = 2000 amperes 25 = 2500 amperes
T53 T65 T86 T96 T106 T107
Trip Type 1 = Digitrip RMS 510 LS = Digitrip RMS 610 LSG = Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG = Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA
Notes 1 For complete list of available trip types, refer to Pages V4-T2-237 to V4-T2-246. 2 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only
Rated Current (In)
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T51W RD316T53W RD316T52W RD316T54W RD316T55W RD316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T51W RD320T53W RD320T52W RD320T54W RD320T55W RD320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T51W RD325T53W RD325T52W RD325T54W RD325T55W RD325T56W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T51W RDC316T53W RDC316T52W RDC316T54W RDC316T55W RDC316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T51W RDC320T53W RDC320T52W RDC320T54W RDC320T55W RDC320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T51W RDC325T53W RDC325T52W RDC325T54W RDC325T55W RDC325T56W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250
V4-T2-237
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-238 2000 1 CRDC320T51W 2000 1 CRD320T51W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Series C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only
Rated Current (In)
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T51W CRD316T53W CRD316T52W CRD316T54W CRD316T55W CRD316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T53W CRD320T52W CRD320T54W CRD320T55W CRD320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T53W CRDC316T52W CRDC316T54W CRDC316T55W CRDC316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T53W CRDC320T52W CRDC320T54W CRDC320T55W CRDC320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only
Rated Current (In)
V4-T2-239
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C

Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only
Rated Current (In)
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T61W CRD316T63W CRD316T62W CRD316T64W CRD316T65W CRD316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T63W CRD320T62W CRD320T64W CRD320T65W CRD320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T61W CRDC316T63W CRDC316T62W CRDC316T64W CRDC316T65W CRDC316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T63W CRDC320T62W CRDC320T64W CRDC320T65W CRDC320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only
Rated Current (In)
V4-T2-241
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C

Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only
Rated Current (In)

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only
Rated Current (In)
V4-T2-243
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C

Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only
Rated Current (In)

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs

Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG 1050 Catalog Number Ampere Rating Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LSIA 1050 Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T107W RD316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T107W RD320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T107W RD325T106W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T107W RDC316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T107W RDC320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T107W RDC325T106W 1600 2000 2500 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR25A160 ORPR25A200 ORPR25A250 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR25A160 ORPR25A200 ORPR25A250
V4-T2-245
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-246 2000 1 2000 1 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Series C
100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG 1050 Catalog Number Ampere Rating Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
LSIA 1050 Catalog Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T107W CRD316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T107W CRD320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T107W CRDC316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T107W CRDC320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200
Molded Case Switches Refer to Eaton for UL listed, series tested Molded Case Switch application data. Type RDHigh Instantaneous (K)
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1600 2000 Complete without Terminals Three-Pole Catalog Number RD316WK RD320WK Four-Pole Catalog Number RD416WK RD420WK
Notes 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. Molded case switch may trip above 17,500 amperes.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Line and Load Terminals Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, R-Frame circuit breaker line load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. Ordering Information R-Frame circuit breakers have Cu/AI terminals as standard and Cu only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required.

Maximum Breaker Amperes Wire Terminals 1600 1600 2000 Aluminum Copper Aluminum Cu/AI Cu Cu/AI English English English 5001000 (4) 1600 (4) 2600 (6) 300500 50300 35300 TA1600RD T1600RD TA2000RD 1 Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG/kcmil Wire Range/ No. Conductors Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number
2 2 2 2 2
2
Hardware
Rear Connectors 2000 2000 2500 Copper Copper Copper English English English B2016RD B2016RDL
B2500RD 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Catalog Number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 2 For use with 100% rated 1600A and 2000A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 100% rated device is ordered. 3 For use with 2500A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500A breaker is ordered.
V4-T2-247
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-248

Series C
Mounting Hardware
Breaker Line/Load Conductors
TA2000RD

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2
Neu.
Accessories
RD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories 1 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (4A, 4B) Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism Accessory terminal block 2 External Accessories Base mounting hardware Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Walking beam interlock Electrical (motor) operator Handle mechanisms Handle extension 3 OPTIM System Components Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position Accessory available/modification available Notes All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 2 Mounts outside breaker. 3 Included with breaker.
1
Reference Page
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-275 V4-T2-275 V4-T2-275 V4-T2-275 V4-T2-283 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-291 V4-T2-292
V4-T2-310 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-315 V4-T2-316 V4-T2-318 V4-T2-417 V4-T2-432
V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324 V4-T2-324
V4-T2-110
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-249
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-250

Series C
UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings

Circuit Breaker Type RD CRD 2 RDC CRDC 2 Number of Poles 3, 4 3 3, 4 3
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 125 125 200 200 277 480 65 65 100 100 600 50 50 65 65

Circuit Breaker Type RD Icu Ics RDC Icu Ics 3, 4 3, 4 200 100 3, 4 3, 4 135 100 Number of Poles
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415 690
70 50
25 13
100 50
35 18
Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 2 100% rated breakers. See Page V4-T2-251 for Trip Unit Specifications.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Specifications
R-Frame Digitrip
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm 4 Ground fault pickup 4 Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In Notes 1 Except 2500 ampere frame is 200600%. 2 Varies by frame. 3 LS/LSG only. 4 Not to exceed 1200 amperes. No 25100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes No 25-100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes No 25100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100 500 ms Yes Yes No 25100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes 25100% x (In) 25100% x (In) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes 200600% M1and M2 x (In) Yes 3 Yes 200600% M1and M2 x (In) Yes 3 Yes 200600% M1and M2 x (In) Yes 3 Yes 200600% M1and M2 x (In) Yes 3 Yes 200800% x (In) 2 Yes Yes 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 150-800% x (Ir) 12 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes No 0.51.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes No No 0.51.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir No 0.51.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir No 0.5 1.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 Seconds Yes 0.5-1.0 x Ir LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes LSI(A), LISG Yes Yes R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA) R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA) R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA) R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA) R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA) Digitrip RMS 510 Yes Digitrip RMS 610 Yes Digitrip RMS 810 Yes Digitrip RMS 910 Yes Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Yes
V4-T2-251
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-252 Trip Unit Type System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method

Series C
R-Frame Digitrip, continued

Digitrip RMS 510 Digitrip RMS 610 Digitrip RMS 810 Digitrip RMS 910 Digitrip OPTIM 1050
Yes Yes No No
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes
No No No No No No
Yes Yes No No No No
Yes Yes No Yes No Yes (over Eaton PowerNet only)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes 1 Yes No Yes Yes Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Integral
Integral
Integral
Integral
Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In Note 1 By OPTIMizer/BIM.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions in Inches (mm) RD Frame
Number of Poles 3 4 Width 15.50 (393.7) 20.00 (508.0) Height 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) Depth 9.75 (247.7) 9.75 (247.7)
RD-Frame, Three-Pole, 1600 and 2000 Amperes

Front View 11.13 (0.4) Dia. (4 Holes) Use 4, 0.38 (Mil) Dia. Bolts for Mounting Breaker 15.50 (393.7) Side View 9.00 (228.6)
7.25 (184.2)
14.50 (368.3)
2 2 2 2
16.00 (406.4)
C L Breaker 5.09 (129.4) 9.69 (246.1) 7.75 (196.9) C L Handle 15.00 (381.0)
Push To Trip
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6.65 (166.7)
12.91 (327.8)
0.16 (4.0) R Typ.
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) RD Frame

Complete Breaker Breaker Type 1600 Amperes RD, CRD 1, RDC, CRDC 1 2000 Amperes RD, RDC CRD, CRDC 2500 Amperes RD, RDC 135 (61.2) 182 (82.6) 102 (46.3) 130 (59.0) 135 (61.2) 175 (79.4) 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2) Three-Pole Four-Pole
Note 1 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.
V4-T2-253
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-254 Motor Circuit Protectors

Series C
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-115 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-146 V4-T2-154 V4-T2-183 V4-T2-209 V4-T2-220 V4-T2-235 V4-T2-255 V4-T2-256 V4-T2-257 V4-T2-265 V4-T2-267 V4-T2-268 V4-T2-272 V4-T2-303
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)

Product Description
Designated as Eatons Types GMCP and HMCP, the instantaneous-only motor circuit protector (MCP) is available in ratings from 3A to 1200A for motor starter sizes 0 through 8. An innovative design of internal components allows higher MCP-starter combination interrupting ratings. The MCP is marked to permit proper electrical application within the assigned equipment ratings.

The MCP is designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, and International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1. The MCP is a recognized component (UL File E7819) and complies with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. It is also designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1, and nameplates bear the CE marking.
Note: Interrupting ratings are dependent on starter it is used with.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Motor Circuit Protector
HMCP 003 A0 C
Motor Circuit Protective Type HMCP = Three-pole HM2P = Two-pole 1 HMCPS = Three-pole Continuous Ampere Rating 003 007 015 025 030 050 070 100 150 250 400 Magnetic Trip Range/ NEMA Starter Size 930/0 2170/0 45150/0 4060/0 90300/1 80120/2 50500/2 115170/2 210700/2 160240/3 3001000/3 4501500/4 7502500/4 350700/5 450900/5 5001000/5 6251250/5 7501500/5 8751750/5 10002000/5 11252250/5 12502500/5 15003000/5 17503500/5 20004000/5 22504500/5 18006000/6 (electronic) 5002500/6 (electronic) 10004000/6 (electronic) 16006400/7 (electronic) 24009600/8 (electronic) Suffix Non-aluminum terminals Without terminals Load terminals only Line terminals only Stainless steel terminals (150A frame only) No Suffix: Standard terminals on line and load C = W= X = Y = S =
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
600
800 1200
A0 = C0 = E0 = D0 = H1 = G2 = K2 = J2 = M2 = L3 = R3 = T4 = U4 = A5 = C5 = D5 = F5 = G5 = J5 = K5 = L5 = W5 = N5 = R5 = X5 = Y5 = L6 = X6 = Y6 = X7 = Y8 =
Motor Circuit Protector
GMCP 003 A0 C
Motor Circuit Protective Device GMCP = Three-pole 003 007 015 030 050 060 063 Note 1 On J- and K-Frame HMCPs only. Continuous Ampere Rating Magnetic Trip Range/NEMA Starter Size A0 = 1530/0 C0 = 3570/0 E0 = 75150/0 H1 = 150300/1 K2 = 250500/2 J2 = 300600/2 M2 = 320630/2 Suffix C = Non-aluminum terminals
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-255
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 63 3 60 2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7

Series C
Product Selection
G-Frame 480 Vac Maximum, 600Y/347 Vac
NEMA Starter Size 0 Continuous Amperes 3 Cam Setting A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B D E F Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 1.11.2 1.31.5 1.61.7 1.81.9 2.02.2 2.32.5 2.63.1 3.23.6 3.73.9 4.34.7 4.85.2 5.35.7 5.76.8 6.97.9 8.09.1 9.210.3 10.411.4 11.512.6 11.513.7 13.816.0 16.118.3 18.420.6 20.722.9 23.025.2 19.322.9 23.026.8 26.930.6 30.734.5 34.638.3 38.442.1 23.127.5 27.732.2 32.336.7 36.941.4 41.546.0 46.250.5 24.232.1 29.134.8 38.846.4 43.648.9 48.553.7 MCP Trip Setting 15 18 21 24 27 30 35 42 49 56 63 70 75 90 105 120 135 150 150 180 210 240 270 300 250 300 350 400 450 500 300 360 420 480 540 600 320 380 500 570 630 GMCP063M2C GMCP060J2C GMCP050K2C GMCP030H1C GMCP015E0C GMCP007C0C MCP Catalog Number GMCP003A0C
Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. All GMCP 363A come with line and load steel body terminals for Cu only wire. Refer to Page V4-T2-116 under Optional Terminal Types. UL recognized and CSA approved.
V4-T2-256

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
Accessories
Modifications for GMCP Internal accessories must be factory installed. Internal Accessories 1
Electrical Ratings Type Accessory Shunt trip 2 Shunt trip
2
Volts 120 240 240 240 240 240
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Amperes 1.1 2.1 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Contact Arrangement 1A/1B 2A/2B Make/Break 1A/1B Make/Break
Factory Suffix S5 S6 A3 A6 B3 B13
Style Number 1373D62G18 1373D62G19 1288C74G03 1288C73G03 1288C75G03 1288C76G09
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Auxiliary switch 3 Auxiliary switch 3 Alarm switch 3 Auxiliary switch/alarm switch combination 3
External Mounted Accessories

Description Lock dog (non-padlockable) Mounting hardware DIN rail adapter 4 Number Units in Package 1 1 10 Style Number 1294C01H01 624B375G23 1225C79G02
Vari-Depth Handle Mechanism 5

Description For Type 1 use For Type 3R, 4X, 12 use Close coupled black with gray handle Close coupled red with yellow handle Catalog Number HRGMV11L HRGMV14L HRGMC10 HRGMC30
Modifications for HMCP See Internal Accessories starting on Page V4-T2-272.

Notes 1 Only one accessory may be installed in GMCP. 2 LH only. 3 RH only. 4 For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 15 mm per DIN EN50022. 5 For use with GMCP only. No UVR available on GMCP.
V4-T2-257
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-258 2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7

Series C
F-Frame 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 0.690.91 0.921.0 1.11.2 1.31.5 1.61.7 1.81.9 2.02.2 2.32.5 1.52.0 2.12.5 2.63.1 3.23.6 3.73.9 4.34.7 4.85.2 5.35.7 3.44.5 4.65.6 5.76.8 6.97.9 8.09.1 9.210.3 10.411.4 11.5 12.6 6.99.1 9.211.4 11.513.7 13.816.0 16.118.3 18.420.6 20.722.9 23.025.2 11.515.2 15.319.1 19.222.9 23.026.8 26.930.6 30.74.5 34.638.3 38.442.1 MCP Trip Setting
2
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 16.121.4 21.5 26.8 26.9 32.2 32.337.5 37.642.9 43.048.3 48.453.7 53.859.1 23.030.6 30.738.3 38.446.0 46.153.7 53.8 61.4 61.5 69.1 69.276.8 76.984.5 34.646.0 46.157.5 57.669.1 69.280.6 69.280.6 80.792.2 92.3103.7 103.8115.2 115.3126.7 57.0 75.0 76.095.0 96.0114.0 115.0130.7
3 3 3 3
NEMA Starter Size 0
Cont. Amps 3
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
MCP Catalog Number HMCP003A0C
NEMA Starter Size 2
Cont. Amps 70
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H
MCP Trip Setting

2
MCP Catalog Number HMCP070M2C
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
210 280 350 420 490 560 630 700 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 450 600 750 900 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500
HMCP007C0C
100
A B C D E F G H
HMCP100R3C
HMCP015E0C
150
A B C D D E F G
HMCP150T4C
HMCP030H1C 4 150
H A B C D E F G
HMCP150U4C
HMCP050K2C
Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. HMCP 3100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Special Low Magnetic Protection Application MCP 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum
Cont. Amps 25 Cam Setting A B D E F G H 50 A B C D E F G H 70 A B C D E F G H 100 A B C D E F G H MCP Trip Setting 1 40 43 49 52 55 58 60 80 87 93 98 103 109 115 120 115 122 130 139 145 153 160 170 160 174 185 196 207 218 229 240 HMCP100L3C HMCP070J2C HMCP050G2C MCP Catalog Number HMCP025D0C
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. HMCP 25100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-260 2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7 NEMA Starter Size 0

Series C
MCPs for Application with Motor Starters Equipped with Electronic Overload Relays 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum
Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 0.690.91 0.921.0 1.11.2 1.31.5 1.61.7 1.81.9 2.02.2 2.32.5 1.52.0 2.12.5 2.63.1 3.23.6 3.73.9 4.34.7 4.85.2 5.35.7 3.44.5 4.65.6 5.76.8 6.97.9 8.09.1 9.210.3 10.411.4 11.512.6 6.99.1 9.211.4 11.513.7 13.816.0 16.118.3 18.420.6 20.722.9 23.025.2 11.515.2 15.319.1 19.222.9 23.026.8 26.930.6 30.734.5 34.638.3 38.442.1 MCP Trip Setting
2

MCP Catalog Number HMCPS003A0C NEMA Starter Size 3 Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 23.030.6 30.738.3 38.446.0 46.153.7 53.861.4 61.569.1 69.276.8 76.984.5 34.646.0 46.157.5 57.669.1 69.280.6 80.792.2 92.3103.7 103.8115.2 115.3126.7 57.075.0 76.095.0 96.0114.0 115.0130.7
3 3 3 3
Cont. Amps 3
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
Cont. Amps 100
MCP Trip Setting

2
MCP Catalog Number HMCPS100R3C
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500
HMCPS007C0C
150
A B C D E F G H
HMCPS150T4C
HMCPS015E0C
150
A B C D E F G H
HMCPS150U4C
HMCPS030H1C
Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Settings above 130A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. HMCP 25100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 3100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.
HMCPS050K2C

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
HMCP250K5C
J-Frame 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 27.030.7 30.833.8 33.936.9 37.040.3 40.443.8 43.946.9 47.050.7 47.050.7 47.050.7 34.738.8 38.943.4 43.547.6 47.752.2 52.356.5 56.660.7 60.864.9 65.069.2 69.373.5 38.543.4 43.548.0 48.153.0 53.157.6 57.762.3 62.467.3 67.471.9 72.076.9 77.081.6 48.153.8 53.959.9 60.066.1 66.272.3 72.478.4 78.583.8 83.989.9 90.096.1 96.2102.0 57.764.6 64.771.9 72.079.2 79.386.5 86.693.8 93.9101.1 101.2108.4 108.5115.3 115.4122.4 MCP Trip Setting
2

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 67.475.3 75.483.8 83.992.3 92.4100.7 100.8109.2 109.3117.6 117.7126.1 126.2134.6 134.7142.8 77.086.6 86.696.1 96.2105.7 105.8115.3 115.4124.9 125.0134.6 134.7144.2 144.3153.8 153.9163.3 86.697.3 97.4108.4 108.5118.8 118.9129.9 130.0140.7 140.8151.5 151.6162.3 162.4173.0 173.1183.6 96.2108.0 108.1119.9 120.0132.3 132.4144.2 144.3156.1 156.2168.0 168.1179.9 180.0192.3 192.4204.0 MCP Trip Setting
2
NEMA Starter Size 4
Cont. Amps 250
Cam Setting A B C
MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP250A5C
NEMA Starter Size 5
Cont. Amps 250
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I
MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP250J5C
350 400 440 480 525 570 610 660 700 450 505 565 620 680 735 790 845 900 500 565 625 690 750 810 875 935 1000 625 700 780 860 940 1020 1090 1170 1250 750 840 935 1030 1125 1220 1315 1410 1500
875 980 1090 1200 1310 1420 1530 1640 1750 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 1125 1265 1410 1545 1690 1830 1970 2110 2250 1250 1405 1560 1720 1875 2030 2185 2340 2500
250
D E F G H I
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250C5C
250
A B C D E F G H I
2 2 2 2 2 2
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250D5C
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250L5C
2 2 2 2 2
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250F5C
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250W5C
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250G5C
Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. All HMCP and HM2P 250A come with line and load steel body terminals, T250KB. (With suffix C, without C comes with TA250KB.)
V4-T2-261
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-262 5 400 5 400 5 400 5 400 5 400

Series C
K-Frame 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 27.030.7 30.833.8 33.936.9 37.040.3 40.443.8 43.946.9 47.050.7 50.853.8 53.957.2 38.543.4 43.548.0 48.153.0 53.157.6 57.762.3 62.467.3 67.471.9 72.076.9 77.081.6 48.153.8 53.959.9 60.066.1 66.272.3 72.478.4 78.583.8 83.989.9 90.096.1 96.2102.0 57.764.6 64.771.9 72.079.2 79.386.5 86.693.8 93.9101.1 101.2108.4 108.5115.3 115.4122.4 67.475.3 75.483.8 83.992.3 92.4100.7 100.8109.2 109.3117.6 117.7126.1 126.2134.6 134.7142.8 MCP Trip Setting
2

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 77.086.5 86.696.1 96.2105.7 105.8115.3 115.4124.9 125.0134.6 134.7144.2 144.3153.8 153.9163.3 86.697.3 97.4108.4 108.5118.8 118.9129.9 130.0140.7 140.8151.5 151.6162.3 162.4173.0 173.1183.6 96.2108.0 108.1119.9 120.0132.3 132.4144.2 144.3156.1 156.2168.0 168.1179.9 180.0192.3 192.4204.0 115.4129.9 130.0144.2 144.3158.4 158.5173.0 173.1187.6 187.7201.9 202.0216.1 216.2230.7 230.8244.9 MCP Trip Setting
2
NEMA Starter Size 4
Cont. Amps 400
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I
MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP400A5C
NEMA Starter Size 5
Cont. Amps 400
Cam Setting A B C
MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP400K5C
350 400 440 480 525 570 610 660 700 500 565 626 690 750 810 875 935 1000 625 700 780 860 940 1020 1090 1170 1250 750 840 935 1030 1125 1220 1315 1410 1500 875 980 1090 1200 1310 1420 1530 1640 1750
1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 1125 1265 1410 1545 1690 1830 1970 2110 2250 1250 1405 1560 1720 1875 2030 2185 2340 2500 1500 1690 1875 2060 2250 2440 2625 2810 3000
HMCP400A5C
D E F G H I
HMCP400D5C
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400L5C
HMCP400F5C
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400W5C
HMCP400G5C
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400N5C
HMCP400J5C
Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. All HMCP and HM2P 400A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with suffix C as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K.

Series C
2.3
2 2
MCP Trip Setting 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 500 600 800 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 HMCP600Y6W HMCP600X6W MCP Catalog Number HMCP600L6W
L-Frame 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 134.7151.5 151.6168.4 168.5185.3 185.4201.9 202.0218.8 218.9235.7 235.8252.6 252.7269.2 269.3285.7 153.9173.0 173.1192.3 192.4211.5 211.6230.7 230.8249.9 250.0269.2 269.3288.4 288.5307.6 307.7326.9 173.1194.5 194.6216.1 216.2237.6 237.7259.5 259.6281.1 281.2302.6 302.7324.1 324.2346.1 346.2368.1 MCP Trip Setting
2
600 Vac Maximum
NEMA Starter Size 5
Cont. Amps 400
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I
MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP400R5C
NEMA Starter Size 6
Cont. Amps 600
Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 138.5184.5 184.6230.7 230.8276.8 276.9323.0 323.1369.1 369.2415.3 415.4461.4 461.5507.7 38.546.1 46.261.4 61.576.8 76.996.1 96.2115.3 115.4153.7 153.8192.2 192.3230.7 76.996.1 96.2115.3 115.4153.7 153.8192.2 192.3230.7 230.8269.1 269.2307.6 307.7346.1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1750 1970 2190 2410 2625 2845 3065 3285 3500 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 2250 2530 2810 3090 3375 3655 3935 4215 4500
6 HMCP400X5C
600
A B C D E F G H
400
A B C D E F G H I
600
A B
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400Y5C
C D E F G H
Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. 4 Equipped with electronic trip device. All HMCP and HM2P 400A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with suffix C as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K. All HMCP 600A come without terminals. For terminals, see Page V4-T2-215.
V4-T2-263
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-264 8 1200

Series C
N-Frame 600 Vac Maximum

NEMA Starter Size 7 Cont. Amps 800
1
Cam Setting A B C D E F G A B C D E F G
Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 2 123.1184.5 184.6246.1 246.2307.6 307.7369.1 369.2430.7 430.8492.2 492.3553.7 184.6276.8 276.9369.1 369.2461.4 461.5553.7 553.8646.1 646.2738.4 738.5830.7
MCP Trip Setting 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 5600 6400 2400 3600 4800 6000 7200 8400 9600
MCP Catalog Number HMCP800X7W
HMCP12Y8W
Notes 1 Equipped with electronic trip device. 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13X the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13X setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.

Series C
2.3
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)

Product Description
Motor protection circuit breakers (MPCBs) provide UL 489 branch circuit protection, UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 14 motor protection, and meet IEC 60947-2 and 50947-4 requirements. Typical branch motor loads are protected by three-component starters, consisting of breaker, contactor and overload relay, or fuse, contactor and overload relay. The MPCB application-specific protection eliminates the need for motor overload relay found in the traditional three-component starter assembly. The branch motor load protection is simplified to an MPCB and contactor, reducing both space requirements and heat generation in customer panels. Protection is provided by application-specific electronic trip units. The electronic trip unit provides typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection against potential phase-tophase or phase-to-ground faults.

2
Phase loss protection Active when the maximum phase current is greater than 50% of FLA setting Breaker will trip when minimum phase current is 25% or less than the maximum phase current Time delay of 1 or 2 seconds before breaker trips Thermal memory to prevent immediate restart after overload trip to allow motor to cool down The MPCB is based on the Series C F-Frame. Accessories for standard Series C breakers apply to the MPCB. Unlike Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs), MPCBs are UL 489 listed with 35 kA and 65 kA interruption ratings.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Disconnecting means Branch circuit short-circuit protection Overload protection Class 5, 10, 15 and 20 Phase unbalance protection FDMP breaker trips when there is a 40% difference between any phase compared to the calculated three-phase average
V4-T2-265
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-266

Series C
Product Selection
FDMP and HFDMP
35 kA Without Phase Unbalance, Class 10 Motor Protection Only FDMP3080L FDMP3100L FDMP3160L FDMP3205L 35 kA With Phase Unbalance and Adjustable Motor Class Protection FDMP3080JL FDMP3100JL FDMP3160JL FDMP3205JL 65 kA Without Phase Unbalance, Class 10 Motor Protection Only HFDMP3080L HFDMP3100L HFDMP3160L HFDMP3205L 65 kA With Phase Unbalance and Adjustable Motor Class Protection HFDMP3080JL HFDMP3100JL HFDMP3160JL HFDMP3205JL
Continuous Amperes 80 100 160 205
FLA le Dial Setting

Continuous Amperes 80 100 160 205 A 40 80 100 160 B 50 115 170 C 60 90 130 180 D 70 145 195 E 80 100 160 205 F G H

Specifications
Feature Interruption rating at 240V Interruption rating at 480V Interruption rating at 600V Icu/Ics at 240V Icu/Ics at 415V 100% rated FLA range (A) Motor class protection Phase unbalance protection (current)active for phase current >0.5 FLA setting Phase loss protection (current)active for phase current >0.5 FLA setting Thermal memory protection High load indicator Pre-detection relays Internal accessories FDMP 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 65 kA/33 kA 1 35 kA/18 kA 1 No 40205 5, 10, 15, 20 40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second Yes Factory installed Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR Notes 1 IEC ratings available only on FWMP and HFWMP. For additional breaker solutions, see Page V4-T2-84. HFDMP 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 100 kA/50 kA 1 65 kA/33 kA 1 No 40205 5, 10, 15, 20 40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second Yes Factory installed Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR

Series C
2.3
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04)

Product Description
Eatons Type ELC current limiter attachment for the MCP is designed to provide increased interrupting capacity. The combination may be used for the application up to 200,000A symmetrical at 600 Vac, making the MCP suitable for use in network distribution systems or other applications where unusually high fault currents are available. The current limiter connects to the load end of the MCP and is provided with terminals suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. (See table at right.) Limiters are coordinated with the MCP so that normal fault currents are interrupted automatically by the MCP without any damage to the limiter. Only the rare very high fault is opened by the limiter. Faults that are interrupted by the limiter also magnetically trip the MCP, opening all three poles, preventing singlephase operation. Each of the three poles of the Type ELC limiter is equipped with an indicator that extends when a fault is interrupted by the limiter.
Product Selection
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment
2
ELC Current Limiter Attachment
MCP Rating (Amperes) 3 7 15 30 50 100 150 Catalog Number ELC3003R ELC3007R ELC3015R ELC3030R ELC3050R ELC3100R ELC3150R
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type ELC Current Limiter Terminal Wire Sizes 1
Type ELC Current Limiter Maximum Amperes Standard Aluminum Terminals 50 100 150 Non-Standard Terminals (Steel) 50 100 150 142 2 2.535 142 14/0 14/0 2.535 5095 5095 Wire Range AWG Metric (mm2)
Notes 1 Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as defined in UL 486A or UL 486B. 2 Optional on special order for copper cable only. All HMCP 800A and 1200A come without terminals. For terminals, see Page V4-T2-215.
V4-T2-267
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-268

Series C
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Overview
Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a short-circuit event. Resetting the moldedcase circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring the system back online.
Product Description
The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics.

Superior system protection:

High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications.
Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system
UL 489 CSA C22.2

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Series C High Performance Ratings

Type FDC 3P thermal-magnetic Product Breaker only With limiter Amperes 15225 40200 480 Vac (UL) 100 200 600 Vac (UL) 35 200
FD Frame
FD IC Rating200 kAIC at 600 Vac 1

Ampere Rating Thermal-Magnetic 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 FDC3040Q01 FDC3045Q01 FDC3050Q01 FDC3060Q01 FDC3070Q01 FDC3080Q01 FDC3090Q01 FDC3100Q01 FDC3110Q01 FDC3125Q01 FDC3150Q01 FDC3175Q01 FDC3200Q01 FDC3040Q02 FDC3045Q02 FDC3050Q02 FDC3060Q02 FDC3070Q02 FDC3080Q02 FDC3090Q02 FDC3100Q02 FDC3110Q02 FDC3125Q02 FDC3150Q02 FDC3175Q02 FDC3200Q02 Breaker with Line Side Mounted Current Limiter 2 Breaker with Load Side Mounted Current Limiter 3
Notes 1 Line and load terminal included. 2 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number FJ1PBK. 3 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter.
V4-T2-269
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-270

Series C
Limiter Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type Metric Wire Range mm2 AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors Catalog Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals 250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10185 #8350 (1) TA250FJ 1
Breaker Load Terminals (For Line Mounted Limiters Only)

Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range mm2 Package of Three Terminals Catalog Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals 100 225 Steel Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI 141/0 44/0 2.550 2595 3T100FB 3TA225FD
Note 1 Load side breaker terminations included for units configured with line mounted limiters.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Frame FD + limiter Height 12.06 (306.3) Width 4.13 (104.9) Depth 3.39 (86.1) Weight in lbs (kg) 8.50 (3.86)
FD-Frame With Current Limiter Module
4.12 (104.6)
4.13 (104.9)
12.06 (306.3)
2 2
3.96 (100.5) 3.39 (86.1)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3.34 (84.8)
V4-T2-271
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Series C Internal Accessories

Series C
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview
Alarm Switch For remote indication of automatic trip operation. Does not function with manual switching; however, it will operate when either a shunt trip or undervoltage release is operated. A make contact closes and a break contact opens when the alarm/lockout switch operates. The switch automatically resets when the circuit breaker is reset. Auxiliary Switch The auxiliary switch provides circuit breaker contact status information by monitoring the position of the molded cross bar that contains the moving contact arms. The auxiliary switch is used for remote indication and interlock system verification, and consists of one or two SPDT switches housed in a plug-in module. Each SPDT switch has one a and one b contact. When the circuit breaker contacts are open, the a contact is open and the b contact is closed. Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Each catalog number listed in tables on Pages V4-T2-277 and V4-T2-278 includes one auxiliary switch and one alarm switch. In an auxiliary switch ASL switch combination, the auxiliary switch is always mounted on the side of the plug-in module next to the center pole of the circuit breaker. Shunt Trip The shunt trip provides remote controlled tripping of the circuit breaker. The shunt trip consists of an intermittent rated solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch assembled to a plug-in module. When required for ground fault protection applications, certain AC rated shunt trips, as noted in the electrical rating table, are suitable for operation at 55 percent of rated voltage. Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates. Low Energy Shunt Trip Low energy shunt trip devices are designed to operate from low energy output signals from dedicated current sensors typically applied in ground fault protection schemes. However, with a proper control voltage source, they may be applied in place of conventional trip devices for special applications. Flux paths surrounding permanent magnets used in the shunt trip assembly hold a charged spring poised in readiness to operate the circuit breaker trip mechanism. When a 100 microfarad capacitor charged to 28 Vdc is discharged through the shunt trip coil, the resultant flux opposes the permanent magnet flux field, which releases the stored energy in the spring to trip the circuit breaker. As the circuit breaker resets, the shunt trip reset arm is actuated by the circuit breaker handle, resetting the shunt trip. The plug-in module is mounted in retaining slots in the top of the trip unit. Coil is intermittent-rated only. Cutoff provisions required in control circuit.
V4-T2-272

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Undervoltage Release Mechanism The undervoltage release mechanism monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage falls to between 70 and 35 percent of the solenoid coil rating. The undervoltage release mechanism consists of a continuous rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever mounted in a plug-in module. The tab on the tripping lever resets the undervoltage release mechanism when normal voltage has been restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (or OFF) position. With less than pickup voltage applied to the undervoltage release mechanism, the circuit breaker contacts will not touch when a closing operation is attempted.
Note: Undervoltage release mechanism accessories are not designed for, and should not be used as, circuit interlocks.
Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame) (For fixed-mounted configuration.) Internal accessory wiring leads are normally supplied with pigtail leads (18 AWG) that exit from the right side of the circuit breaker. Where specified, fixed-mounted accessory terminal blocks are available. A maximum of one 24-point terminal block can be installed on the right side of the circuit breaker for the internal accessories. For convenience in determining the appropriate number of terminal block points required, refer to Page V4-T2-273.
PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 only) K-, L- and N-Frames Eatons PowerNet Communications Kit can be ordered to add PowerNet communications to an existing OPTIM 550 breaker in the field. An 18-inch (457.2 mm) wiring pigtail is routed to the rear of the breaker: two wires for PowerNet and two wires for 24 Vdc (45 mA load). It is recommended that the power supply be an isolated high quality unit.
V4-T2-273
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-274

Series C
Product Selection
Alarm Switch
Alarm Switch
G-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only) 1

Electrical Ratings Volts Frequency Amperes Contact Arrangement Factory Suffix Catalog Number 234
Make Break
Alarm Switch 240 50/60 Hz 6 1 Make/1 Break B3 1288C75G03
Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches Combination 240 50/60 Hz 6 1 Make/1 Break and 1A/1B B13 1288C76G09
F-Frame Alarm Switch 1

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 7 Right 2 Left 7 Right 1 (Make only) Single-pole Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12 B15 8 Rear 6 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number A1L1LPK A1L1RPK A2L1LPK A2L1RPK Catalog Number A1L1LTK A1L1RTK A2L1LTK A2L1RTK Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 5
F-Frame HMCP Alarm Switch 1

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 7 Right 2 Left 7 Right Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12 Rear 6 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number MA1L1LPK MA1L1RPK MA2L1LPK MA2L1RPK Catalog Number MA1L1LTK MA1L1RTK MA2L1LTK MA2L1RTK Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 5
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Alarm Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left j Right Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 Rear 7 Suffix Number B02 B06 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 Catalog Number A1L2LPK A1L2RPK Catalog Number A1L2LTK A1L2RTK 6 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 9 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Notes 1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 2 Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads,18 AWG (160.010). 3 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. 4 Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. 5 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation. 6 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 7 Standard mounting location. 8 Factory installation only. Leads exit load end of circuit breaker. 9 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. j Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com

Series C
2.3
2
1
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Alarm Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1M and 1B) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 3 Right 4 2 Left 3 Right 4 Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12 Rear 2 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number A1L3LPK A1L3RPK A2L3LPK A2L3RPK Catalog Number A1L3LTK A1L3RTK A2L3LTK A2L3RTK Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Alarm Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1M and 1B) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 3 Right 2 Left
3
Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1 Terminal Block Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number A1L4LPK A1L4RPK A2L4LPK A2L4RPK Catalog Number A1L4LTK A1L4RTK A2L4LTK A2L4RTK Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12
Rear 2 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13
Right
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Alarm Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1M and 1B) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 3 2 Left Right 3 Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12 Rear 2 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number A1L5LPK A1L5RPK A2L5LPK A2L5RPK Catalog Number A1L5LTK A1L5RTK A2L5LTK A2L5RTK Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 5 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
R-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 2 Suffix Number 6 B05 B12 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 5 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number 6 A1L6RPK A2L6RPK
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 2 Standard mounting location. 3 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 4 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 6 A maximum of three ASL plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
V4-T2-275
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-276 2

Series C
Auxiliary Switch
Auxiliary Switch
G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)

Electrical Ratings Volts 240 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Amperes 6 6 Contact Arrangement 1a/1b 2a/2b Factory Suffix A3 A6 Catalog Number 12 1288C74G03 1288C73G03
a b
240
F-Frame and HMCP (F) Auxiliary Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left 5 Left
5
Factory Installation Kit 4 Terminal Block Opposite Side Suffix Number A03
7
Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X1PK E1X1PK A1X1PK A2X1LPK E2X1LPK A2X1RPK E2X1RPK
Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X1LTK A1X1RTK 8 A2X1LTK A2X1RTK 8
Same Side Suffix Number A01 A15 A05 A18 A09 A21 7 A12 A23 7
7 7
Rear 3 Suffix Number A02 A16 A06 A19 A10 A22 7 A13 A24 7
7
Same Side Suffix Number A04
A17 A07 A20
A08
Right or Neutral 6 Right or Neutral Left 5 Left 5 Right or Neutral 6 Right or Neutral 6
6
A11 A14
F-Frame with Electronic Trip Unit Auxiliary Switch 9

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Right Same Side Suffix Number A30 Rear Suffix Number A31 Opposite Side Suffix Number A32 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X1RPKFDE Terminal Block Catalog Number Factory Installation Kit 4
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right k 2 Left Right k Same Side Suffix Number A01 A05 A09 A12 Rear 3 Suffix Number A02 A06 A10 A13 Opposite Side Suffix Number A03 A07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number A04 A08 A11 A14 Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit j Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X2PK A1X2PK A2X2PK A2X2PK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X2LTK A1X2RTK 4 A2X2LTK A2X2RTK 4
Notes 1 Includes 24-inch external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (160.010). 2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. 3 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 4 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation. 5 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 6 Not for use on F-Frame with electronic trip unit. 7 125 volts (max.), 50/60 Hz switch for use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum. 8 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 9 Only for use on three-pole F-Frame breakers with electronic trip unit. j Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation or interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. k Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker.

Series C
2.3
2
1
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 Left Right Right 3 Left Right 3
23 23
Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit Terminal Block Opposite Side Suffix Number A03 A07 Same Side Suffix Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X3PK A1X3PK A2X3PK A2X3PK 1482D28G10 67 A3X3LPK A3X3RPK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X3LTK A1X3RTK A2X3LTK A2X3RTK A3X3LTK A3X3RTK 4
4 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Same Side Suffix Number A01 A05 A09 A12 A21 A18 A17
Rear 2 Suffix Number A02 A06 A10 A13 A22
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 2 Left Right 2 3 Left Right 2 Same Side Suffix Number A01 A05 A09 A12 A18 A17 Rear 2 Suffix Number A02 A06 A10 A13 Opposite Side Suffix Number A03 A07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16 Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit 1 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X4PK A1X4PK A2X4PK A2X4PK A3X4PK A3X4PK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X4LTK A1X4RTK 4 A2X4LTK A2X4RTK 4 A3X4LTK A3X4RTK 4
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 2 Left Right 2 3 Left Right 2 Same Side Suffix Number A01 A05 A09 A12 A18 A17 Rear 2 Suffix Number A02 A06 A10 A13 Opposite Side Suffix Number A03 A07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16 Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit 1 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X5PK A1X5PK A2X5PK A2X5PK A3X5LPK A3X5RPK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X5LTK A1X5RTK 4 A2X5LTK A2X5RTK 4 A3X5LTK A3X5RTK 4
R-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Contacts A and B 2 4 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Suffix Number 5 A12 A19 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number 5 A2X6RPK A4X6RPK
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 5 A maximum of two auxiliary switches (any combination of 2a/2b or 4a/4b plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. 6 This option is not field installable. 7 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com V4-T2-277
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-278 Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination

Series C
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 2 Right Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 Rear 2 Suffix Number C02 C05 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 Catalog Number AAL1LPK AAL1RPK Catalog Number AAL1LTK AAL1RTK 3 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 1
a b
F-Frame HMCP Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 3 Right Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 Rear 2 Suffix Number C02 C05 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 Catalog Number MAAL1LPK MAAL1RPK Catalog Number MAAL1LTK MAAL1RPK Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 1
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1A and 1B) (1M1B) 1 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 3 Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 Rear 5 Suffix Number C02 C05 Opposite Side Suffix Number Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 Catalog Number AAL2LPK AAL2RPK Catalog Number AAL2LTK AAL2RTK 3 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 4 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1A and 1B) (1M1B) 1 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 56 Right Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 C07 Rear 5 Suffix Number C02 C05 C08 Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 Catalog Number AAL3LPK AAL3RPK 7 1482D28G09 89 Catalog Number AAL3LTK AAL3RTK Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 4 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Notes 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation. 2 Standard mounting location. 3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers 4 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation of interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 5 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 7 Will not install on OPTIM Trip (RH). 8 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. 9 This option is not field installable.

Series C
2.3
2
1
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Sets of Contacts 1A, 1B and 1 Make/1 Break 2A, 2B and 1 Make/1 Break 3A, 3B and 1 Make/1 Break Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 Left Right 2 Left Right 2 Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 C07 C10 C14 C15 Rear 2 Suffix Number C02 C05 C08 C11 Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 C12 C13 Catalog Number AA114LPK AA114RPK AA214LPK AA214RPK AA314LPK AA314RPK Catalog Number AA114LTK AA114RTK 3 AA214LTK AA214RTK 3 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Sets of Contacts 1A, 1B and 1 Make/1 Break 2A, 2B and 1 Make/1 Break Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 Left Right 2 Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 C07 C10 Rear 2 Suffix Number C02 C05 C08 C11 Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 C12 C13 Catalog Number AA115LPK AA115RPK AA215LPK AA215RPK Catalog Number AA115LTK AA115RTK 3 AA215LTK AA215RTK 3 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breaker.
V4-T2-279
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-280

Series C
Shunt Trip
Shunt Trip
G-Frame Shunt Trip (LH Three-Pole Only)

Electrical Ratings Volts Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC 60 Hz Amperes 1.1 2.1 2.8 5.7 Suffix Number S1 S2 S3 S4 S7 Catalog Number 1373D62G01 1373D62G02 1373D62G15 1373D62G16 1373D62G20
ST
120 240 12 24 24
F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt Trip

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads 2 Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 4 208380 Vac or 110127 Vdc 415600 Vac or 220250 Vdc S01 S05 S09 S13 S02 S06 S10 S14 S03 S07 S11 S15 S04 S08 S12 S16 SNT1LP03K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP12K SNT1LP18K SNT1LT03K SNT1LT08K SNT1LT12K SNT1LT18K Suffix Number Rear 3 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 1
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 5 1224 Vac or Vdc 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 4 208380 Vac or 110127 Vdc 415600 Vac or 220250 Vdc S17 S21 S25 S29 S18 S22 S26 S30 S19 S23 S27 S31 S20 S24 S28 S32 SNT1RP03K SNT1RP08K SNT1RP12K SNT1RP18K SNT1RT03K 6 SNT1RT08K 6 SNT1RT12K 6 SNT1RT18K 6
Notes 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation. 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 3 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 4 120 Vac marked suitable for ground fault protection devices. 5 Standard mounting location. 6 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.

Series C
2.3
2
1
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 3 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S41 S49 S09 S13 S17 S42 S50 S10 S14 S18 S43 S51 S11 S15 S19 S44 S52 S12 S16 S20 SNT2P04K SNT2P06K SNT2P11K SNT2P14K SNT2P18K SNT2T04K SNT2T06K SNT2T11K SNT2T14K SNT2T18K Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 3 S45 S53 S29 S33 S37 S46 S54 S30 S34 S38 S47 S55 S31 S35 S39 S48 S56 S32 S36 S40 SNT2P04K SNT2P06K SNT2P11K SNT2P14K SNT2P18K SNT2T04K 4 SNT2T06K 4 SNT2T11K 4 SNT2T14K 4 SNT2T18K 4
380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 3 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S41 S49 S09 S13 S17 S42 S50 S10 S14 S18 S43 S51 S11 S15 S19 S44 S52 S12 S16 S20 SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P18K SNT3T04K SNT3T06K SNT3T11K SNT3T14K SNT3T18K Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 56 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 3 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S45 S53 S29 S33 S37 S46 S54 S30 S34 S38 S47 S55 S31 S35 S39 S48 S56 S32 S36 S40 SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P18K SNT3T04K
4
SNT3T06K 4 SNT3T11K 4 SNT3T14K 4 SNT3T18K 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Suitable for use with Class 1 ground fault sensing element. 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 5 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
V4-T2-281
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-282 Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)

Series C
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Shunt Trip

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac Right-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 3 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S21 S25 S88 S29 S45 S33 S37 S22 S26 S89 S30 S46 S34 S38 S23 S27 S90 S31 S47 S35 S39 S24 S28 S32 S48 S36 S40 SNT4RP03K SNT4RP05K SNT4RP23K SNT4RP11K SNT4RP26K SNT4RP14K SNT4RP18K SNT4RT03K SNT4RT05K SNT4RT23K SNT4RT11K SNT4RT26K SNT4RT14K SNT4RT18K S01 S05 S85 S09 S41 S13 S17 S02 S06 S86 S10 S42 S14 S18 S03 S07 S87 S11 S43 S15 S19 S04 S08 S12 S44 S16 S20 SNT4LP03K SNT4LP05K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP11K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP18K SNT4LT03K SNT4LT05K SNT4LT23K SNT4LT11K SNT4LT26K SNT4LT14K SNT4LT18K
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) three-pole trip units only.

Series C
2.3
2
1
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 924 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 110240 Vac 3 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac 4860 Vdc S01 S05 S09 S41 S13 S17 S21 S02 S06 S10 S42 S14 S18 S22 S03 S07 S11 S43 S15 S19 S23 S04 S08 S12 S44 S16 S20 S24 SNT5LP03K SNT5LP05K SNT5LP11K SNT5LP26K SNT5LP14K SNT5LP18K SNT5LP23K SNT5LT03K SNT5LT05K SNT5LT11K SNT5LT26K SNT5LT14K SNT5LT18K SNT5LT23K Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
R-Frame Shunt Trip (RH Only)

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) 24 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 110240 Vac 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc Suffix Number 4 S21 S25 S29 S33 S37 S88 S45 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Catalog Number 4 SNT6P03K SNT6P05K SNT6P11K SNT6P14K SNT6P18K SNT6P23K SNT6P26K
1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. 4 A maximum of two shunt trip plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
V4-T2-283
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-284

Series C
Low Energy Shunt Trip Ordering Information Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates.
Low Energy Shunt Trip
F-, J-, K-, L-, M-, N- and R-Frames and HMCPs Low Energy Shunt Trip 1
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 2 Terminal Block Same Side Pigtail Leads Suffix Number Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number
UV
Mounting Positions (Pole) F-Frame Left Right 3 J-Frame Left Right

3
Same Side Rear 3 Suffix Number Suffix Number
Opposite Side Suffix Number
NO1 NO5
NO2 NO6
NO3 NO7
NO4 NO8
LST1LPK 4 LST1RPK 4
LST1LTK 4 LST1RTK 4
NO1 NO5
NO2 NO6
NO3 NO7
LST2LPK LST2RPK
K-Frame Left 3 Right 56 NO1 NO5 NO2 NO6 NO3 NO7 LST3LPK LST3RPK
L- and M-Frames Left Right N-Frame Left 3 R-Frame Right NO1 LST6RPK NO1 NO2 NO3 LST5LPK NO1 NO5 NO2 NO6 NO3 NO7 LST4LPK LST4RPK
Notes 1 Cutoff provisions required in control circuit. 2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 3 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 4 For F-Frame HMCP, add an M to beginning of catalog number. Field Installation Kit referenced for factory use only, not UL listed for field installation. 5 For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only. 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Factory Suffix T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11 T12
Undervoltage Release Mechanism Ordering Information Select handle reset undervoltage release mechanism catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Undervoltage release mechanism coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates.
Undervoltage Release Mechanism
G-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (LH Three-Pole Only)

Electrical Ratings Volts (AC Only) Frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50 60 50 50/60 50 50 50 60 Amperes 0.05 0.22 0.11 0.10 0.049 0.026 0.025 0.024 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.01 Style Numbers 123 1373D62G03 1373D62G04 1373D62G05 1373D62G06 1373D62G07 1373D62G08 1373D62G09 1373D62G10 1373D62G11 1373D62G12 1373D62G13 1373D62G14
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
UV
120 24 48 60 110 208 220 240 380 415 440 480
Notes 1 Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (160.010). 2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. 3 Suitable for mounting in left pole only of three-pole breaker. G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
V4-T2-285
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-286 Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)

Series C
F-Frame Factory Mounted (For F-Frame Breaker and F-Frame HMCP) Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Connection Type and Location 18-Inch Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Rear 1 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac U01 U05 U37 U97 U13 U17 U21 U25 U02 U06 U38 U98 U14 U18 U22 U26 U03 U07 U39 U99 U15 U19 U23 U27 U04 U08 U40 U100 U16 U20 U24 U28
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 23 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc U29 U33 U37 U97 U41 U45 U30 U34 U38 U98 U42 U46 U31 U35 U39 U99 U43 U47 U32 U36 U40 U100 U44 U48 U49 U53 U85 U101 U61 U65 U69 U73 U50 U54 U86 U102 U62 U66 U70 U74 U51 U55 U87 U103 U63 U67 U71 U75 U52 U56 U88 U104 U64 U68 U72 U76
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 23 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc U77 U81 U85 U101 U89 U93 U78 U82 U86 U102 U90 U94 U79 U83 U87 U103 U91 U95 U80 U84 U88 U104 U92 U96
Notes 1 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 2 Standard mounting location. 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
F-Frame Field Mounted Undervoltage Release Mechanism

F-Frame Breaker Factory Installation Pigtail Leads Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac UVH1LP02K UVH1LP03K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP24K UVH1LP08K UVH1LP11K UVH1LP15K UVH1LP18K UVH1LT02K UVH1LT03K UVH1LT22K UVH1LT24K UVH1LT08K UVH1LT11K UVH1LT15K UVH1LT18K MUVH1LP02K MUVH1LP03K MUVH1LP22K MUVH1LP24K MUVH1LP08K MUVH1LP11K MUVH1LP15K MUVH1LP18K MUVH1LT02K MUVH1LT03K MUVH1LT22K MUVH1LT24K MUVH1LT08K MUVH1LT11K MUVH1LT15K MUVH1LT18K Catalog Number Kits 1 Terminal Block Catalog Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number F-Frame Breaker HMCP
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 23 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc UVH1LP20K UVH1LP21K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP24K UVH1LP26K UVH1LP28K UVH1LT20K UVH1LT21K UVH1LT22K UVH1LT24K UVH1LT26K UVH1LT28K MUVH1LP20K MUVH1LP21K MUVH1LP22K MUVH1LP24K MUVH1LP26K MUVH1LP28K MUVH1LT20K MUVH1LT21K MUVH1LT22K MUVH1LT24K MUVH1LT26K MUVH1LT28K UVH1RP02K UVH1RP03K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP24K UVH1RP08K UVH1RP11K UVH1RP15K UVH1RP18K UVH1RT02K UVH1RT03K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT24K UVH1RT08K UVH1RT11K UVH1RT15K UVH1RT18K MUVH1RP02K MUVH1RP03K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP24K MUVH1RP08K MUVH1RP11K MUVH1RP15K MUVH1RP18K MUVH1RT02K MUVH1RT03K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT24K MUVH1RT08K MUVH1RT11K MUVH1RT15K MUVH1RT18K
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 23 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc UVH1RP20K UVH1RP21K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP26K UVH1RP28K UVH1RT20K UVH1RT21K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT26K UVH1RT28K MUVH1RP20K MUVH1RP21K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP26K MUVH1RP28K MUVH1RT20K MUVH1RT21K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT26K MUVH1RT28K
Notes 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation. 2 Standard mounting location. 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
V4-T2-287
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Undervoltage Release Mechanism

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Suffix Number Terminal Block 1 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block 3 Catalog Number Suffix Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 2
Opposite Side Same Side
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 4 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH2LP02K UVH2LP03K UVH2LP05K UVH2LP08K UVH2LP11K UVH2LP15K UVH2LT02K UVH2LT03K UVH2LT05K UVH2LT08K UVH2LT11K UVH2LT15K
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 3 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57 U38 U42 U46 U50 U54 U58 U39 U43 U47 U51 U55 U59 U40 U44 U48 U52 U56 U60 UVH2RP02K UVH2RP03K UVH2RP05K UVH2RP08K UVH2RP11K UVH2RP15K UVH2RT02K UVH2RT03K UVH2RT05K UVH2RT08K UVH2RT11K UVH2RT15K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 4 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17 T02 T06 T10 T14 T18 T03 T07 T11 T15 T19 T04 T08 T12 T16 T20 UVH2LP20K UVH2LP21K UVH2LP23K UVH2LP26K UVH2LP28K UVH2LT20K UVH2LT21K UVH2LT23K UVH2LT26K UVH2LT28K
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 3 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T21 T25 T29 T33 T37 T22 T26 T30 T34 T38 T23 T27 T31 T35 T39 T24 T28 T32 T36 T40 UVH2RP20K UVH2RP21K UVH2RP23K UVH2RP26K UVH2RP28K UVH2RT20K UVH2RT21K UVH2RT23K UVH2RT26K UVH2RT28K
Notes 1 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton. 2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breakers. 4 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Undervoltage Release Mechanism

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Suffix Number Terminal Block Opposite Side Same Side Suffix Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 5 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
V4-T2-289
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
L-, HMCP (L) and (M)-Frames and Undervoltage Release Mechanism

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Suffix Number Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Suffix Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1
Opposite Side Same Side
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Undervoltage Release Mechanism

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Suffix Number Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Suffix Number Opposite Side Same Side Field Mounted Field Installation Kits
1
R-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (RH only)

Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380500 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc 220250 Vdc Suffix Number 4 U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57 T21 T25 T29 T33 T37 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 3 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number 4 UVH6RP02K UVH6RP03K UVH6RP05K UVH6RP08K UVH6RP11K UVH6RP29K UVH6RP20K UVH6RP21K UVH6RP23K UVH6RP26K UVH6RP28K
Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 4 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown.
V4-T2-291
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-292 Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)

Series C
Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame) R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block 1

Factory Installed Suffix Number Q01 Field Mounted Catalog Number TBRDK
Number of Control Wires for Each Internally Mounted Accessory

Type of Accessory Auxiliary switch Alarm (Signal)/ Lockout switch Shunt trip Low energy shunt Undervoltage release mechanism Number of Contacts per Single Accessory 2a/2b 4a/4b 1m/1b 2m/2b N/A N/A N/A Required Number of Wires 6 12 6 12 2 2 2
PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only) K-, L- and N-Frames
PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits
PowerNet Interlock Kit 2

Circuit Breaker K-Frame L-Frame N-Frame Factory Install Suffix PN PN PN Catalog Number ICK550K ICK550L ICK550N
Zone Interlock/Ground Kit 23

Circuit Breaker K-Frame L-Frame N-Frame Factory Install Suffix ZG ZG ZG Catalog Number ZGK550K ZGK550L ZGK550N
PowerNet and Zone Interlock/Ground Kit 23

Circuit Breaker K-Frame L-Frame N-Frame Factory Install Suffix ZGP ZGP ZGP Catalog Number ZGPK550K ZGPK550L ZGPK550N
Notes 1 One 24-point accessory terminal block provided with circuit breaker when ordered factory installed or shipped from warehouse as separate item when ordered for field installation. See Digitrip RMS master connection diagram (IL 29C714). 2 Installation of these kits restrict any other attachments from being installed in the RH pole. 3 Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit (catalog number GFAU).

Series C
2.3
2 2
Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500

Alarm Switch F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12
Maximum Voltage Frequency Maximum Current Amperes Dielectric Withstand Voltage
L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 67

Maximum Voltage 600 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50
3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers 600 125 250 50/60 Hz DC DC 6 0.50 3 0.25

3
2500 2500 2500
125 250
2500 2500
0.25 3
8
Single-Pole Circuit Breakers 125/250 28 28 50/60 Hz DC DC 63 33 54 2000 2000 2000
N-Frame Electrical Rating Data

Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC
Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25 3
Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500
J-Frame Electrical Rating Data

Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC
56
R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 9j

Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25 3 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500
K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 67

Notes 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 3 Non-inductive load. 4 Inductive (L/R = 0.026). 5 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 7 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 8 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. i Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. j Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.
V4-T2-293
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-294

Series C
Auxiliary Switch F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12

Maximum Voltage 125 3 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 1 6 0.50 4 0.25 4 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500 2500

N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 26 J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12

Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 4 0.25 4 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500 Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 4 0.25 4 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500
R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 78 K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 25

Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 4 0.25
4
Maximum Voltage 600 125 250
Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC
Notes 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 3 For use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum. 4 Non-inductive load. 5 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 6 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 7 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 8 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.

Series C
2.3
2
Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12
Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50
3

Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2200 2200 Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50
3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2500 2500
0.25 3
0.25 3
J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 24

3
N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 26

Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500 Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25 3 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

3
Notes 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 3 Non-inductive load. 4 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 5 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 6 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
V4-T2-295
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-296

Series C
Shunt Trip F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123

50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 525 550 600 Minimum Operating Voltage 6.75 6.75 36 36 156 156 156 156 156 156 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 VA 75 300 92 140 480 570 640 180 200 240 610 130 330 380 450 530 590 DC Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 127 220 250 Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 36 36 77 77 77 VA 100 400 100 160 55 66 71 72 110 140

50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 5 120 5 127 5 208 5 220 5 240 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600
5
DC Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 60 60 60 60 60 60 285 285 285 285 360 360 360 360 VA 45 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Minimum Operating Voltage 8.4 8.4 77 77 77 154 154 154 154 VA 35 170 710 1105 110 130 140 41 54

50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 5 120 5 127 5 208
5
DC Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 36 36 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 285 285 285 285 360 360 360 360 VA 31 173 686 1014 66 84 102 354 396 432 180 200 240 610 34 42 50 60 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 110 120 125 127 Minimum Operating Voltage 8.4 8.4 33.6 33.6 77 77 77 77 154 154 154 154 VA 50 247 1094 1698 112 138 150 40 58
Notes 1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds. 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 4 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 5 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. 6 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 7 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 8 milliseconds. 8 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
220 5 240 5 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600

Series C
2.3
2
Minimum Operating Voltage 16.8 33.6 33.6 77 77 77 154 VA 170 710 1150 110 130 140 41 54
L- and M-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123

50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 4 120
4

50/60 Hz DC Minimum Operating Voltage 16.8 33.6 33.6
4
DC Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 34 34 60 60 60 60 60 60 266 266 266 266 336 336 336 336 VA 45 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 34 34 77 77 77 77 154 VA 35 170 710 1105 110 130 140 41 54
Supply Voltage 24 48 60 110
VA 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70
Supply Voltage 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
60 60 60 60 60 60 266 266 266 266 336 336 336 336
120 4 127 4 208 4 220 4 240 4 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600
127 4 208 4 220 4 240 4 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600
Notes 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds. 3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 4 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. 5 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
V4-T2-297
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-298 23/23K 26/26K 18/18K 14/14K Suffix Number 03/03K Voltage (V) 24 24 05/05K 4860 4860 11/11K 3 110240 110240 110240 110240 110240 110240 380440 380440 380440 220250 220250 480600 480600 480600 480600 4860 4860 110125 110125 110125

Series C
R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123456

Application Ratings Frequency (Hz) 50/60 DC 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 DC DC 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 DC DC DC DC DC Electrical Operating Ratings Supply Voltage (V) 24 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 220 250 480 525 550 600 48 60 110 120 125 Minimum Operating Voltage (V) 16.8 16.8 34.0 34.0 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 266.0 266.0 266.0 154.0 154.0 336.0 336.0 336.0 336.0 34.0 34.0 77.0 77.0 77.0 Ip (A) 36.1 36.1 13.1 17.2 4.2 4.5 4.6 7.9 8.5 8.7 4.5 5.0 5.3 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 Irms at 0.250s (A) 16.5 2.4 2.7 9.8 11.6 3.3 3.6 3.8 Irms at 0.033s (A) 25.5 9.2 12.2 3.0 3.2 3.3 5.6 6.0 6.1 3.2 3.6 3.7 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 VA 612 396 450 740 330 390 430 1170 1370 1470 1220 1500 1640 530 680 200 270 280 360 470 700 370 440 480 One Minute Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 1050 1050 1120 1120 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1880 1880 1880 1500 1500 2200 2200 2200 2200 1120 1120 1250 1250 1250
Notes 1 Approximate unlatching time of 6 milliseconds. 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 milliseconds, at rated voltage. 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations. 4 Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute. 5 Maximum operating voltage110% of maximum voltage range rating. 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are yellow and white.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Undervoltage Release Mechanism F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1

50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 525 550 600 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 210.0 210.0 210.0 Maximum 6.3 6.3 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 367.0 367.0 367.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 7.6 7.6 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 446.0 446.0 446.0 VA 1.3 2.5 1.4 1.2 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.7 2.2 2.4 2.9 2.9 3.5 3.9 4.6 4.3 4.8 5.8 DC Supply Voltage 12 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 2.8 2.8 1.6 1.3 2.0 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.6 3.4

50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 DC Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 3 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton.
V4-T2-299
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-300 50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0

Series C

DC Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0
Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0

50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 DC Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0
Note 1 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 480 500 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 175.0 175.0 175.0 175.0 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 DC Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0
Note 1 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
V4-T2-301
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-302 28/28K 220250 Catalog Suffix 20/20K 21/21K 23/23K Application Ratings Voltage (V) 12 24 4860 11/11K 208240 Application Ratings Catalog Suffix 02/02K 03/03K 05/05K Voltage (V) 12 24 4860

Series C
R-Frame AC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings 12

Electrical Operating Ratings Supply Voltage (V) 12 24 48 60 08/08K 110127 110 120 127 208 220 240 29/29K 380500 380 415 440 480 500 Dropout Voltage (V) Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.5 33.5 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Pickup Voltage (V) Max. 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 Approximate Operating Time (ms) Minimum UVR Response 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Initiation Circuit Breaker Contact Separation 4 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 Maximum Circuit Breaker Contact Opening 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 5 1024 1048 1120 1120 1254 1254 1254 1480 1480 1480 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
VA 2.3 3.1 3.4 6.0 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.2 6.6 7.2 3.8 8.3 8.8 9.6 10.0
R-Frame DC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings 12

Electrical Operating Ratings Supply Voltage (V) 12 24 48 60 26/26K 110127 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage (V) Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 43.8 43.8 43.8 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.5 33.5 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage (V) Max. 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 Approximate Operating Time (ms) Minimum UVR Response 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Initiation Circuit Breaker Contact Separation 4 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 Maximum Circuit Breaker Contact Opening 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 5 1024 1048 1120 1120 1250 1250 1250 1500 1500
VA 3.4 4.3 4.8 7.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 6.6 7.5
Notes 1 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown. 3 UVR will override a momentary voltage dip up to the response time shown. 4 Unlatching occurs 1 millisecond before circuit breaker contacts begin to separate. 5 For 1 minute.

Series C
2.3
Page V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-115 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-146 V4-T2-154 V4-T2-183 V4-T2-209 V4-T2-220 V4-T2-235 V4-T2-254 V4-T2-265 V4-T2-267 V4-T2-268 V4-T2-272 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-325 V4-T2-326 V4-T2-327
Series C External Accessories
Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Overview
End Cap Kit The end cap kit slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The end cap kit is available with English and metric thread sizes. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. Keeper Nut The keeper nut slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The keeper nut is available with English and metric thread sizes. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. L-, M-, N-Frames Not required. Terminals are threaded. J-Frame Plug Nut The plug nut is used in applications where screwconnected ring-type terminals are preferred to connect cables to circuit breaker conductors. The plug nut is press-fit into the opening in the circuit breaker terminal conductor. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. Terminal Adapter Control Wire Terminal Kit The control wire terminal kit provides a means to tap off control power from a main disconnect, using the provided male end of a quick disconnect. For use with steel or stainless steel terminals only.
Note: Terminal Kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
2 2
Multiwire Connectors Eatons field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals, are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. Terminal Shields Terminal shields provide protection against accidental contact with live line side terminations. Terminal shields are fabricated from high dielectric insulating material and fasten over the front terminal access openings. Small openings in the shields provide limited access to the terminals for tightening connectors. (Field installation only.)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-303
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
Terminal End Covers The terminal end covers are designed for use in motor control center applications where, because of confined spaces, line side conductors are normally custom fitted. The molded end covers are made of high dielectric glasspolyester and slide over the line ends of the circuit breaker. Close fitting conductor openings are molded into the end covers. The end cover and circuit breaker case fit together to form terminal compartments that isolate discharged ionizing gases during circuit breaker tripping. Terminal end covers are available with two conductor opening diameters, 0.25-inch (6.4 mm) and 0.41inch (10.4 mm), and are listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Interphase Barriers The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. The barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Two per package. Base Mounting Plate Suitable for mounting six single-pole circuit breakers. DIN Rail Adapter For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15 mm per DIN EN50022. Adapter mounting screws included are for use with twoand three-pole circuit breakers. Adapters for singlepole circuit breakers clip into the base molding. Key Operated Attachment Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) Non-Padlockable Handle Block The non-padlockable handle block secures the circuit breaker handle in either the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the
V4-T2-304
handle block holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The device is positioned over the circuit breaker handle and secured by a setscrew to deter accidental operation of the circuit breaker handle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Padlockable Handle Padlockable Handle Lock The device is positioned in the cover opening to prevent handle movement. Will accommodate one 5/16-inch (8 mm) padlock. Snap-on Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp The snap-on padlockable handle lock allows the handle to be locked in the OFF or ON position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) This device was designed for use on the single-pole circuit breaker, but may be used on one-, two-, threeand four-pole styles. The handle lock snaps onto the escutcheon area of the handle with an optional retaining screw for added secureness. The handle lock will accommodate one padlock with a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp The padlockable handle lock hasp allows the handle to be locked in the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The hasp mounts on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline. The cover is predrilled on both sides of the operating handle so that the hasp can be mounted on either side of the handle. The hasp will accommodate up to three padlocks with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackles, one per circuit breaker. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.)
Cylinder Lock The cylinder lock internally blocks the trip bar in the tripped position to prevent the circuit breaker from being switched to ON. The cylinder lock is factory installed in the left pole only of the circuit breaker cover. Other internally mounted accessories cannot be installed in the same pole as the cylinder lock. (Factory installation only.) Key Interlock Kit (Lock Not Included) The key interlock is used to externally lock the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. When the key interlock is locked, an extended deadbolt blocks movement of the circuit breaker handle. Uniquely coded keys are removable only with the deadbolt extended. Each coded key controls a group of circuit breakers for a given specific customer installation. The key interlock assembly is Underwriters Laboratories listed for field installation under UL File E7819 and consists of a mounting kit and a purchaser supplied deadbolt lock. The mounting kit comprises a mounting plate, which is secured to the circuit breaker cover in either the left- or right-pole position, key interlock mounting screws, and a wire seal. Specific mounting kits are required for individual key interlock types. Sliding Bar Interlock The sliding bar interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent three-pole circuit breakers. It is installed on the enclosure cover between the circuit breakers. When the sliding bar interlock handle is moved from one side to the other, a bar extends to alternately block movement of the circuit breaker handles and prevents both circuit breakers from being switched to ON at the same time. Sliding bar interlocks are not UL listed. (Field installation only.)
Walking Beam Interlock The walking beam Interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent circuit breakers of the same pole configuration. The walking beam interlock mounts on a bracket behind and between the circuit breakers. A plunger on each end of the beam is inserted through an access hole in the back plate and base of each circuit breaker. The walking beam interlock prevents both circuit breakers from being switched ON at the same time. If a walking beam interlock is installed, the wiring troughs in the back of the circuit breaker case are blocked by the plungers and cannot be used for cross wiring. Factory modified circuit breakers are required for this application. UL File E38116. Electrical Operator The electrical (solenoid) operator is a single solenoid mechanism that enables local and remote circuit breaker ON, OFF, and reset switching. The electrical operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline of the circuit breaker. The electrical operator uses a unique bi-stable latch that allows the device to operate using one solenoid. The accessory provides high-speed switching with a maximum operating time of 5 cycles (80 mS), making it suitable for generator synchronizing applications. Means are provided for remote electrical operation and for local manual operation. A special slide includes provisions for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. The slide will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each. An interlock electrically disconnects the solenoid when the electrical operator cover is removed. The rating data tables provide electrical rating data for the electrical (solenoid) operator.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The electrical (motor) operator allows the circuits breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely. It also has a lock-off capability and provisions for manual operation. The electrical (motor) operator contains a reversible motor connected to a ball screw. The ball screw drives the circuit breaker handle. Limit switches and relays are used to control the motor. Plug-In Adapters Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Individual line and load plug-in adapters are available for rear connection applications on two-, three-, and four-pole circuit breakers. Common mounting plates for lineand load-end adapters are available. One plug-in adapter kit is required for line-end and one for load-end. Plug-in adapters are UL approved unless otherwise noted. Rear Connecting Studs Rear connecting studs are available in several sizes to accommodate specific fixedmounted circuit breaker applications. Each rear connecting stud assembly consists of one stud and one tube. To maintain proper clearances between poles, select alternate long and short stud assemblies for circuit breakers with more than one pole. One assembly is required for line-end and one for load-end of each pole. Tubes must be ordered separately. Connecting studs are available only with English thread sizes.
Note: Not UL listed.
Panelboard Connecting Straps Panelboard connecting straps are used to connect the circuit breaker terminals to the panelboard bus. The panelboard connecting straps are available with various ratings for outside and center poles. (Field installation only.) Panelboard connecting straps are available to meet the needs of most standard panelboard applications. Style numbers for mounting brackets for CDP panelboard installations are also included.
Note: Not UL listed. Refer to panelboard manufacturer for compatibility.
IQ Energy Sentinel The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability. The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on threephase, four-wire systems, or single-phase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178.
TPotential Transformer Module The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units. Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt, 50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker.
ype LFD Current Limiter The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, providing 200,000A interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239. Ground Fault Alarm Unit The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through NFrame.
V4-T2-305
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-306

Series C
Breaker Interface Module (BIM) The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24 Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eatons specifications. The BIM is a member of Eatons PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software.
Digitrip OPTIMizer The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the Copy and Download commands. Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional. Auxiliary Power Module The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power.
Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.
Note: The OPTIMizer can work off of 32 Vdc control power, although 24 Vdc is the standard on OPTIM breakers.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Termination HardwareEnd Cap Kit
End Cap Kit
End Cap Kit

Thread Type Two-Pole F-Frame (225A) Imperial Metric Three-Pole F-Frame (225A) Imperial Metric Four-Pole F-Frame (225A) Imperial Metric Three-Pole J-Frame Imperial Metric Four-Pole J-Frame Imperial Metric Three-Pole K-Frame Imperial Metric Four-Pole K-Frame Imperial Metric Three-Pole L-Frame Imperial Metric Four-Pole L-Frame Imperial Metric 0.31218 M8 KPEK44 KPEKM44 0.312-18 M-8 KPEK4 KPEKM4 0.31218 M8 KPEK34 KPEKM34 0.31218 M8 KPEK3 KPEKM3 0.31218 M8 KPEK24 KPEKM24 0.31218 M8 KPEK2 KPEKM2 1032 M5 KPEK14 KPEKM14 1032 M5 KPEK1 KPEKM1 1032 M5 KPEK12 KPEKM12 Thread Size Catalog Number
Termination HardwareKeeper Nut

F-Frame Keeper Nut
F-Frame Keeper Nut

Thread Type Imperial Metric Thread Size 1032 M5 Catalog Number Package of 12 (Priced Individually) KPR1A KPR1AM
K-Frame Keeper Nut
K-Frame Keeper Nut

Thread Type Imperial Thread Size 0.37516 Line/Load End Line Load Metric M8 Line Load Note L-, M-, N-Frames not required. Terminals are threaded. Catalog Number Package of 3 KPR3A KPR3B KPR3AM KPR3BM
2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-307
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-308 K-Frame Terminal Adapter

Series C
Termination Hardware
J-Frame Plug Nut
J-Frame Plug Nut

Thread Type Imperial Metric Thread Size 0.25020 M6 Catalog Number Package of 6 PLN2 PLN2M
K-Frame Terminal Adapter 1

Line/Load End Line and load Catalog Number TAD3
F-Frame Ordering Information Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.

F-Frame Kit
F-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit 2

Description Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs. Maximum Amperes 150 225 Catalog Number FCWTK FCWTK225
J- and K-Frame Ordering Information Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
J- and K-Frame Kit
J- and K-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit

Description Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs. Catalog Number KCWTK
L-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit

AWG Wire Range/Number Conductors Al/Cu 3/0350 kcmil (2) Cu 250350 kcmil (2) Al/Cu 400500 kcmil (2) Al/Cu 400500 kcmil (2) Al/Cu 400500 kcmil (2) Metric Wire Range mm2 95150 120250 185240 185240 185240 Catalog Number TA602LDCW 3 T602LDCW 3 2TA603LDKCW 45 3TA603LDKCW 46 4TA603LDKCW 47
Notes 1 K-Frame terminal adapter for use in replacing LB/DA breakers. 2 Not for use with T250KB terminals. 3 Individually packed. 4 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 5 Two-pole kit. 6 Three-pole kit. 7 Four-pole kit.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Termination Hardware G-Frame Control Wire Terminal

Description Control wire terminal (kit of 12) Catalog Number 5652B38G01 Catalog Number GCWTK
Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)

Maximum Amperes G-Frame 1 100 3 6 F-Frame 225 3 6 J-Frame 250 3 6 K-Frame 400 3 6 142/0 143 3TA400K3K 3TA400K6K 142 146 3TA250J3K 3TA250J6K 142 146 3TA150F3K 3TA150F6K 142 146 3TA100G3K 3TA100G6K Wires per Terminal Wire Size Range AWG Cu Kit Catalog Number
Base Mounting Hardware Ordering Information Hardware for surface mounting of circuit breakers is supplied only on request. Hardware consists of mounting screws and lockwashers. Order hardware for circuit breaker pole configurations as required. Mounting Hardware
Screw Length in Inches (mm) G-Frame 0.13832 x 2.63 (3.5 x 66.7 mm) Std. 0.13832 x 3.00 (3.5 x 76.2 mm) 624B375G23 8703C80G05 Catalog Number
Note 1 GD breakers require special tapping for multiwire lugs, as described in the IL or use with standard aluminum collars.
V4-T2-309
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-310

Series C
Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware

Number of Poles F-Frame 1 0.164-32 x 3.188-inch pan-head steel screws, lockwashers and clamps Individual Group 1 2 3, 4 J-Frame 2, 3, 4 K-Frame 2, 3, 4 L-Frame 2, 3, 4 M-Frame 2, 3 N-Frame 2, 3, 4 R-Frame Supplied by customer 0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH5 0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Individual BMH5 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Individual BMH4 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH3 0.250-20 x 2.75 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH2 0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers 0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual Individual 624B375G01 624B375G02 4218B80G01 BMH1 Description Type of Mounting Catalog Number
Metric Thread Mounting Hardware

Number of Poles F-Frame 1 M40.7 x 80 mm pan-head steel screws, lockwashers, and clamps Individual Group 1 2 3, 4 J-Frame 2, 3, 4 K-Frame 2, 3, 4 L-Frame 2, 3 M-Frame 2, 3 N-Frame 2, 3 R-Frame Supplied by customer Note 1 One set of hardware for two circuit breakers. Individual BMH5M Individual BMH5M Individual BMH4M M60.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH3M M60.7 x 70 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH2M M40.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers M40.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual Individual 4218B80G09 4218B80G10 4218B80G11 BMH1M Description Type of Mounting Catalog Number

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Terminal Shields G-Frame Terminal Shield

Number Units in Package 10 Catalog Number GTSK3
F-Frame
F-Frame Terminal Shield

Standard (Package of 10) (Priced Individually) Number of Poles 1 2 3 4 Location Line Line Line Line Catalog Number 625B229G06 625B229G07 625B229G08 625B229G09 SpecialFor Use When Electrical Operator is Mounted on Circuit Breaker Catalog Number 4210B95G01 4210B95G02
J-Frame
J-Frame Terminal Shield

Number of Poles 2, 3 4 2, 3 4 Location Line End Line End Load End Load End Catalog Number (Package of 10) 1266C07G01 6631C01G01 6641C16G01 6641C16G02
V4-T2-311
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-312 K-Frame 2, 3 4 3

Series C
K-Frame Terminal Shield

Number of Poles Location Line Line Load Catalog Number (Package of 10) TS33LN TS34LN TS33LD
Interphase Barriers Ordering Information Two per package.

Interphase Barrier
Interphase Barriers
Frame F J, K L M Catalog Number IPB1 IPB3 IPB4 IPB4 IPB5
L-Frame Terminal Shield

Catalog Number (Package of 1) 314C420G05
Base Mounting Plate

Base Mounting Plate
Base Mounting Plate G-Frame GD/GHC

Number of Units in Package Catalog Number 207B513G01
M-Frame Terminal Shield

Catalog Number (Package of 1) 208B966G01
DIN Rail Adapter

DIN Rail Adapter
DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC

Number of Poles 1, 2 3 Number of Units in Package 10 10 Catalog Number 1225C79G01 1225C79G02 1
N-Frame Terminal Shield

Catalog Number (Package of 1) NTS3K
Key Operated Attachment

Key Operated Attachment
Key Operated Attachment G-Frame GD/GHC

Number of Units in Package 10 Catalog Number GKOA
Terminal End Covers Ordering Information The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering.
F-Frame
Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)

Lock Dog (NonPadlockable)
Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB/GMCP

Number of Units in Package 1 Catalog Number 1294C01H01
F-Frame Terminal End Covers

Conductor Opening Diameter in Inches (mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.41 (10.41 mm) Catalog Number TEC1 TEC2
Note 1 For use on three-pole breakers only.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2
Non-Padlockable Handle Block


Frame F J, K L, M, N Catalog Number LKD1 LKD3 LKD4
Padlockable Handle
Padlockable Handle
Padlockable G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB

Number of Units in Package 10 10 10 Catalog Number 1 1223C77G03 1223C77G05 2 1223C77G06 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Padlockable Handle Lock


Frame G J, K Catalog Number GPHBOFF PHB3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp


Frame F Catalog Number PHL1
Notes 1 Accepts 0.285 Lock Shank. 2 Padlockable in the OFF position only.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-314 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp

Series C
Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp

Description F-Frame Single-pole breakers Two-, three- and four-pole breakers For left side mounting For right side mounting J, K-Frames Two-, three- and four-pole breakers For left side mounting For right side mounting L-Frame (Side Mounted) Lock ON or OFF Lock OFF only (left-hand mount) L-Frame (Top Mounted) Lock ON or OFF Lock OFF only M-Frame Lock ON or OFF Lock OFF only (left-hand mount) M-Frame (Vertical Mounting) Lock ON/OFF Lock OFF only N-Frame Side mounted Top mounted (ON/OFF) Top mounted (OFF only) R-Frame Lock ON/OFF Lock OFF only HLK6 HLK6OFF 1 PLK5 PLK5S PLK5SOFF 1 HLK4S HLK4SOFF HLK4 HLK4LOFF 1 HLK4S HLK4SOFF 1 HLK4 HLK4LOFF 1 PLK3 PLK3LOFF 1 PLK3ROFF 1 PHL1 PLK1 PLK1LOFF PLK1ROFF Catalog Number
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Frame F, J, K Catalog Number Order by description
Note 1 For padlockable handle lock hasp to padlock handle in OFF position only, order either catalog number.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Key Interlock Kit Ordering Information Key interlock mounting kits are for field installation only. Select mounting kit catalog numbers to match type of lock used. Key interlocks are supplied by customer.
Key Interlock Kit
Key Interlock Kit

Lock Manufacturer F-Frame Lock Type Bolt Projection in Withdrawn Position in Inches (mm) Kit Catalog Number
photo
position
Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 J, K-Frames Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 L-, M-, N-Frames Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 R-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 JG-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 LG-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1
B-4003-1 F SF K or QK
0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)
KYK1 KYK1 KYK1 CTK1
0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)
KYK3 KYK3 KYK3 CTK3
0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)
KYK4 KYK4 KYK4 CTK4
1.0 (25.4) 1.0 (25.4) 1.0 (25.4) 1.0 (25.4)
KYK6 KYK6 KYK6 CTK6
0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)
KYKJG KYKJG KYKJG CTKJG
0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)
KYKLG KYKLG KYKLG CTKLG
Note 1 When ordering Castell Interlock, it is necessary for customer to specify that the mounting bolt holes must be 10 mm in diameter
V4-T2-315
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-316

Series C
Sliding Bar Interlock Ordering Information The sliding bar interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent threepole circuit breakers with circuit breakers centerline
Sliding Bar Interlock
spacing as indicated in table and enclosure front panel thickness of 1/8 or 3/16 inch (3.2 or 4.8 mm). (For field installation only.)
Sliding Bar Interlock

Frame F J K L, M N Centerline Spacing in Inches (mm) 4.19 (106.4) 4.38 (111.3) 5.75 (146.0) 8.50 (215.9) 8.50 (215.9) Catalog Number SBK1 SBK2 SBK3 SBK4 SBK5
Walking Beam Interlock Ordering Information The walking beam interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent circuit breakers spaced 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) apart and having the same pole configuration. The two circuit breakers must be factory modified to accept the walking beam interlock assembly (suitable for use with either two-, three- or four-pole circuit breakers).
Walking Beam Interlock
With properly modified circuit breakers, the walking beam interlock is suitable for field installation. Order circuit breakers specifying modification for walking beam (20% price adder) and select walking beam interlock from table below. Circuit breakers and walking beam interlock are boxed and shipped separately.
Walking Beam Interlock

Frame F K L, M N R1 Note 1 Three-pole only. Catalog Number WBL1 WBL3 WBL4A WBL5 WBL6

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-317
Electrical Operator F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator

Terminal Block Voltage 120 240 Frequency AC AC Catalog Number EOP1T07 EOP1T11 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead Catalog Number EOP1P07 EOP1P11
F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator 1

18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead Voltage 120 24 125 208240 220250 Frequency 50/60 Hz AC DC DC 50/60 Hz DC Catalog Number MOPFD120C MOPFD24D MOPFD120C MOPFD240C MOPFD240C
J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator

Terminal Block Operating Voltage 120 240 Frequency 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz AC Catalog Number EOP2T07 EOP2T11
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator

Terminal Block Operating Voltage 120 240 Frequency 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz AC Catalog Number EOP3MT07 EOP3MT11
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Base Mounting Kit

Frame K Catalog Number BBMK3
L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator (310 and OPTIM)

Terminal Block Operating Voltage 120 208 240 480 125 24 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC Catalog Number EOP4MT07 EOP4MT11 EOP4MT11A EOP4MT15 EOP4MT26 EOP4MT21
Note 1 Motor operators MOP1P07, MOP1P03DC, MOP1P05DC and MOP1P07DC are replaced by MOPFD motor operators listed in table.
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-318 Mounting plate Operating Voltage 120 208 240 480 24 48 125

Series C
N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator

Pigtail Leads Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC Catalog Number EOP5T07 EOP5T09 EOP5T11 EOP5T15 EOP5T21 EOP5T22 EOP5T26
R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator

Factory-Installed Terminal Block Operating Voltage 120 240 48 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC Catalog Number EOP6T08K EOP6T11K EOP6T21K
Plug-In Adapters F-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)

Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 100225 Mounting plate Two-Pole Catalog Number 1480D13G01 176C511H01 Three-Pole Catalog Number 1480D13G02 507C047H01 Four-Pole Catalog Number 1480D13G07 1
J-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)

Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 250 Two-Pole Terminal End Line Load One line and one load Catalog Number 1260C86G05 1260C86G07 506C144G27
2
Three-Pole Catalog Number 1260C86G06 1260C86G08 506C144G28 PMP23
Four-Pole Catalog Number 1231C67G01 1231C67G02
K-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)600 Vac Maximum

Two-Pole Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 400 Mounting plate Catalog Number PAD32
2
Three-Pole Catalog Number PAD33 PMP33
Four-Pole Catalog Number
Notes 1 100 ampere maximum. 2 Use three-pole mounting plate for two-pole circuit breaker.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L-Frame (Threaded Stud Type)

Two-Pole Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 600 (threaded stud type) 600 (flat bar type) Mounting plate Catalog Number 506C059G03 1288C19G01 504C824H01 Three-Pole Catalog Number 506C059G04 1288C19G02 504C824H01 Four-Pole Catalog Number PAD44 6636C55H01
M-Frame (Flat Bar Type)600 Vac Maximum

Two-Pole Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 800 Mounting plate Catalog Number 2614D53G05 1290C73H01 Three-Pole Catalog Number 2614D53G06 1290C73H01
N-Frame (Flat Bar Type)

Two-Pole Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 1200 Mounting plate Catalog Number 2614D53G03 1290C73H01 Three-Pole Catalog Number 2614D53G04 1290C73H01
Plug-In Adapters
Frame FD FD JD KD LD LD Number of Poles 3 4 3 3 3 4 Standard Certification IEC IEC IEC IEC IEC IEC Catalog Number PAD3F PAD4F PAD3JD PAD3K PAD3LD PAD4LD
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-319
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-320

Series C
Rear Connecting Studs F-Frame 1

Stud Ampere Rating Stud Catalog Number Tube Catalog Number
L-Frame Ordering Information

Stud Catalog Number 314C960G07 314C960G08 32B9446H20 32B9446H21 32B9446H22 32B9446H23 32B9446H24 32B9446H25 32B9446H26 32B9446H27 314C960G09
For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A long 100A long 100A long 100A long 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02
M-Frame Ordering Information 1

Stud Ampere Rating 225 400 400 Stud Catalog Number 314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12
For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A long 225A long 225A long 225A long 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883H06 374D883H07 374D883H08 374D883H09 374D883H10 374D883H11 374D883H12 374D883H13
400 600 600 600 800 800 800
N-Frame Ordering Information 1 J-Frame 1

Stud Ampere Rating 250A short 250A short 250A short 250A long 250A long 250A long Stud Catalog Number 5010D23G01 5010D23G01 5010D23G01 5010D23G02 5010D23G02 5010D23G02 Tube Catalog Number 456D983H05 456D983H06 456D983H07 5010D23H05 5010D23H06 5010D23H07 Note 1 Not UL listed. Stud Ampere Rating 800 800 800 1200 1200 Stud Catalog Number 623B222G01 623B222G02 623B222G03 373B375G04 373B375G03
K-Frame 1
Stud Ampere Rating 400A short 400A short 400A short 400A long 400A long 400A long Stud Catalog Number 6642C14G02 6642C14G04 6642C14G06 6642C14G03 6642C14G05 6642C14G07 Standard Tube Catalog Number 313C909H17 313C909H18 313C909H19 313C909H20 313C909H21 313C909H22

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Panelboard Connecting Straps F-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps

Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 50 100 150 50 100 150 Pole Connector Type Center Catalog Number 673B142G02 673B142G02 673B142G04 1253C72G01 1253C73G03 1253C73G01 Outside Catalog Number 673B142G09 673B142G10 673B142G03 1253C72G03 1253C73G06 1253C73G05
F-Frame Mounting Bracket

Number of Poles 2 3 Catalog Number 624B600H02 624B600H01
J-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps

Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 250 Pole Connector Type Center Catalog Number 2600D26G01 Outside Catalog Number 2600D26G02
K-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps

Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 400 Pole Connector Type Center Catalog Number 4212B78G02 Outside Catalog Number 4212B77G01
K-Frame Mounting Bracket

Number of Poles 2, 3 Catalog Number 208B264H01
V4-T2-321
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-322 Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 600 Center Catalog Number

Series C
L-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps

Pole Connector Type Outside Catalog Number 506C052G01
624B609G01
L-Frame Mounting Bracket

Number of Poles 2, 3 Catalog Number 208B297H01
M-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps

Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 800 Pole Connector Type Connector Type Short Medium Long Catalog Number 314C996G01 314C996G02 314C996G03
M-Frame Mounting Bracket

Catalog Number 315C270H01
N-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps

Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 1200 Pole Connector Type Connector Type Short Medium Long Catalog Number 505C606G04 505C606G05 505C606G06
N-Frame Mounting Bracket (Four Required)

Catalog Number 315C270H01

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Type LFD Current Limiter The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breaker, providing 200,000A
Type LFD Current Limiter
interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239.
Type LFD Current Limiter

Circuit Breaker Rating Amperes 1570 80160 Catalog Number LFD3070R LFD3150R
Potential Transformer Module The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt
Potential Transformer Module
line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units.
Potential Transformer Module

Description Potential transformer module Catalog Number DOPTMLN
Ground Fault Alarm Unit The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the
Ground Fault Alarm Unit
light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N-Frame.
GF Alarm Unit
Description Ground fault alarm unit Face mounting bracket Catalog Number GFAU 1264C67G01
Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit The solid-state (electronic) 50/60 Hz power; it includes portable test kit provides complete instructions and verification of performance of test times for testing long all ratings of Digitrip 310 time, short time/ electronic trip units installed instantaneous operation in circuit breakers while in and optional ground fault service under varying load operation of the circuit and/or phase imbalance. The breaker. test kit operates on 120-volt, Portable Test Kit
Description Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Catalog Number STK2
IQ Energy Sentinel The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability.
The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on three-phase, four-wire systems, or singlephase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178.
V4-T2-323
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-324

Series C
Breaker Interface Module (BIM) The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24
Breaker Interface Module (BIM)
Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eatons specifications. The BIM is a member of Eatons PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software.
Auxiliary Power Module The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary
Auxiliary Power Module
power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power.
Auxiliary Power Module

Catalog Number PRTBAPMDV
Breaker Interface Module (BIM)

Catalog Number BIMII
Digitrip OPTIMizer The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the Copy and Download commands. Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include
Digitrip OPTIMizer
the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional.
Note: 24 Vdc Power Supply A 24 Vdc power supply is required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip units that are required to communicate either on the main Eaton PowerNet network or as a subnetwork to a BIM. The breakers load is 45 mA of current. Typically one power supply is required per switchboard and can provide control power to a BIM and the OPTIM trip units. The 24 Vdc power supply should be an isolated high quality power supply with a CE label, and is normally provided by the switchboard manufacturer to Eatons recommendations.
Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can The DIGIVIEW version will be field-installed on any provide a local display at the Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. breaker without additional The device provides breaker wiring by connecting directly information through an LCD onto the trip unit. The screen, such as cause of trip, DIGIVIEWR06 version has a phrase current, ground 6 foot cable that allows users current and low loads. The to mount the display on the display is ideal for outside of an enclosure door troubleshooting common and connect to the trip unit trips such as ground fault, that is contained inside the long delay, and enclosure. instantaneous/short delay. Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display
Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06
Digitrip OPTIMizer
Catalog Number OPTIMizerstandard package
Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the
breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.
Cause of Trip LED Module

Catalog Number TRIP-LED

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories
Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame) NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft and C371 1
Handle Length in Inches (mm) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) Roller Latch 3 Catalog Number 2 C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR
Series C Rotary Accessories As an option, an auxiliary switch is offered so that the control panel builder may electrically indicate the status of the breaker. Series C Auxiliary Switch
Catalog Number 5108A61G01
This accessory would be mounted on the mechanism and comes with 24-inch (609.6 mm) pigtail leads.
Notes 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 3 Third roller latch for use with 4- or 6-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when 3 point latching is required.
V4-T2-325
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-326

Series C

Electrical Operator F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 12
Voltage 3 120 240 Frequency 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz AC Inrush Current Amperes 10 5 Maximum Operating Time 5 cycles (80 ms) 5 cycles (80 ms) Fuse Amperes 4 3 2
L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data

168j
Operating Voltage 3 120 AC 208 AC 240 AC
Inrush Current Amperes 31 13 12 21 50
F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data 2567

Voltage 3 120 24 48 125 Frequency AC DC DC DC Inrush Current Amperes 2 5 3 2
125 DC 24 DC
N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data 16kl

Operating Voltage 3 120 208 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC Inrush Current Amperes 31 21 19 50 80 21 Fuse Amperes 6 4
J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 1689

Voltage 3 120 240 Inrush Current Amperes 30 16 Fuse Amperes 6 4
240 480 24 48 125
K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 1689

Operating Voltage 3 120 240 Inrush Current Amperes 30 16 Fuse Amperes 6 4
R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data mnop

Operating Voltage q 120 240 48 24 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC Motor Inrush Current Amperes 40 27 53 58
Notes 1 UL listed under UL File E64983. 2 The electrical operator design is endurance tested for 8000 electrical operations. 3 Tolerance: +10%, 15% of nominal voltage. 4 Use current-limiting type fuse where required. 5 UL listed under UL File E64124. 6 Frequency: 50/60 Hz. 7 Maximum operating time: 3 seconds max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. 8 The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 6000 electrical operations. 9 Maximum operating time: 5 cycles (80 mS). j Maximum operating time: 12 cycles. k The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 2,500 electrical operations. l Maximum operating time: 12 cycles max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. m Operator is an intermittent duty service. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. n Electric Operating time at rated voltage; (a) To turn breaker ON1/2 second max. (b) To turn breaker OFF1/2 second max. o Motor operating temperature; Class A temperature limits apply. p A minimum 1 kVA power source is recommended for motor operation. q Applied voltage should be no less than 85% or no more than 110% of rated voltage. For OPTIM trip, OPEOPCK kit required.

Series C
2.3
2 2 2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Rear Connecting Studs F-Frame 1
Stud Ampere Rating Stud Catalog Number Panel Thickness A Tube Length B C Tube Catalog Number Dimensions D E F
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A long 100A long 100A long 100A long 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 1.00 (25.4) 0.690.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.380.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.250.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.00 (25.4) 0.690.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.380.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.250.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.38 (34.9) 1.69 (42.9) 2.00 (50.8) 3.44 (87.3) 3.75 (95.2) 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) 32B9446H20 32B9446H21 32B9446H22 32B9446H23 32B9446H24 32B9446H25 32B9446H26 32B9446H27 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18
For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A long 225A long 225A long 225A long 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 1.00 (25.4) 0.690.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.380.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.250.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.00 (25.4) 0.690.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.380.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.250.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.38 (34.9) 1.69 (42.9) 2.00 (50.8) 3.44 (87.3) 3.75 (95.2) 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) 374D883H06 374D883H07 374D883H08 374D883H09 374D883H10 374D883H11 374D883H12 374D883H13 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14
F-Frame
E B Mounting Panel
Breaker Mounting Surface
F Thread
.75 (19.1)
Note 1 Not UL listed.
.06 (1.5)
C D
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Note 1 Not UL listed.

Series C
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) J-Frame

Stud Ampere Rating 250A short 250A short 250A short 250A long 250A long 250A long Stud Catalog Number 5010D23G01 5010D23G01 5010D23G01 5010D23G02 5010D23G02 5010D23G02 Panel Thickness A 0.751.00 (19.125.4) 0.500.75 (12.719.1) 0.250.50 (6.412.7) 0.751.00 (19.125.4) 0.500.75 (12.719.1) 0.250.50 (6.412.7) Tube Length B 0.84 (21.4) 1.09 (27.7) 1.03 (26.2) C 3.88 (98.6) 4.13 (104.9) 4.38 (111.3) Tube Catalog Number 456D983H05 456D983H06 456D983H07 5010D23H05 5010D23H06 5010D23H07
1.59 (40.4) 0.59 (15.0) 0.06 (1.5) 0.31 (7.9) 18 Thread Do Not Use More Than 10 Ft Lbs Torque to Tighten Nuts Breaker Mounting Panel
6.66 (169.2) A 0.03 (0.7) C
0.50 (12.7) 13 Thread
B 3.63 (92.2)
K-Frame 1
Stud Ampere Rating 400A short 400A short 400A short 400A long 400A long 400A long Stud Catalog Number 6642C14G02 6642C14G04 6642C14G06 6642C14G03 6642C14G05 6642C14G07 Panel Thickness A 0.751 (19.125.4) 0.500.75 (12.718.4) 0.250.5 (6.3512.7) 0.751 (19.125.4) 0.500.75 (12.718.4) 0.25 0.5 (6.3512.7) Tube Length B 0.84 (21.3) 1.09 (27.69) 1.03 (26.16) C 3.78 (96.0) 4.03 (102.4) 4.28 (108.7) Standard Tube Catalog Number 313C909H17 313C909H18 313C909H19 313C909H20 313C909H21 313C909H22 Dimensions D 6.58 (167.1) E 3.66 (93.0) F 0.7516 (19.1406.4)
E Mounting Panel B
F Thread Breaker Mounting Surface
0.06 (1.5) 1.67 (42.4)
C D
V4-T2-328

Series C
2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) L-Frame

Stud Length (A) 5.47 (138.9) 7.97 (202.4) 10.47 (265.9) Stud Catalog Number 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09
.44 (11.2)
A Insulators Washer Nut
Circuit Breaker Insulating Panel
Rear Connecting Stud
M-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating 225 400 400 400 600 600 600 800 800 800 Diameter and Thread 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 Extension Back of Breaker 3.66 (93.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) Stud Catalog Number 314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12
N-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating 800 800 800 1200 1200 Diameter and Thread 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.25 (31.8)12 1.25 (31.8)12 Extension Back of Breaker 5.5 (139.7) 8.0 (203.2) 10.5 (266.7) 5.5 (139.7) 10.5 (266.7) Stud Catalog Number 623B222G01 623B222G02 623B222G03 373B375G04 373B375G03
V4-T2-329
2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-330 GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Frames

Definite Purpose
Contents
Description Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Line and Load Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Line and Load Terminals . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-331 V4-T2-331 V4-T2-333 V4-T2-333 V4-T2-333 V4-T2-333 V4-T2-333 V4-T2-334 V4-T2-335 V4-T2-333 V4-T2-336
Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breaker Family
Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Optimized solution for HVAC/R and Pumping Applications.
Product Overview
GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Frames 15800 Amperes NEMA 480 Vac Eatons Definite Purpose molded case circuit breakers are available in three-pole configurations, and are designed to meet the specific requirements of HVAC/R and pumping applications. As with other members of Eatons family of molded case circuit breakers, Definite Purpose breakers provide high quality, reliability, unmatched performance and outstanding value. Eatons Definite Purpose breakers are rated from 15 800A and are available in five frame sizes. Each frame size has the same compact outside dimensions as Series C breakers. Additionally, Definite Purpose breakers have been rigorously tested to the UL 489 standard. They are assembled in an ISO certified facility. Trip Units and Terminals Definite Purpose breakers contain factory-sealed thermal-magnetic trip units. The GP-Frame breaker (15100A) includes line and load terminals and breaker mounting hardware. FP (15225A), KP (200 400A), LP (450600A) and MP (700800A) Frames ship standard without mounting hardware. For line and load terminals, add L to the end of the catalog number or W for no terminals. External Accessories Definite Purpose breakers use the same external accessories as Series C breakers: handle mechanisms, motor operators, lock-off devices, busbar extensions and multiple terminal arrangements.

Definite Purpose
2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection Guide
Electrical Characteristics
Breaker Type Amperage range Performance level Breaker capacity (kA rms) NEMA, UL, CSA 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Number of poles Maximum voltage (Vac) Thermal-magnetic
GPS 15100A S 65 22 3 480
FPS 15225A S 65 35 18 3 600
FPH 15225A H 100 65 25 3 600
KPS 200400A S 65 35 25 3 600
KPH 200400A H 100 65 35 3 600
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-331
2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-332 Breaker Type Amperage range Performance level Breaker capacity (kA rms) NEMA, UL, CSA

Definite Purpose
Electrical Characteristics, continued
LPS 450600A S 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 65 35 25 3 600
LPH 450600A H 100 65 35 3 600
MPS 700800A S 65 50 25 3 600
MPH 700800A H 100 65 35 3 600
Number of poles Maximum voltage (Vac) Thermal-magnetic

Definite Purpose
2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Features
Base Mounting Hardware English base mounting hardware is included with GP frame only. For all other frames, order base mounting hardware separately as per the table to the right. Base Mounting Hardware
Catalog Number Frame GP FP KP LP MP English Included BMH1 BMH3 BMH4 BMH5 Metric BMH1M BMH3M BMH4M BMH5M
Note: Base mounting hardware, is included with GP-Frame breakers.

A separate catalog number is not required.
Line and Load Terminals Both line and load terminals are included with GP-Frame Definite Purpose breakers. For all other frames, add L for line and load terminals to be included orW for no terminals.
Line and Load Termination

Breaker GP Termination Type Wire Awg Wire Range #141/0 Metric Wire Range (mm) 2.550 Wire Type Cu only Bolt Size English Bolt Size Metric Torque LbIn 45 Torque Nm 5.1 Catalog Number Included
2 2 2 2 2
Options
Optional Line and Load Terminals Compression terminals with hardware are available for a wide range of conductors. Field installation only. Optional Line and Load Terminals
Maximum Amperes 100 100 100 100 200 225 225 KP LP MP 400 400 500 600 800 800 Awg Wire Range #14#10 #8 #6#4 #34/0 #34/0 #44/0 #6300 250500 (1) 3/0250 (2) 250350 (2) 400500 (2) 3/0400 (3) 500750 (2) Wire Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Catalog Number 3T100FB 1 3T100FB 1 3T100FB 1 3T100FB 1 3T150FB 1 3TA225FB 1 3TA225FDK 1 TA350K 3TA400K 1 TA602LD 3TA603LDK 1 TA800MA2 TA801MA Catalog Number with Control Wire Termination 3TA400KCW TA602LDCW 3TA603LDKCW TA800MA2CWT TA801MACWT
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Breaker FP
Accessories
End Cap Accessory Kit End caps for line and load conductor termination are optional with each breaker. End caps secure the conductor with a ring-type connector. The kit includes one end cap, three cap screws, three nuts and three lock washers. Series C Accessories For internal accessories, see Page V4-T2-272. For external accessories, see Page V4-T2-303.
Note 1 Package of three terminals.
End Cap Accessory Kit
V4-T2-333
2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-334

Definite Purpose

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.
FP S 3 150 L
Frame Size GP = GP-Frame FP = FP-Frame KP = KP-Frame LP = LP-Frame MP = LP-Frame Options Interrupting Rating S = Standard H = High 1 Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole K = Molded case switch 2 L = Line and load terminals W = Without terminals or mounting hardware 1
GP-Frame 015 = 15A 020 = 20A 025 = 25A 030 = 30A 035 = 35A 040 = 40A 045 = 45A 050 = 50A 060 = 60A 070 = 70A 080 = 80A 090 = 80A 100 = 100A
FP-Frame 015 = 15A 020 = 20A 025 = 25A 030 = 30A 035 = 35A 040 = 40A 045 = 45A 050 = 50A 060 = 60A 070 = 70A 080 = 80A 100 = 100A 110 = 110A 125 = 125A 150 = 150A 175 = 175A 200 = 200A 225 = 225A
Ampere Rating KP-Frame LP-Frame 450 = 450A 175 = 175A 500 = 500A 200 = 200A 600 = 600A 250 = 250A 300 = 300A 400 = 400A
MP-Frame 700 = 700A 800 = 800A
Notes 1 Not available on GP-Frame. 2 When choosing a molded case switch, select the highest amperage rating for the frame and the standard interrupting rating.

Definite Purpose
2.4
2 2 2
Product Selection
Catalog Numbers When ordering Definite Purpose breakers, use the appropriate catalog numbers given below.
GP 100
GP-Frame/15100A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating GP/15100A circuit breakers Catalog Number GPS3015 GPS3020 GPS3025 GPS3030 GPS3035 GPS3040 GPS3045 GPS3050 GPS3060 GPS3070 GPS3080 GPS3090 GPS3100 GP/100A molded case switch GPS3100K
FP 225
FP-Frame/15225A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating FP/15225A circuit breakers Catalog Number FPS3015 FPS3020 FPS3025 FPS3030 FPS3035 FPS3040 FPS3045 FPS3050 FPS3060 FPS3070 FPS3080 FPS3090 FPS3100 FPS3110 FPS3125 FPS3150 FPS3175 FPS3200 FPS3225 FPH3015 FPH3020 FPH3025 FPH3030 FPH3035 FPH3040 FPH3045 FPH3050 FPH3060 FPH3070 FPH3080 FPH3090 FPH3100 FPH3110 FPH3125 FPH3150 FPH3175 FPH3200 FPH3225 FP/225A molded case switch for no terminals. FPS3225K
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Note: All GP frames come standard with line and load terminals
and base mounting hardware. Not available without terminals.
Note: At the end of catalog number, add L for terminals or W
V4-T2-335
2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-336 MP 800 LP 400 KP 250

Definite Purpose
KP-Frame/200400A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating KP/175400A circuit breakers Catalog Number KPS3175 KPS3200 KPS3250 KPS3300 KPS3400 KPH3175 KPH3200 KPH3250 KPH3300 KPH3400 KP/400A molded case switch KPS3400K
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) All dimensions are provided for guidance and should not be used for construction purposes unless approved. Contact Eaton for detailed outline drawings.
GP , FP , KP , LP and MP Definite Purpose Frames

Breaker Type GP Width 3.00 (76.2) Height 4.88 (124.0) Depth 2.63 (66.7) FP 4.13 (104.9) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (85.9) KP 5.49 (139.4) 10.12 (257.0) 4.31 (109.6) LP 8.25 (209.6) 10.75 (273.1) 3.81 (96.8) MP 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 4.06 (103.1)
LP-Frame/450600A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating LP/450600A circuit breakers Catalog Number LPS3450 LPS3500 LPS3600 LPH3450 LPH3500 LPH3600 LP/600A molded case switch LPS3600K
MP-Frame/700800A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating MP/700800A circuit breakers Catalog Number MPS3700 MPS3800 MPH3700 MPH3800 MP/800A molded case switch MPS3800K
Note: For KP, LP, MP frames above, add L for terminals or W

for no terminals to end of catalog number.

2.5
Page V4-T2-338 V4-T2-338 V4-T2-339
PM3 Modules
Contents
Description PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power Monitoring and Metering with Modbus RTU
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module

Product Description
The PM3 is the perfect solution for main, branch circuit and standalone monitoring/metering applications. With information at your fingertips, you can meter, monitor and communicate phase current and voltage with calculated power and energy. The PM3 is versatile, as it connects to the load side of a molded-case circuit breaker (MCCB) and communicates easily to a local network or the Internet through Eaton Power Xpert Gateways (PXGs). Cost of ownership is reduced through ease of installation. The PM3 is your ideal MCCB metering solution.
Communications via Modbus and Eatons INCOM protocol; compatible with Eatons PXG for Web page and Ethernet capabilities Works in 240 Vac PM3, 480 Vac and 600 Vac applications 480 Vac PM3 has internal power supply to power electronics 600 Vac PM3 requires 24 Vdc auxiliary power Seamlessly integrates with thermal-magnetic or electronic trip units
Communicates electrical system data and circuit breaker status Calculates power and energy to an accuracy of 1.0% of reading Configurable with thermalmagnetic or electronic trip units Suitable for reverse-feed applications Easy to install
Meets ANSI C12.1 revenue grade standard with a current and voltage accuracy of 0.5% of reading UL 489, Annex J IEC 61000-4-2ESD IEC 61000-4-4EFT IEC 61000-4-5SURGE IEC 61000-4-6EMC ANSI C12.1 (1% accuracy) UL/cUL/CE
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
PM3 Benefits When Combined with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Alarming: high load and ground fault Zone selective interlocking Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Cause-of-trip localized information through Digiview and TRIP-LED Modbus/INCOM communications HMI connectivity through PXG Current and voltage metering to 0.5% of reading Power and energy monitoring to 1.0% of reading Reduces cost of ownership
V4-T2-337
2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-338 JG

Product Selection
PM3 Modules
Catalog Number Frame Modbus FD JG KD and LG INCOM FD JG KD and LG PM3FI480 PM3JI480 PM3LI480 PM3FI600 PM3JI600 PM3LI600 Supported systems PM3FM PM3JM PM3LM Accuracy Voltage Inputs Range Line-to-neutral 30366 Vac Line-to-line 52635 Vac Three-element wye, three-element wye + neutral Two-element delta, four-wire delta systems Input impedance Catalog Number Burden per phase Phase voltage connections 996 kiloohm/phase 0.36 VA/phase max. at 600V; 0.014 VA at 120V Internal via screw terminal to busbar For wye system, a neutral is required to be connected to the PM3 on the right Phoenix connector. If neutral is not available, the meter will calculate a virtual neutral based on the phase-to-phase rms voltage. The system voltage must be balanced for this to be accurate. 480V 600V
PM3 Power Monitoring and Communications Module Technical Specifications for Modbus RTU
Description Current Inputs Pickup current Maximum reported current 0.3A rms FD/JG 250A rms KD/LD 630A rms 0.5% of reading Specification
End Cap Kits (Sold Separately)

Frame FD Description
Metric end cap kit KPEKM1 for F-Frame English end cap kit KPEK1 for F-Frame Metric end cap kit FJ3RTWK for JG-Frame English end cap kit FJ3RTDK for JG-Frame
Neutral connection
Frequency Frequency Accuracy Resolution Power and Energy Accuracy Isolation All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500V. 1% of reading (ANSI C12.1) 50/60 Hz 0.1 Hz 0.1 Hz
KD
Metric end cap kit KPEKM3 for K-Frame English end cap kit KPEK3 for K-Frame
LG
Metric end cap kit L3RTWK for LG-Frame

Metered parameters IA, IB, IC VAB, VBC, VCA, Van, Vbn, Vcn Apparent Energy, Forward Real Energy, Reverse Real Energy, Net Real Energy, Lagging Reactive Energy, Leading Reactive Energy, Net Reactive Energy Apparent Power A, B, C; Apparent Power Total; Reactive Power A, B, C; Reactive Power Total; Real Power A, B, C; Real Power Total Frequency, Apparent Power Factor, Apparent PFA, Apparent PFB, Apparent PFC
Environmental Ratings Operating temperature Storage temperature Operating humidity Sensing Method Voltage, current Sampling rate Update Rate Watts, VAR and VA All other parameters Power Supply (External) DC voltage Maximum current Burden Standard Communication Format Connection type Com port baud rate Modbus address range Data format Protocols Internal termination resistor selectable ON or OFF Three-wire RS-485 (A, B, Common) 9600 or 19,200 bauds 01247 Selectable (8, N, 1 | 8, N, 2 | 8, Even, 1 | 8, Odd, 1) Modbus RTU Via DIP switch Default: Enabled Default: 8, N, 2 Default: 19,200 bauds 1830 Vdc 30.0 mA at 24 Vdc 0.72W 1.03 sec at 60 Hz 1.07 sec at 60 Hz True rms 13.02K samples per second 20C to +50C 20C to +50C 5 to 95% RH noncondensing

2.5
2 2
3.57 (90.7) 3.44 (87.4) 3.34 (84.8)
123456789101112131415

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FD Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus
1.38 (35.1) 3.50 (88.9) 3.39 (86.1) 3.19 (81.0)
JG Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus
0.69 (17.5)
Line End
1.38 (35.1)
2 2
3.95 (100.3)
0.69 (17.5)
Line End
2.88 (73.2) 4.50 (114.3)
On Off
3.63 (92.2) 6.00 (152.4) C L Handle

S RY EA
LED
FACTO
3.63 (92.2) C L Handle
3.17 (80.5)
O N O F F
3.95 (100.3) 7.00 (177.8) C L Handle

S RY EA
LED
FACTO
2 2 2 2 2 2
5.50 (139.7)
C L Handle
PUSH TO TRIP
O N
1 2 3 4 5 6
9.53 (242.1)
11.00 (279.4)
10.50 (266.7)
O N
1 2 3 4 5 6
12.00 (304.8)
123456789101112131415
2.06 (52.3) 4.13 (104.9)
Load End
3.34 (84.8) 3.42 (86.9) 3.94 (100.1) 2.06 (52.3) 4.13 (104.9) Load End
123456789101112131415
3.34 (84.8) 3.42 (86.9) 4.41 (112.0)
2 2 2 2 2 2
5.58 (141.7)
KD Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus

1.72 (43.7) 4.31 (109.5) 4.06 (103.1) 3.81 (96.8)
LG Three-Pole with PM3 Modbus

4.31 (109.5) 4.06 (103.1) 3.98 (101.1)
0.86 (21.8)
Line End
1.72 (43.7)
0.86 (21.8)
Line End
4.92 (125.0)
On/I
5.77 (146.6)
5.77 (146.6)
4.73 (120.1)
5.58 (141.7)
2 2 2 2 2 2
8.44 (214.4)
Off/O
C L Handle 10.13 (257.3)
C L Handle
8.44 (214.4)
C L Handle 10.13 (257.3)
C L Handle
12.14 (308.4)
Power Monitoring/ Metering Module
Tx
Rx
STATUS
ON O
N1
Settings 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6
Network Address
A B COM EARTH 24 Vdc (+) 24 Vdc () Power MODBUS
See breaker for terminal information. See instruction sheet for high voltage tests. For use on Series G, L-Frame or Series C, K-Frame Circuit Breaker, Switch, Motor Circuit Protector.
Bell Alarm COM COM Aux. Alarm V Neutral
13.83 (351.3)
12.14 (308.4)
Power Monitoring/ Metering Module
Tx
Rx
STATUS
ON O
N1
Settings 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6
Network Address
A B COM EARTH 24 Vdc (+) 24 Vdc () Power MODBUS
See breaker for terminal information. See instruction sheet for high voltage tests. For use on Series G, L-Frame or Series C, K-Frame Circuit Breaker, Switch, Motor Circuit Protector.
Bell Alarm COM COM Aux. Alarm V Neutral
13.82 (351.0)
2.74 (69.6) 5.48 (139.2)
Load End
3.98 (101.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.88 (124.0)
2.74 (69.6) 5.48 (139.2)
Load End
3.98 (101.1) 4.06 (103.1) 5.43 (137.9)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-339
PM3 Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Description Weight in lbs (kg) Frame FD JG KD/LG Basic unit in inches (mm) FD JG KD/LG Shipping container dimensions in inches (mm) FD/JG KD/LG Dimensions and Weights 1.26 (0.57) 1.60 (0.73) 2.25 (1.02) 4.13 W x 5.00 L x 3.39 H (104.9 x 127.0 x 86.1) 4.13 W x 5.00 L x 3.39 H (104.9 x 127.0 x 86.1) 5.48 W x 3.70 L x 4.06 H (139.2 x 94.0 x 103.2) 8.00 x 5.13 x 5.50 (203.2 x 130.3 x 139.7) 6.25 x 8.25 x 7.00 (158.7 x 209.5 x 177.8)
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-340

Specialty Breakers
Engine Generator Circuit Breakers
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Generator Circuit Breakers

Product Description
Eatons engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed specifically for application on diesel engine powered standby generators where high interrupting circuit breakers are not required. The JG through NG breakers are equipped with a special trip unit, that includes standard thermal (overload) protection and special low magnetic pickup range (FG includes a fixed thermalmagnetic pickup). The standard thermal trip unit provides overload protection for conductors per the National Electrical Code. The low magnetic pickup range is approximately two to five times the continuous rating and provides closer low-level short-circuit protection when applied on generators that have very low short-circuit capacity. This combination allows the user to customize the breaker to the generator output.
Engine generator circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed application.

Engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards:
Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures File E7819 Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5, Service Entrance and Branch Circuit Breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 947-2, Circuit Breakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers.

FG breakers include both line and load side terminals
JG, KG, LG and NG breakers with W catalog number suffix do not include any terminals JG, KG, LG and NG breakers without W catalog number suffix include both line and load terminals
Contact Eaton for additional ratings and internal/external accessories Reverse feed
Circuit Breakers FG, JG, KG, LG and NG
FG 3 100 W
Frame FG Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Trip Amperes 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 175 200 225 250 KG 300 350 400 LG 450 500 600 NG 700 800 900 1000 1200 Suffix W = Without terminals
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
JG
V4-T2-341
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-342

Specialty Breakers
Product Selection
The following table lists FG through NG engine generator breakers with the maximum generator kVA and kW rating. Engine generator breakers are applied at 115% of the generator full load current rating (FLA). The maximum kW rating is based on threephase generators at 80% power factor.
Thermal-Magnetic
Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz Magnetic Pickup Range Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 5001000 5001000 5001000 5001000 10002000 240 Vac kVA 1 5 7 9 11 13 14 16 18 22 25 29 32 36 40 45 54 63 72 81 63 63 72 72 81 81 90 90 108 108 126 126 144 kW 2 4 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 51 51 58 58 65 65 72 72 87 87 101 101 116 480 Vac kVA 1 11 14 18 22 25 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 72 79 90 108 126 144 162 126 126 144 144 162 162 181 181 217 217 253 253 289 kW 2 9 12 14 17 20 23 26 29 35 40 46 52 58 64 72 87 101 116 130 101 101 116 116 130 130 144 144 173 173 202 202 231 600 Vac kVA 1 14 18 23 27 32 36 41 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 113 135 158 181 203 158 158 181 181 203 203 226 226 271 271 316 316 361 kW 2 11 14 18 22 25 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 72 79 90 108 126 144 162 126 126 144 144 162 162 181 181 217 217 253 253 289 Engine Generator Breaker 3 Catalog Number FG3015 4 FG3020 4 FG3025 4 FG3030 4 FG3035 4 FG3040 4 FG3045 4 FG3050 4 FG3060 4 FG3070 4 FG3080 4 FG3090 4 FG3100 4 FG3110 4 FG3125 4 FG3150 4 FG3175 4 FG3200 4 FG3225 4 JG3175W 5 JG3175 4 JG3200W 5 JG3200 4 JG3225W 5 JG3225 4 JG3250W 5 JG3250 4 KG3300W 5 KG3300 4 KG3350W 5 KG3350 4 KG3400 4
Notes 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals. 5 Without terminals. The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
Engine Generator Breaker 3
Electronic
Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz Magnetic Pickup Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 12505000 12505000 12505000 240 Vac kVA 1 162 181 217 253 289 325 361 433 kW 2 130 144 173 202 231 260 289 347 480 Vac kVA 1 325 361 433 505 578 650 722 867 kW 2 260 289 347 404 462 520 578 693 600 Vac kVA 1 406 451 542 632 722 812 903 1083 kW 2 325 361 433 505 578 650 722 867
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Catalog Number LG3450 4 LG3500

4
LG3600 4 NG3700 4 NG3800 4 NG3900 4 NG31000

4
NG31200 4
Notes 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals. The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.
V4-T2-343
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-344 NG 7001200

Specialty Breakers

Enclosures Type 1 General Purpose

Options and Accessories

Standard Terminals
Surface or flush mounting 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
Type 1 enclosed breakers are designed for use in commercial buildings, apartment buildings and other areas where a general purpose enclosure is applicable. The breaker is front operable and is capable of being padlocked in either the ON or OFF position. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed with Underwriters Laboratories as approved for service entrance application. Both surface and flush mounted enclosures are available. Type 3R Rainproof Surface Mounting
as a main disconnect and protective device for feeder circuits. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application. Type 12 Dustproof Surface Mounting
Breaker Frame FG FG JG KG KG LG NG NG NG
Max. Amp Rating 100 150 250 350 400 600 700 1000 1200
AWG Wire Range 141/0 44/0 4350 kcmil 250500 kcmil 3/0250 kcmil (2) 250500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 4/0500 kcmil (4)
Metric Wire Range mm2 2.550 2595 25185 120240 95120 120240 50300 95185 120300
Catalog Number 3T100FB 1 3TA225FD 1 TA250KB TA350K 3TA400K 1 3TA603LDK TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1
No knockouts or other openings 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
Interchangeable hubs (through 400 amperes) 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
This general purpose outdoor service center employs a circuit breaker inside a weatherproof sheet steel breaker enclosure to serve Enclosure Selection Data
Breaker Frame Amperes FG 15225 Enclosure Type Class Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 JG 175250 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 KG 300400 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 LG 450600 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12
The Type 12 enclosure is designed in line with specifications for special industry applications where unusually severe conditions involving oil, coolant, dust and other foreign materials exist in the operating atmosphere. The handle padlocks in the OFF position and the cover is interlocked with the handle mechanism to prevent opening the cover with the circuit breaker in the ON position. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application.
Neutral Kits, Insulated and Groundable

Max. Enclosure Rating (Amperes) 100 250 400 600 1200 Main Lug Number Size Cu/Al (1) 141/0 (1) 6350 kcmil (1) 4750 kcmil or (2) 1/0250 kcmil (2) 250500 kcmil (3) 1/0 to 750 kcmil or (4) 1/0 to 750 kcmil Ground Lug Size Cu/Al (1) 141/0 (1) 4300 kcmil (1) 4300 kcmil (1) 4300 kcmil (1) 6250 kcmil Catalog Number INK100 INK250 INK400 INK600 INK1200
Internal Accessories Auxiliary Switch 2

1A-1B Breaker Frame FG 3 JG KG Factory Mounted A06 A06 A06 A06 A06 Field Kit Catalog Number A1X1PK A1X2PK A1X3PK A1X4PK A1X5PK Factory Mounted A13 A13 A13 A13 A13 2A-2B Field Kit Catalog Number A2X1RPK A2X2PK A2X3PK A2X4PK A2X5PK
Catalog Number SFDN225 RFDN225 JFDN225 SJDN250 RJDN250 JJDN250 SKDN400 RKDN400 JKDN400 SLDN600 RLDN600 JLDN600 SNDN1200 RNDN1200 JNDN1200
LG NG
Shunt Trip 2
Breaker Frame FG 3 JG KG LG NG Rating 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc Factory Mounted S02 S42 S42 S02 S02 Field Kit Catalog Number SNT1LP03K SNT2P04K SNT3P04K SNT4LP03K SNT5LP03K
Notes 1 Package of three terminals. 2 Other accessories are available. Same as standard frame breakers. 3 Field installation on the FG Frame is not UL listed.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 480 600 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 18,000 14,000 10,000

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220, 240 380, 415 660, 690 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 18,000/ 9,000 14,000/ 7,000 18,000/ 9,000 14,000/ 7,000 10,000/5,000

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Selection Data
Breaker Frame Amperes FG 15225 Enclosure Type Class Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 JG 175250 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 KG 300400 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 LG 450600 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 NG 7001200 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Approx. Weight Lbs (kg) 15 (7) 19 (9) 18 (8) 31 (14) 40 (18) 37 (17) 53 (24) 60 (27) 53 (24) 81 (37) 84 (38) 81 (37) 178 (81) 175 (79) 170 (77) Conduit Sizes, Inches Catalog Number
A 23.25 (590.6) 25.66 (651.8) 25.66 (651.8) 34.70 (881.4) 37.50 (952.5) 37.53 (953.3) 38.81 (985.8) 41.69 (1058.9) 41.69 (1058.9) 45.88 (1165.4) 48.31 (1227.1) 48.31 (1227.1) 61.22 (1555.0) 63.59 (1615.2) 63.59 (1615.2)
B 8.41 (213.6) 8.84 (224.7) 8.84 (224.7) 10.92 (277.4) 11.56 (293.6) 11.56 (293.6) 11.06 (280.9) 11.75 (298.5) 11.75 (298.5) 14.31 (363.5) 14.91 (378.7) 14.91 (378.7) 21.44 (544.6) 22.00 (558.8) 22.00 (558.8)
C 6.28 (159.5) 9.31 (236.5) 9.31 (236.5) 7.20 (182.9) 10.22 (259.6) 10.22 (259.6) 10.94 (277.9) 14.06 (357.1) 14.06 (357.1) 12.38 (314.5) 15.50 (393.7) 15.50 (393.7) 15.41 (391.4) 17.63 (447.8) 17.63 (447.8)
D 18.75 (476.3) 24.28 (616.7) 24.28 (616.7) 30.00 (762.0) 35.77 (908.6) 35.77 (908.6) 34.00 (863.6) 39.90 (1013.5) 39.90 (1013.5) 46.56 (1182.6) 46.56 (1182.6) 46.56 (1182.6) 61.84 (1570.7) 61.84 (1570.7) 61.84 (1570.7)
E 1.20 (30.5) 1.70 (43.2) 1.70 (43.2) 1.88 (47.8) 1.94 (49.3) 1.94 (49.3) 2.28 (57.9) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.91 (48.5) 1.92 (48.8) 1.92 (48.8) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50 SFDN225 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50 RFDN225 0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3 0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3 JFDN225 SJDN250 RJDN250 JJDN250
0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.50, 2, 2.50, 3, 3.50 SKDN400 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 2.50, 3, 3.50 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4 RKDN400 JKDN400 SLDN600 RLDN600 JLDN600 SNDN1200 RNDN1200 JNDN1200
Type 1 Surface Mounted

E B C
Type 3R Rainproof
E C
Type 12, 12K Dustproof

E C
ON A D A D OFF
A D ON OFF
2 2 2 2
V4-T2-345
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-346 Direct Current Circuit Breakers

Specialty Breakers
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T2-340 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-349 V4-T2-356 V4-T2-357 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-382 V4-T2-396 V4-T2-399
Direct Current Circuit Breakers

Product Description
DC (direct current) systems and applications are becoming commonplace as alternative energy sources have expanded and the number of DC devices and data centers using DC power has swelled. Eaton offers molded case circuit breakers and switches to meet circuit protection and switching requirements for a host of different DC end use requirements. Applications include UPS battery supply circuits, solar systems and electric vehicle charging, as well as commercial and industrial distribution. Current ratings are available from 15 to 2500A, with a full scale of voltage and interrupting ratings to address needs ranging from standard to the highest performance. Optional internal accessories provide remote tripping and indication of breaker status. The DC breaker family is UL 489 listed and exceeds the requirements in UL 489 Supplement SC for UPS applications. Eaton breakers may be applied in both ungrounded and select grounded applications, with poles connected in series to operate at the maximum voltages shown on Page V4-T2-347. To use DC circuit breakers on 600V grounded systems, three poles in series must be connected on the ungrounded leg. The HFDDC through HMDLDC DC breakers use the same internal and external accessories as their Series C or Series G AC frame equivalents. NBDC and PBDC use the same internal and external accessories as standard NB and PB breakers. Many of the Eaton AC molded case circuit breakers carry 250 Vdc ratings for ungrounded systems. Refer to Pages V4-T2-9 and V4-T2-112 for these interrupting tables.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Quick Reference Direct Current Circuit Breakers UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Interrupting Capacity (kA) Volts DC 1 Circuit Breaker Type EGEDC EGSDC EGHDC HFDDC JGEDC JGSDC JGHDC HJDDC HKDDC LGEDC LGSDC LGHDC HLDDC HLDDC 3 HMDLDC NBDC PBDC Maximum Amperes 100 100 100 225 250 250 250 250 400 600 600 600 600 1200 800 1200 2500 125 10 35 42 42 35 42 50 42 42 22 22 50 42 42 42 42 42 Poles in Series 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 2 35 42 50 50 35 42 50 50 50 22 22 50 50 50 50 50 65 Poles in Series 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 500 35 50 65 600 42 35 50 65 42 42 35 50 65 35 35 50 65 Poles in Series 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 750 2 42 Poles in Series 4

Circuit Breaker Type EGEDC EGSDC EGHDC JGEDC JGSDC JGHDC HJDDC LGEDC LGSDC LGHDC HLDDC HMDLDC Maximum Amperes 100 100 100 250 250 250 250 600 600 600 600 800 125 Volts DC Icu 10 35 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 Ics 10 35 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 Poles in Series 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 Volts DC Icu 10 35 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 Ics 10 35 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 Poles in Series 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 600 Volts DC Icu 20 20 20 Ics 10 10 10 Poles in Series 3 3 3
Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Time constants per UL 489. 2 EGEDC through HMDLDC have been tested up to 300 Vdc to allow for battery charging voltages. 750 Vdc is common in transportation applications. HFDDC, four-pole 750 Vdc is available up to 150A maximum. 300 Vdc and 750 Vdc are not UL 489 listed voltage ratings. 3 Four-pole frame with two-poles connected in parallel. See Page V4-T2-357 for series connection diagrams. Use NEC rated cable to connect/short poles in series as shown.
V4-T2-347
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-348

Specialty Breakers

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. DC Circuit Breaker
HFDDC 3 150 W
Frame EGEDC = Series GE (100A max.) EGSDC = Series GE (100A max.) EGHDC = Series GE (100A max.) HFDDC = Series CF (225A max.) JGEDC = Series GJ (250A max.) JGSDC = Series GJ (250A max.) JGHDC = Series GJ (250A max.) HJDDC = Series CJ (250A max.) HKDDC = Series CK (400A max.) LGEDC = Series GL (600A max.) LGSDC = Series GL (600A max.) LGHDC = Series GL (600A max.) HLDDC = Series CL (1200A max.) HMDLDC = Series CM (800A max.) NBDC = NB (1200A max.) PBDC = PB (2500A max.) Number of Poles 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Trip Unit Ampere Rating 015 = 15A 020 = 20A 025 = 25A 030 = 30A 035 = 35A 040 = 40A 045 = 45A 050 = 50A 060 = 60A 070 = 70A 080 = 80A 090 = 90A 100 = 100A 110 = 110A 125 = 125A 150 = 150A 175 = 175A 200 = 200A 225 = 225A 250 = 250A 300 = 300A 350 = 350A 400 = 400A 450 = 450A 500 = 500A 600 = 600A 700 = 700A 800 = 800A 900 = 900A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 2000 = 2000A 2500 = 2500A Suffix Series C, NB and PB Frames K = Molded case switch L = Line and load terminals, F-Frame MW = 135% magnetic trip unit, without terminals W = Without terminals Series G Frames FFG = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, with terminals FFW = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, without terminals FAG = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, with terminals FAW = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, without terminals KSG = Molded case switch, with terminals KSW = Molded case switch, without terminals

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Type EGEDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 500 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker with Terminals without Terminals Catalog Number EGEDC3025FFG EGEDC3030FFG EGEDC3035FFG EGEDC3040FFG EGEDC3045FFG EGEDC3050FFG EGEDC3060FFG EGEDC3070FFG EGEDC3080FFG EGEDC3090FFG EGEDC3100FFG Catalog Number EGEDC3025FFW EGEDC3030FFW EGEDC3035FFW EGEDC3040FFW EGEDC3045FFW EGEDC3050FFW EGEDC3060FFW EGEDC3070FFW EGEDC3080FFW EGEDC3090FFW EGEDC3100FFW
Type EGHDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 500 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker with Terminals without Terminals Catalog Number EGHDC3025FFG EGHDC3030FFG EGHDC3035FFG EGHDC3040FFG EGHDC3045FFG EGHDC3050FFG EGHDC3060FFG EGHDC3070FFG EGHDC3080FFG EGHDC3090FFG EGHDC3100FFG Catalog Number EGHDC3025FFW EGHDC3030FFW EGHDC3035FFW EGHDC3040FFW EGHDC3045FFW EGHDC3050FFW EGHDC3060FFW EGHDC3070FFW EGHDC3080FFW EGHDC3090FFW EGHDC3100FFW
Type EGSDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 500 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker with Terminals without Terminals Catalog Number EGSDC3025FFG EGSDC3030FFG EGSDC3035FFG EGSDC3040FFG EGSDC3045FFG EGSDC3050FFG EGSDC3060FFG EGSDC3070FFG EGSDC3080FFG EGSDC3090FFG EGSDC3100FFG Catalog Number EGSDC3025FFW EGSDC3030FFW EGSDC3035FFW EGSDC3040FFW EGSDC3045FFW EGSDC3050FFW EGSDC3060FFW EGSDC3070FFW EGSDC3080FFW EGSDC3090FFW EGSDC3100FFW
V4-T2-349
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-350 HFDDC

Specialty Breakers
Type HFDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals 1 Single-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC1015L HFDDC1020L HFDDC1025L HFDDC1030L HFDDC1035L HFDDC1040L HFDDC1045L HFDDC1050L HFDDC1060L HFDDC1070L HFDDC1080L HFDDC1090L HFDDC1100L HFDDC1110L HFDDC1125L HFDDC1150L Two-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC2015L HFDDC2020L HFDDC2025L HFDDC2030L HFDDC2035L HFDDC2040L HFDDC2045L HFDDC2050L HFDDC2060L HFDDC2070L HFDDC2080L HFDDC2090L HFDDC2100L HFDDC2110L HFDDC2125L HFDDC2150L HFDDC2175L HFDDC2200L HFDDC2225L Three-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC3015L HFDDC3020L HFDDC3025L HFDDC3030L HFDDC3035L HFDDC3040L HFDDC3045L HFDDC3050L HFDDC3060L HFDDC3070L HFDDC3080L HFDDC3090L HFDDC3100L HFDDC3110L HFDDC3125L HFDDC3150L HFDDC3175L HFDDC3200L HFDDC3225L Four-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC4015L HFDDC4020L HFDDC4025L HFDDC4030L HFDDC4035L HFDDC4040L HFDDC4045L HFDDC4050L HFDDC4060L HFDDC4070L HFDDC4080L HFDDC4090L HFDDC4100L HFDDC4110L HFDDC4125L HFDDC4150L
Type JGEDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Complete Breaker Catalog Number JGEDC3070FAG JGEDC3090FAG JGEDC3100FAG JGEDC3125FAG JGEDC3150FAG JGEDC3175FAG JGEDC3200FAG JGEDC3225FAG JGEDC3250FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 2 Catalog Number JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070FA JT3090FA JT3100FA JT3125FA JT3150FA JT3175FA JT3200FA JT3225FA JT3250FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ
Notes 1 For breaker without terminals, replace "L" with "W" at end of catalog number. 2 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2
Standard Terminals Catalog Number T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ
Type JGSDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Complete Breaker Catalog Number JGSDC3070FAG JGSDC3090FAG JGSDC3100FAG JGSDC3125FAG JGSDC3150FAG JGSDC3175FAG JGSDC3200FAG JGSDC3225FAG JGSDC3250FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070FA JT3090FA JT3100FA JT3125FA JT3150FA JT3175FA JT3200FA JT3225FA JT3250FA
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
JGHDC3250NN
Type JGHDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Complete Breaker Catalog Number JGHDC3070FAG JGHDC3090FAG JGHDC3100FAG JGHDC3125FAG JGHDC3150FAG JGHDC3175FAG JGHDC3200FAG JGHDC3225FAG JGHDC3250FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070FA JT3090FA JT3100FA JT3125FA JT3150FA JT3175FA JT3200FA JT3225FA JT3250FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
HJDDC3250
Type HJDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070T JT3090T JT3100T JT3125T JT3150T JT3175T JT3200T JT3225T JT3250T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Note 1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.
V4-T2-351
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-352 LGEDC3630NN HKDDC3400

Specialty Breakers
Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number KT3100T KT3125T KT3150T KT3175T KT3200T KT3225T KT3250T KT3300T KT3350T KT3400T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K TA350K TA350K 3TA400K 2
Type LGEDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGEDC3250FAG LGEDC3300FAG LGEDC3350FAG LGEDC3400FAG LGEDC3500FAG LGEDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK 2 3TA632LK 2
Type LGSDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGSDC3250FAG LGSDC3300FAG LGSDC3350FAG LGSDC3400FAG LGSDC3500FAG LGSDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK 2 3TA632LK 2
Notes 1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 2 Three-pole kit.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2
Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK
2
Type LGHDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGHDC3250FAG LGHDC3300FAG LGHDC3350FAG LGHDC3400FAG LGHDC3500FAG LGHDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3TA632LK 2
HLDDC
Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3300T LT3350T LT3400T LT3450T LT3500T LT3600T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD 3TA603LDK 2
Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers Two-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 250 Vdc 34
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Complete Breaker Catalog Number HLDDC20600 HLDDC20700 HLDDC20800 HLDDC20900 HLDDC21000 HLDDC21200
Notes 1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 2 Three-pole kit. 3 Includes breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. 4 Four-pole breaker with two poles wired in parellel.
V4-T2-353
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-354 HMDLDC3800F

Specialty Breakers
Type HMDLDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number MT3300T MT3350T MT3400T MT3450T MT3500T MT3600T MT3700T MT3800T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Type NBDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 700 800 900 1000 1200 Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled without Terminals 2 Catalog Number NBDC3700MW NBDC3800MW NBDC3900MW NBDC31000MW NBDC31200MW Includes Magnetic Trip Unit Calibrated at 135% Included Included Included Included Included Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1
Type PBDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1600 2000 2500 Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled without Terminals 2 Catalog Number PBDC31600W PBDC32000W PBDC32500W Includes Magnetic Trip Unit Calibrated at 135% Included Included Included Standard Rear Connectors Catalog Number BA2000PB BA2000PB BA2500PB
Notes 1 Includes frame and trip unit. Order terminals or connectors separately. 2 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
Standard Terminal Catalog Number 3TA125EF 3T20FB 3T100FB 3TA225FD T250FJ TA250KB TA300K TA350K 3TA400K TA350LK TA632L 3TA632LK TA602LD 3TA603LDK TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1
DC Breaker Terminal Wire Ranges

Breaker Frame EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC HFDDC Maximum Breaker Ampacity 100 20 100 225 JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC HJDDC HKDDC 250 250 225 350 400 LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC 400 630 630 HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC 500 600 600 800 700 800 900 1000 1200 Terminal Body Material Wire Type Aluminum Steel Steel Aluminum Stainless steel Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors 141/0 1410 (1) 141/0 (1) 44/0 (1) 4350 (1) 4350 kcmil (1) 3350 kcmil (1) 250500 kcmil (1) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 2500 (1) 2500 kcmil (2) 2500 kcmil (2) 3/0350 kcmil (2) 400500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 4/0500 kcmil (4) Metric Wire Range mm2 2.550 2.54 (1) 2.550 (1) 2595 (1) 25185 (1) 25185 (1) 35185 (1) 120240 (1) 95120 (1) 35240 (1) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 95150 (2) 185240 (2) 95185 (3) 95185 (3) 95185 (3) 95185 (3) 120240 (4) Number of Terminals Included 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Molded Case Switches Eatons DC molded case switches are used in applications requiring a compact, high-capacity disconnect. They are UL 489 listed and have automatic high instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection. Molded Case Switches
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 Vdc Maximum 100 150 225 250 250 400 600 800 500 Vdc Maximum 100 250 Vdc Maximum 100 150 225 1200 50 50 50 50 2 2 2
1
With Line and Load Terminals Interrupting Capacity (Volts DC) Poles in Series Catalog Number
Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number
42 42 42 65 42 35 65 65 35 35
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
HFDDC3100KL HFDDC3150KL HFDDC3225KL JGKDC3250KSG HJDDC3250K HKDDC3400K LGKDC3400KSG LGKDC3630KSG HLDDC3600K HMDLDC3800K
HFDDC3100KW HFDDC3150KW HFDDC3225KW JGKDC3250KSW HJDDC3250KW HKDDC3400KW LGKDC3400KSW LGKDC3630KSW HLDDC3600WK HMDLDC3800WK
65
EGK3100KSG
EGK3100KSW
HFDDC2100KL HFDDC2150KL HFDDC2225KL HLDDC21200K 1
HFDDC2100KW HFDDC2150KW HFDDC2225KW HLDDC21200WK 1
Note 1 Four-pole frame with two-pole connected in parallel.
V4-T2-355
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-356 Description Auxiliary switch 1A-1B 2A-2B Alarm switch 1 make/1 break B06 A06 A13

Specialty Breakers
Accessories
Field Installation Kits JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Factory Installation (HFDDC) EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC
HFDDC
HJDDC
HKDDC
HLDDC
HMDLDC
NBDC
PBDC
Right-Pole Mounting A1X1PK A2X1RPK A1L1RPK AAL1RPK AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK A1X2PK A2X2PK A1L2RPK AAL2RPK A1X3PK A2X3PK A1L3RPK AAL3RPK A1X4PK A2X4PK A1L4RPK AA114RPK A1X4PK A2X4PK A1L4RPK AA114RPK 4980D16G05 4980D16G06 2602D32G14 2602D32G15
ALM1M1BEPK ALM1M1BJPK AUXALRMEPK AUXALRMJPK
Auxiliary and alarm combo 1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05 Left-Pole Mounting Shunt trip 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac Undervoltage release 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac U30 U34 U38 U42 U46 U14 UVH1LP20K UVH1LP21K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP26K UVH1LP28K UVH1LP08K UVR012DPK UVR024DPK UVR048DPK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR120APK UVR012DPK UVR024DPK UVR048DPK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR120APK UVH2LP20K UVH2LP21K UVH2LP22K UVH2LP26K UVH2LP28K UVH2LP08K UVH3LP20K UVH3LP21K UVH3LP22K UVH3LP26K UVH3LP28K UVH3LP08K UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LP08K UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LP08K 372D032G06 372D032G07 372D032G08 372D032G09 372D032G10 373D632G05 4976D85G11 4976D85G12 4976D85G13 4976D85G17 4976D85G18 5674D29G01 S02 S02 S06 S06 S10 S14 S06 SNT1LP03K SNT1LP03K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP12K SNT1LP18K SNT1LP12K SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT120CPK SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT120CPK SNT2P04K SNT2P04K SNT2P06K SNT2P06K SNT2P11K SNT2P14K SNT2P11K SNT3P04K SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P11K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP11K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP11K 2606D58G14 2606D58G13 2606D58G12 2606D58G11 2606D58G10 2606D58G09 2060D58G05 2606D59G28 2606D59G27 2606D59G26 2606D59G25 2606D59G24 2606D59G23 2060D59G19
Note 1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. Factory installation of accessories is available. Contact Eaton for assistance with part number configuration.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2
Wiring Diagrams
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application 12
250 Vdc MaximumTwo Poles in Series
Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
2 2 2 2 2
Load
500 Vdc or 600 Vdc MaximumThree Poles in Series
2 2 2 2 2
Load
(A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
750 Vdc MaximumFour Poles in Series
Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.
V4-T2-357
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-358 JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC HJDDC HKDDC LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC 600A Max. HLDDC 1200A Max. HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC PBDC

Specialty Breakers
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DC Breaker Dimensions
Frame EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC HFDDC Number of Poles 3 1 2 3 4 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 4 2, 3 3 3 Width 3.00 (76.2) 1.38 (35.1) 2.75 (70.0) 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) 5.48 (139.2) 8.25 (209.6) 11.00 (279.4) 8.25 (209.6) 8.25 (209.6) 12.06 (306.3) Height 5.50 (139.7) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 7.00 (177.8) 10.00 (254.0) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) 10.75 (273.1) 10.75 (273.1) 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) 22.06 (560.3) Depth 2.99 (75.9) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.57 (90.7) 4.06 (103.1) 4.10 (104.1) 4.09 (103.9) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 5.50 (139.7) 9.06 (230.1)

Specialty Breakers
2.6
Page V4-T2-340 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-363 V4-T2-379 V4-T2-382 V4-T2-396 V4-T2-399
E2 Mining Service Breakers
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Breakers Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
E2 Mining Service Breakers

Product Overview
State-of-the-art E2 mining service breakers incorporate the rigid specifications and testing procedures developed by a focus group led by engineers from several large coal companies and Eaton design engineers. Additionally, the performance of these breakers was proven and verified during hundreds of hours of field testing in harsh mine environments. E2 mining breakers are available in 600 Vac and l000Y/ 577 Vac. Interchangeable trip units can be used on either 600 or 1000 Vac frames. The E2 mining breaker family is designed especially for trailing cable application per MSHA 30 CFR 75. Field interchangeable electronic rms sensing trip units are available from 150 to 2000 amperes with instantaneous pickup settings conforming to the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. E2 electronic trip units are the first to provide the mining industry with true rms sensing, made possible by the custom ASIC microprocessor in each electronic trip unit. E2 breakers are designed to be physically and electrically interchangeable with Classic Mining Service Breakers and supersede Series C Mining Service Breakers. The table to the right outlines direct replacements. 600 Vac Mining Breaker Replacement Chart
Classic FBM HFBM Series C FDBM FDM HFDM (mag. only) KAM KAMH LAM LAMH LCM LCMH MAM MAMH MCM MCMH NBM NBMH NCM NCMH JDM KDM KDM LDM LDM LDM LDM E2 E2F E2F E2F E2J E2K E2K E2L E2L E2L E2L E2M E2M E2M E2M E2N E2N E2N E2N
2
1000 Vac Mining Breaker Replacement Chart
Classic HFM HKAM HLAM HLCM HMAM HMCM HNBM HNBMH HNCM HLCLM HPBM Series C JDCM KDCM LDCM LDCM E2M E2FM E2JM E2KM E2LM E2LM E2MM E2MM E2NM E2NM E2NM E2NM E2RM 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Additional Information on Mining Breakers

Source TD01217001E BR01217001E TC01217001E www.eaton.com/mining Description E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves Mining and Metals
Note 1 E2R/E2RM is a new frame physically different than the HPBM. See DS29-170MS.
V4-T2-359
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Conductor Size 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 300 350 400 500 Circuit Breaker Type E2F E2J E2K E2LME E2L E2M E2N E2R E2FM E2JM E2KM E2LMZ E2LM E2MM E2NM E2RM
2

Specialty Breakers
Eatons mining service circuit breakers provide short circuit protection as specified in the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. E2 225/400 ampere K frame and 400/600 ampere L frame electronic trip units feature specifically designed instantaneous pickup settings to conform exactly with the code of Interrupting Capacity Rating
Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. The tables below list the conductor size maximum allowable circuit breaker instantaneous setting and the E2 breaker that meets that setting. Auxiliary Switch Electrical Rating Data
Maximum Voltage Vdc 1 600 18 18 25 35 25 25 25 50 18 18 25 35 25 25 25 50 1000Y/577 10 10 14 10 18 18 25 25 250 10 10 10 42 22 22 10 22 10 42 22 22 600 125 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6.0 0.5 (non-inductive load) 0.25 (non-inductive load)
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical kA) Vac (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 65 100 65 65 65 125 65 65 65 100 480 25 35 35 65 35 35 50 65 25 35 35 65 35 35 50 65
250
Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) Electrical Rating Data

Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6.0 0.5 (non-inductive load) 0.25 (non-inductive load)
Notes 1 Two poles in series. DC rating applies to breakers with thermal-magnetic trip unit. Breakers with electronic trip units are not DC rated. 2 Series rated for application with Eatons E2KM and E2LM breakers.
Trailing Cable Setting Per 30 CFR 75

Maximum Breaker Instantaneous Setting 50 75 150 200 300 500 600 800 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 Maximum Ampere 75C Insulated Conductor 15 20 30 50 65 85 100 115 130 150 175 200 230 255 285 310 335 380 E2/E2M Instantaneous Only E2K 150A E2K 150A E2K 150A E2K 225A E2K 225A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A
Setting A B C A B C/A D/B E/C F/D G/E H/F G H H H H H H
V4-T2-360

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Undervoltage Release Mechanism Electrical Rating Data

Dropout Voltage Breaker Type E2F/E2FM Supply Voltage 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc E2J/E2JM 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc E2K/E2KM 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc E2LME/E2LMZ 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc E2L/E2LM/E2M/ E2MM 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc E2N/E2NM 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc E2R/E2RM 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 43.8 77 93.5 44.5 77 93.5 44.5 77 93.5 44.5 77 93.5 43.8 77 93.5 44.5 77 93.5 44.5 77 93.5 44.5 77 93.5 Minimum 44.5 Maximum 77 Pickup Voltage Maximum 93.5 VA 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.9 1.8 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 1.8 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 0.96 1.13 1.25 0.94 1.12 1.21 1.8 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 1.8 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 3.3 3.6 3.8
V4-T2-361
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-362 E2LME/E2LMZ E2K/E2KM E2J/E2JM Breaker Type E2F/E2FM 48 Vac 60 Vac 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 208 Vac 220 Vac 230 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc

Specialty Breakers
Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data

Operating Voltage Supply Voltage Minimum 33.6 VA 92 140 480 570 640 146 180 200 240 33.6 100 160 77 55 66 71 60.5 66 84 102 77 112 138 150 60 100 120 140 77 110 130 140 41 18 139 210 60 83 92 117 120 18 475 720 82 99 120 121 E2R/E2RM E2N/E2NM Breaker Type E2L/E2LM/E2M/ E2MM Supply Voltage 48 Vac 60 Vac 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 77 60.5 77 60 77 34 60 Operating Voltage Minimum 34 VA 830 1280 100 120 140 710 1105 110 130 140 100 120 140 110 130 140 330 390 430 370 440 480

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection E2F/E2FM

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit BreakersSealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Include Line/Load Terminals
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 25 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole 1

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 Catalog Number E2F3015 E2F3020 E2F3025 E2F3030 E2F3035 E2F3040 E2F3045 E2F305 E2F3060 E2F3070 E2F3080 E2F3090 E2F3100 E2F3125 E2F3150
E2F/E2FM
1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 Note 1 For two-pole application, use outer poles. Catalog Number E2FM3020 E2FM3025 E2FM3040 E2FM3050 E2FM3060 E2FM3070 E2FM3080 E2FM3090 E2FM3100 E2FM3125 E2FM3150
V4-T2-363
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-364

Specialty Breakers
E2F/E2FM
Magnetic Only Circuit BreakersSealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Include Line/Load Terminals
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 25 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 3 7 15 30 Magnetic Trip Range 930 2170 45150 90300 50150 50 150500 66190 70 100 210700 150500 3001000 150 4501500 7502500 Catalog Number E2F003AM E2F007CM E2F015EM E2F030HM E2F030EM E2F050KM E2F050YM E2F070MM E2F100KM E2F100RM E2F150TM E2F150UM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 3 7 15 30 Magnetic Trip Range 930 2170 45150 90300 50150 50 150500 66190 70 100 210700 150500 3001000 150 4501500 7502500 Catalog Number E2FM050KM E2FM050YM E2FM070MM E2FM100KM E2FM100RM E2FM150TM E2FM150UM

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2
E2J/E2JM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 450900 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 300650 5001000 11252250 250 12502500 Catalog Number E2J3070W E2J3090W E2J3100W E2J3125W E2J3150W E2J3175W E2J3200W E2J3225AW E2J3225DW E2J3225W E2J3250W Frame Only Catalog Number E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3125T E2J3150T E2J3175T E2J3200T E2J3225TA E2J3225TD E2J3225T E2J3250T
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
E2J/E2JM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 450900 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 300650 5001000 11252250 250 12502500 Catalog Number E2JM3070W E2JM3090W E2JM3100W E2JM3125W E2JM3150W E2JM3175W E2JM3200W E2JM3225AW E2JM3225DW E2JM3225W E2JM3250W Frame Only Catalog Number E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3125T E2J3150T E2J3175T E2J3200T E2J3225TA E2J3225TD E2J3225T E2J3250T
V4-T2-365
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-366 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250

Specialty Breakers
E2J/E2JM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 450900 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number E2J3250MAW E2J3250MCW E2J3250MDW E2J3250MFW E2J3250MGW E2J3250MJW E2J3250MKW E2J3250MLW E2J3250MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2J3250TMA E2J3250TMC E2J3250TMD E2J3250TMF E2J3250TMG E2J3250TMJ E2J3250TMK E2J3250TML E2J3250TM

Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 450900 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number E2JM3250MAW E2JM250MCW E2JM3250MDW E2JM3250MFW E2JM3250MGW E2JM3250MJW E2JM3250MKW E2JM3250MLW E2JM3250MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2J3250TMA E2J3250TMC E2J3250TMD E2J3250TMF E2J3250TMG E2J3250TMJ E2J3250TMK E2J3250TML E2J3250TM

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2
E2K/E2KM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 300650 5001000 11252250 250 300 350 400 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 Catalog Number E2K3100W E2K3125W E2K3150W E2K3175W E2K3200W E2K3225AW E2K3225DW E2K3225W E2K3250W E2K3300W E2K3350W E2K3400W Frame Only Catalog Number E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2K3100T E2K3125T E2K3150T E2K3175T E2K3200T E2K3225TA E2K3225TD E2K3225T E2K3250T E2K3300T E2K3350T E2K3400T
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
E2K/E2KM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 300650 5001000 11252250 250 300 350 400 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 Catalog Number E2KM3100W E2KM3125W E2KM3150W E2KM3175W E2KM3200W E2KM3225AW E2KM3225DW E2KM3225W E2KM3250W E2KM3300W E2KM3350W E2KM3400W Frame Only Catalog Number E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2K3100T E2K3125T E2K3150T E2K3175T E2K3200T E2K3225TA E2K3225TD E2K3225T E2K3250T E2K3300T E2K3350T E2K3400T
V4-T2-367
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-368

Specialty Breakers
E2K/E2KM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 Catalog Number E2K3400MAW E2K3400MDW E2K3400MFW E2K3400MGW E2K3400MJW E2K3400MKW E2K3400MLW E2K3400MWW E2K3400MNW E2K3400MRW E2K3400MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2K3400TMA E2K3400TMD E2K3400TMF E2K3400TMG E2K3400TMJ E2K3400TMK E2K3400TML E2K3400TMW E2K3400TMN E2K3400TMR E2K3400TM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 Catalog Number E2KM3250MAW E2KM3400MDW E2KM3400MFW E2KM3400MGW E2KM3400MJW E2KM3400MKW E2KM3400MLW E2KM3400MWW E2KM3400MNW E2KM3400MRW E2KM3400MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2K3400TMA E2K3400TMD E2K3400TMF E2K3400TMG E2K3400TMJ E2K3400TMK E2K3400TML E2K3400TMW E2K3400TMN E2K3400TMR E2K3400TM

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2
E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 50800 50800 50800 2001500 2001500 5002500 400 2001500 5002500 Catalog Number E2KE3100W E2KE3125W E2KE3150W E2KE3200W E2KE3225W E2KE32252W E2KE3400W E2KE34002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3400T KEM3400T2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 14 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 50800 50800 50800 2001500 2001500 5002500 400 2001500 5002500 Catalog Number E2KEM3100W E2KEM3125W E2KEM3150W E2KEM3200W E2KEM3225 E2KEM32252W E2KEM3400W E2KEM34002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3400T KEM3400T2
V4-T2-369
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-370 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 150 225

Specialty Breakers
E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 150 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 50800 2001500 5002500 400 2001500 5002500 Catalog Number E2KE3150MW E2KE3225MW E2KE3225M2W E2KE3400MW E2KE3400M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number KEM3150TM KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 KEM3400TM KEM3400TM2

Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 50800 2001500 5002500 400 2001500 5002500 Catalog Number E2KEM3150MW E2KEM3225MW E2KEM3225M2W E2KEM3400MW E2KEM3400M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number KEM3150TM KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 KEM3400TM KEM3400TM2

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2
E2LME/E2LMZ (Series G)
Circuit Breakers with Magnetic Only Trip Unit

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 36004400 Catalog Number E2LME3400KMW Frame Only Catalog Number E2LME3400NN Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LT3400KM
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 36004400 Catalog Number E2LMZ3400KMW Frame Only Catalog Number E2LMZ3400NN Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LT3400KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 160 200 225 250 300 315 350 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 3201920 4002400 4502700 5003000 6003600 6303780 7004200 8004800 Catalog Number E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 160 200 225 250 300 315 350 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 3201920 4002400 4502700 5003000 6003600 6303780 7004200 8004800 Catalog Number E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M
V4-T2-371
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-372

Specialty Breakers
E2L/E2LM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2L3300W E2L3350W E2L3400W E2L3450W E2L3500W E2L3600W Frame Only Catalog Number E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2L3300T E2L3350T E2L3400T E2L3450T E2L3500T E2L3600T

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 11252250 Note 1 600 ampere thermal 11252250 T.A. Catalog Number E2LM3300W E2LM3350W E2LM3400W E2LM3450W E2LM3500W E2LM3600W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2L3300T E2L3350T E2L3400T E2L3450T E2L3500T E2L3600T E2L3600TL 1

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2
E2L/E2LM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 11252250 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2L3600MLW E2L3600MNW E2L3600MRW E2L3600MXW E2L3600MYW E2L3600MPW E2L3600MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2L3600TML E2L3600TMN E2L3600TMR E2L3600TMX E2L3600TMY E2L3600TMP E2L3600TM
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 11252250 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2LM3600MLW E2LM3600MNW E2LM3600MRW E2LM3600MXW E2LM3600MYW E2LM3600MPW E2LM3600MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2L3600TML E2L3600TMN E2L3600TMR E2L3600TMX E2L3600TMY E2L3600TMP E2L3600TM
V4-T2-373
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Specialty Breakers
E2L/E2LM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 10004000 600 5002500 25005000 Catalog Number E2LE3300W E2LE3350W E2LE3400W E2LE34002W E2LE3600W E2LE36002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3600T LEM3600T2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 10004000 600 5002500 25005000 Catalog Number E2LEM3300W E2LEM3350W E2LEM3400W E2LEM34002W E2LEM3600W E2LEM36002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3600T LEM3600T2
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 600 5002500 25005000 Catalog Number E2LE3400MW E2LE3400M2W E2LE3600MW E2LE3600M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600TM LEM3600TM2

Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 600 5002500 25005000 Catalog Number E2LEM3400MW E2LEM3400M2W E2LEM3600MW E2LEM3600M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600TM LEM3600TM2

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2
E2M/E2MM
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 20004000 Catalog Number E2M3600W E2M3800W Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3600TN E2M3800TX
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
E2M/E2MM

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 20004000 Catalog Number E2MM3600W E2MM3800W Frame Only Catalog Number E2MM3800F E2MM3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3600TN E2M3800TX
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit
2 2
Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3800TMN E2M3800TMX E2M3800TMP E2M3800TMW Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F E2M3800F E2M3800F

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 20004000 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2M3800MNW E2M3800MXW E2M3800MPW E2M3800MWW
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 20004000 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2MM3800MNW E2MM3800MXW E2MM3800MPW E2MM3800MWW Frame Only Catalog Number E2MM3800F E2MM3800F E2MM3800F E2MM3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3800TMN E2M3800TMX E2M3800TMP E2M3800TMW
V4-T2-375
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Specialty Breakers
E2M/E2MM
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2ME3800W E2ME38002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number MEM3800T MEM3800T2

Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2MEM3800W E2MEM38002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2MM3800F E2MM3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number MEM3800T MEM3800T2
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2ME3800MW E2ME3800M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number MEM3800TM MEM3800TM2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2MEM3800MW E2MEM3800M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2MM3800F E2MM3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number MEM3800TM MEM3800TM2

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2
E2N/E2NM
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
600 Vac Maximum, 50 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole Frame

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 12505000 12505000 12505000 Catalog Number E2N3400W E2N3500W E2N3600W E2N3700W E2N3800W E2N3900W E2N310W E2N312W
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 25 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole Frame

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 12505000 12505000 12505000 Catalog Number E2NM3400W E2NM3500W E2NM3600W E2NM3700W E2NM3800W E2NM3900W E2NM310W E2NM312W
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 1200 Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 12505000 Catalog Number E2N3800MW E2N312MW

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 1200 Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 12505000 Catalog Number E2NM3800MW E2NM312MW
V4-T2-377
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-378

Specialty Breakers
E2R/E2RM
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous (Does Not Include Rating Plugs) 1

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C LS 1600 2000 LSI 1600 2000 28 x In 28 x In E2R316T32W E2R320T32W 28 x In 28 x In E2R316T33W E2R320T33W Magnetic Trip Range Catalog Number

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C LS 1600 2000 LSI 1600 2000 28 x In 28 x In E2RM316T32W E2RM320T32W 28 x In 28 x In E2RM316T33W E2RM320T33W Magnetic Trip Range Catalog Number
Note 1 Rating plugs: 1600 amperes 16RES16T; 2000 amperes 20RES20T.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM Maximum Breaker Amperes 100 150 250 225 350 400 E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM 400 400 600 E2M/E2MM 600 600 800 std. 800 800 E2N/E2NM 700 1000 1200 1600 2000 Wire Type Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI AWG Wire Range (No. Conductors) #141/0 (1) #44/0 (1) #4350 (1) #3350 (1) 250500 (1) 2/0250 (2) 500750 (1) 4/0600 (1) 250350 (2) (2) 2/0500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (2) 500750 kcmil (3) 3/0300 kcmil 2/0500 (2) 3/0500 (3) 3/0400 (4) 5001000 (4) 2600 (6) Catalog Number 3T100FB (package of three) 3T150FB (package of three) T250KB T300K T350K 3T400K (three-pole kit) 3TA631LK 3TA401LDK (three-pole kit) T602LD T600MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA T800MA1 T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3 TA1600RD TA2000RD
End Cap TerminalsFor Use with Ring Type Terminals

Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM Maximum Breaker Amperes 150 250 400 400 600 Catalog Number KPEK1 KPEK2 KPEK3 KPEK4 Metric Catalog Number KPEMK1 KPEMK2 KPEMK3 L3RTWK KPEMK4
Imperial
External Accessories Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp

Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM E2M/E2MM E2N/E2NM E2R/E2RM Catalog Number PLK1 PLK3 PLK3 LPHL HLK4 HLK4 PLK5 HLK6
V4-T2-379
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-380 E2R/E2RM E2N/E2NM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM

Specialty Breakers
Internal Accessories Undervoltage Release 1

Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM UVR Type Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset E2K/E2KM 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 volt handle reset with LED Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 volt handle reset with LED Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 volt handle reset with LED Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset 120 volt handle reset with LED Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset Notes 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed. 2 LH (RH also available). 3 Pigtail leads. 4 Terminal blocks. 5 RH only. Voltage Rating 208240 Vac 110127 Vdc 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc 110127 Vac 110125 Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc 120 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc Mounting Location Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Right pole Right pole Right pole Right pole Catalog Number UVH1LP11K (thermal/magnetic only) 2 UVH1LP26K (thermal/magnetic only) 2 UVH2LP08K 2 UVH2LP11K 2 UVH2LP26K 2 UVM3LP08K
23
Factory Modification Code U18 U42 U18 U22 T14 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U5 U6 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U58 U49 U53 T33
UVM3LP08KT 24 UVH3LP08K 2 UVH3LP11K 2 UVH3LP26K 2 UVR120APK UVR125DPK UVM4LP08K 23 UVM4LP08KT 24 UVH4LP08K 2 UVH4LP11K 2 UVH4LP26K 2 UVM5LP08K 3 UVM5LT08K 4 UVH5LP08K 2 UVH5LP11K 2 UVH5LP26K
2
UVM6RP08K 35 UVH6RP08K 5 UVH6RP11K 5 UVH6RP26K 5

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2
Factory Modification Code
Shunt Trip 1
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM Voltage Rating 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 208230 Vac or 110127 Vdc E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 2460 Vac/dc 110240 Vac/dc E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc E2N/E2NM 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc E2R/E2RM 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc Mounting Location Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Right pole Right pole Catalog Number SNT1LP08K
2
Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch)

Factory Modification Code S06 S10 E2J/E2JM SNT2P11K 3 SNT3P11K 3 SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT4LP05K 2 SNT4LP23K 2 SNT4LP11K 2 SNT4LP26K 2 SNT5LP11K 2 SNT5LP26K 2 SNT6P11K 4 SNT6P26K 4 S10 S10 E2LME/E2LMZ S1 S2 S06 S86 S10 S42 S10 S42 S29 S45 E2R/E2RM E2N/E2NM E2K/E2KM Number of Sets of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 1 2 1 2 1 2
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM
Mounting Location Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right
Catalog Number
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
A1L1LPK/A1L1RPK B06 A2L1LPK/A2L1RPK B13 A1L2LPK/A1L2RPK B06 A1L3LPK/A1L3RPK B06 A2L3LPK/A2L3RPK B13 ALM1M1BJPK ALM2M2BJPK B1 B3
SNT1LP12K 2
A1L4LPK/A1L4RPK B06 A2L4LPK/A2L4RPK B13 A1L5LPK/A1L5RPK B06 A2L5LPK/A2L5RPK B13 A1L6RPK A2L6RPK B05 B12
Notes 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed. 2 LH (RH also available). 3 LH or RH. 4 RH only.
Auxiliary Switch
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM Number of Sets of Contacts Mounting (1A and 1B) Location 1 2 1 2 E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM E2N/E2NM 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 E2R/E2RM 2 4 Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Catalog Number A1X1PK A2X1RPK A1X2PK A2X2PK A1X3PK A2X3PK AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK A1X4PK A2X4PK A1X5PK A2X5PK A2X6RPK A4X6RPK Factory Modification Code A06 A13 A06 A13 A06 A13 A1 A2 A06 A13 A06 A13 A12 A19
V4-T2-381
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-382 Breaker Type KAM LAM MAM NBM

Specialty Breakers
Contents
Description E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T2-359 V4-T2-384 V4-T2-389 V4-T2-391 V4-T2-399
Classic Mining Breakers

Product Overview
Classic mining service circuit breakers continue to be manufactured and are primarily applied to achieve an exact physical and electronic replacement of previously Cutler-Hammer installed Westinghouse equipment. To upgrade to the current offering of E2 mining circuit breakers, consult the cross reference information on Page V4-T2-391.
AC Interrupting Capacity, Symmetrical Amperes

Breaker Type 60 Hz AC Volts 240 480 600 1000 1 KAM 25,000 22,000 22,000 LAM, MAM, NBM 42,000 30,000 22,000 HKAM 10,000 HLAM 2 12,000 All Other 1000 Volt Breakers 2 14,000
Special DC Interrupting Capacity

Interrupting Capacity (Amperes) at 300330 Vdc Single-Pole Maximum Ampere Rating 225 400/600 800 1200 0.00.15 mH Inductance 3 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 0.150.5 mH Inductance 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 Two Poles in Series 4 0.50.9 mH Inductance 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 2.4 mH Inductance 5000 5000 5000 5000
Notes 1 Based on circuit power factor of 50% or greater. 2 HLAM must be rear stud connected. If front connected, interrupting capacity rating is 10,000 amperes. 3 Resistive circuit. 4 Two poles in electrical series in ungrounded leg of circuit.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Classic Circuit Breakers For Mining Service Undervoltage Release Data Undervoltage releases are calibrated to pick up at 72 to 85% of rated voltage dropout between 35 to 70% of rated voltage.
Breaker Type KAM, HKAM 1 Volts 480/60 240/60 120/60 120/60 2 LAM, HLAM, MAM, HMAM, NBM, HNBM 1 480/60 240/60 120/60 120/60 2 Line Amperes 0.021 0.019 0.021 0.13 0.033 0.028 0.029 0.13 Series Resistors 1 10,000 12,000 6,000
3
Total VA 10.1 4.6 2.5 15.6 15.9 6.7 3.5 15.6
Shunt Trip Coil Data

Breaker Type KAM, HKAM, LAM, HLAM, MAM, HMAM, NBM, HNBM Volts 480/60 240/60 120/60 48 DC Notes 1 Supplied for external customer mounting. 2 New design electrical reset UVR. 3 16,000 for Type MAM and HMAM. Amperes 0.085 1.7 0.88 8.0 VA 40.8 408 105.6 384
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-383
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-384 LAM

Specialty Breakers
Product Selection
For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on Page V4-T2-391. Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers
Breaker Type KAM Frame Style Numbers 12 2609D60G64 1291C26G07 2609D60G66 1291C26G01 1291C26G02 2609D60G67 1291C26G08 2609D60G69 5685D48G75 5685D48G74 1291C26G03 1291C26G04 2609D60G01 2609D60G02 2609D60G40 2609D60G41 1291C26G05 1291C26G06 1291C32G01 2609D60G61 1291C32G03 5685D48G73 1291C32G02 2609D60G03 2609D60G44 1291C32G04 Poles 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amperes 180 180 180 225 225 180 180 180 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 Trip Type M M M TM TM M M M TM TM TM TM TM TM M M M M TM M TM TM TM TM M M Accessories (Included in Frame) None UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 UVR 4 UVR 4 None UVR 4 Standard shunt trip None None UVR 4 UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 Standard shunt trip 3 None None UVR 4 UVR 4 UVR 4 Shunt trip (48 Vdc) UVR 4 None UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 None UVR 4
3
Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 3 200400 200400 200400 300700 5001000 200400 200400 200400 300700 5001000 300700 5001000 300700 5001000 300700 500700 300700 5001000 5001000 7501500 5001000 8001600 8001600 8001600 8001600 8001600
Notes 1 Terminals not included in style number. 2 All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated. 3 Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type. 4 UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 3 7501500 10002000 20004000 15003000 15003000 15003000 20004000 20004000 20004000 15003000 15003000 20004000 20004000 15003000 20004000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000
For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on Page V4-T2-391. Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers, continued
Breaker Type MAM Frame Style Numbers 12 2609D60G17 2609D60G18 2609D60G63 5685D48G72 2609D60G19 2609D60G04 2609D60G05 5685D48G71 2609D60G20 2609D60G46 2609D60G47 2609D60G48 2609D60G49 NBM 1229C37G13 1229C37G14 1227C36G10 1229C37G15 1227C36G13 1227C36G14 1227C36G09 1229C37G16 1227C36G19 1229C37G17 Poles 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amperes 600 800 400 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1200 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 Trip Type TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM M M M M TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM M M Accessories (Included in Frame) UVR 3 UVR 3 UVR 3 None UVR 3 Standard shunt trip 3 Standard shunt trip None UVR
3 3
None UVR 3 None UVR 3 UVR

4
UVR 4 None UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 Standard shunt trip 3 None UVR 4 None UVR 4
Notes 1 Terminals not included in style number. 2 All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated. 3 Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type. 4 UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
V4-T2-385
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-386 HNAM HMAM HLAM HLAM HKAM

Specialty Breakers
1000 Volt Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers

Breaker Type HKAM Frame Style Numbers 2609D60G70 1291C26G16 5685D48G87 1291C26G12 5685D48G86 1291C26G13 1291C26G14 1291C26G15 Poles 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amperes 180 180 225 225 225 225 225 225 Trip Type M M TM TM TM TM M M Accessories (Included in Frame) None UVR 2 None UVR 2 None UVR 2 UVR 2 UVR
2
Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 1 200400 200400 300700 300700 5001000 5001000 300700 5001000
5685D48G85 1291C32G07 1291C32G09
3 3 3
400 400 400
TM TM M
None UVR 2 UVR 2
8001600 8001600 8001600
HMAM
5685D48G84 2609D60G28 5685D48G83 2609D60G29 2609D60G57 2609D60G58
3 3 3 3 3 3
600 600 800 800 800 800
TM TM TM TM M M
None UVR 3 None UVR 3 UVR 3 UVR

3
15003000 15003000 20004000 20004000 15003000 20004000
HNBM
1227C36G12 1229C37G19 1227C36G11 1229C37G20 1229C37G18
3 3 3 3 3
1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
TM TM TM TM M
None UVR 2 None UVR

2
25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000
UVR 2
Notes 1 The magnetic trip range does not change when rating plug is changed. 2 120 volt, 60 Hz electrical reset type. 3 Rated 120 volts, 60 Hz; undervoltage release is handle reset type. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
Style Numbers 2600D43G11 2600D43G12 2600D43G13 2600D43G14 1264C99G03 2610D64G07 2610D64G08 2610D64G09 2610D64G10 2610D64G13
Classic Mining Service Breaker Frames Only

Breaker Type KAM 1 Frame Size, Amperes 225 225 KAMH 1 225 225 HKAM 1 LAM 2 225 400 400 LAMH 2 400 400 HLAM 2 LAM3600F LAMH3600F HLAM3600F 400 600 600 600 Number of Poles 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 Style Numbers 2602D86G11 2602D86G12 2602D86G13 2602D86G14 1264C99G05 2602D99G05 2602D99G06 2602D99G07 2602D99G08 1264C99G02 2603D48G07 2603D48G08 2603D48G09 HNBM 2 NBMH 2 HMAM 2 NBM 2 MAMH 2 Breaker Type MAM 2 Frame Size, Amperes 800 800 800 800 800 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 Number of Poles 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Trip Units for Classic Mining Circuit Breakers

Thermal-Magnetic Breaker Type HKAM Conductor Size #6 #4#3 #4#1 HLAM #4#1 #2#2/0 HLAM600 #22/0 2/0500 kcmil HMAM #2#2/0 2/0500 kcmil #13/0 3/0500 kcmil HNBM 2/0500 kcmil 4/0500 kcmil 3/0500 kcmil 4/0500 kcmil Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 150400 300700 5001000 7501500 8001600 7501500 15003000 7501500 15003000 10002000 20004000 15003000 25005000 20004000 25005000 Maximum Continuous Amperes 180 225 225 400 400 600 600 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 1200 1200 Three-Pole Style Numbers 5685D48G40 5685D48G34 5685D48G97 5685D48G28 2609D99G20 2609D99G19 5685D48G22 5685D48G16 5685D48G10 5685D48G04
3
Magnetic Only Three-Pole Style Numbers 2609D99G22 2611D75G01 2611D75G02 2609D99G21 2611D75G03 2611D75G04 4 2611D75G05 2611D75G07
Notes 1 Frame modified for left-hand mounting of UVR attachment. 2 Frame modified for right-hand mounting of UVR attachment. 3 Three-pole trip units only are suitable for replacement in 1000 volt mining service circuit breakers. 4 800 amperes.
V4-T2-387
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-388 NBM, HNBM, NBMH LAM-600, LAMH-600, HLAM-600 Breaker Type FBM, HFBM Terminal Type

Specialty Breakers
Terminals For Classic Mining Service Breakers Terminals are UL listed for wire type and range listed below. When used with aluminum conductors, use joint compound.
Maximum Amperes 100 50 100 Package of 3 Line Terminals Style Number 624B100G02 624B100G10 624B100G17 Wire Range, Type #141/0 Al/Cu #14#4 Al/Cu # 44/0 Al/Cu
Style pressure type terminals Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals
Terminals For Mining Service Breakers

Breaker Type KAM, HKAM Terminal Type Standard pressure terminals (copper only) Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals LAM Standard copper pressure terminals Maximum Amperes 225 225 225 400 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 225 400 400 Standard copper pressure terminals Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals MAM, HMAM, MAMH Standard copper pressure terminals 600 600 350 600 800 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 600 800 800 Standard copper pressure terminals 1000 1200 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 1000 1200 1200 Terminal Catalog Number T225LA TA225LA1 T225LA T401LA TA225LA1 TA400LA1 TA401LA T600LA TA600LA T350MA T600MA1 T800MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA T1000NB1 T1200NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 Wire Range, Type Number of Cables (1) #6350 kcmil (1) #6350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4350 kcmil Al (1) #6350 kcmil Cu (1) #4250 kcmil Cu plus (1) 3/0600 kcmil Cu (1) #6350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4350 kcmil Al (1) #4250 kcmil Al/Cu, plus (1) 3/0600 kcmil Al/Cu (1) 600750 kcmil Al (2) 250500 kcmil Cu (2) 250500 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #1600 kcmil Cu (2) 2/0500 kcmil Cu (3) 3/0300 kcmil Cu (2) #1500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0400 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 500750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0500 kcmil Cu (4) 3/0400 kcmil Cu (3) 3/0400 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 500750 kcmil Al/Cu

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Style Numbers 1261C93G01 1262C46G01 1261C95G01 1262C48G01 1261C97G01 1261C97G02
Accessories
Classic Mining Circuit Breakers Rear Connected Studs 1 For complete stud assembly, order a stud and tube based on thickness of customers mounting panel. A short stud must be assembled adjacent to a long stud to maintain
Mounting Panel Thickness In Inches (mm) Stud Length Style Numbers
Rear Connected Studs For Insulated Panels Only: Two Per Pole clearances required by Underwriters Laboratories.2 Two studs required per pole. For List Prices, see Eatons Price and Availability Digest.
Tube Length In Inches (mm) Style Numbers Stud Ampere Number Diameter, In Inches (mm) and Thread Extension Back of Breaker In Inches (mm) Stud Style Numbers
LAM, HLAM Breakers 225 3 0.50 (12.7)13 0.50 (12.7)13 225 34 400 3 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 3.22 (81.8) 6.28 (159.5) 4.97 (126.2) 5.47 (138.9) 7.97 (202.4) 10.47 (265.9) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 1241 345 1241 346 1241 392 05B7383G22 05B7383G23 05B7383G24 314C960G16 314C960G17 314C960G18
KAM, HKAM Breakers 0.75 (19.1)1.00 (25.4) Short Long 0.50 (12.7)0.75 (19.1) Short Long 0.25 (6.4)0.50 (12.7) Short Long 656D565G01 656D565G02 656D565G01 656D565G02 656D565G01 656D565G02 0.84 (21.3) 3.78 (96.0) 1.09 (27.7) 4.03 (102.4) 1.34 (34.0) 4.28 (108.7) 456D983H05 456D983H08 456D983H06 456D983H09 456D983H07 456D983H10 225 400 600
0.75 (19.1)16 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 MAM, HMAM, MAMH Breakers 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 600 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 800 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 NBM, HNBM, NBMH Breakers 800 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1200 1.25 (31.8)12 1.25 (31.8)12
3.66 (93.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 4.91 (124.7) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1)
314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12
5.50 (139.7) 8.00 (203.2) 10.50 (266.7) 5.50 (139.7) 10.50 (266.7)
623B222G01 623B222G02 623B222G03 373B375G04 373B375G03
Line and Load Terminal Shields 5

Breaker Type KAM Description Line terminals Load terminals LAM-400 Line terminals Load terminals MAM Line terminals Load terminals
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Not UL Iisted. 2 400 ampere LA studs of the same length have sufficient clearance; however, customer connections may make it necessary to use a short stud adjacent to a long stud. 3 150, 300 and 400 ampere frames only. 4 This is a special stud that includes six contact nuts for use where bus contact nuts must be used. 5 For breakers used with terminals and cable connections. Sold in packages of 10.
V4-T2-389
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-390 Left-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM MAM, HMAM, MAMH

Specialty Breakers
Standard Handle Reset Undervoltage Release For Classic breakers field when voltage drops below mountable on special frames 35 to 70% of coil rating. Picks listed on Page V4-T2-391, or up and seals in at 72 to 85% replacement on breakers of coil rating. For line voltages originally equipped with this up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac. type UVR. Externally mounted resistors are supplied for certain ratings. For undervoltage protection. Standard leads extend 18.00 A solenoid device mounts inches (457.2 mm) outside of within breaker case. Coil breaker. Longer leads may must be energized before be specified. closing breaker. Trips breaker
Breaker Type Right-Hand Mounting LAM, HLAM 120 Vac 120 Vac 1 240 Vac 480 Vac 125 Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vac 1 240 Vac 480 Vac NBM, HNBM, NBMH 120 Vac 120 Vac 1 240 Vac 480 Vac 4995D12G11 1228C76G03 4995D12G13 4995D12G14 4995D12G09 5672D69G11 5672D69G13 5672D69G14 4995D11G11 1229C35G03 4995D11G13 4995D11G14 Volts Style Numbers
Shunt Trips For tripping breaker from a remote point. A solenoid device mounts within breaker case. Breaker trips when coil is energized. A cutoff switch breaks the circuit to the momentary rated coil when breaker opens. Available for
Breaker Type Right-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac LAM, HLAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 48 Vdc MAM, HMAM, MAMH 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac NBM, HNBM, NBMH 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac Left-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac Volts (5060 Hz)
control voltages up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac. Voltage and frequency must be specified. Standard leads extend 18.00 inches (457.2 mm) outside of breaker. Longer leads may be specified.
Style Numbers
2605D15G16 2605D15G17 2605D15G19 2606D56G16 2606D56G17 2606D56G19 2606D56G07 2606D57G16 2606D57G17 2606D57G19 2606D58G16 2606D58G17 2606D58G19
2605D15G02 2605D15G03 2605D15G05 2606D56G02 2606D56G03 2606D56G05 2606D57G02 2606D57G03 2606D57G05 2606D58G02 2606D58G03 2606D58G05
120 Vac 120 Vac 1 240 Vac 480 Vac
4995D10G01 1228C76G03 4995D10G03 4995D10G04
LAM, HLAM
480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac
MAM, HMAM, MAMH
480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac
NBM, HNBM, NBMH
480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac
Notes 1 Electrical reset UVR. 2 Auto reset type.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Reference Information
E2 Cross-Reference
Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3200T E2K3225AWU66 E2K3225DWU66 E2K3400GWU66 E2KEM3100W E2KEM3100WU66 E2KEM3125W E2KEM3125WU66 E2KEM3150W E2KEM3150WU66 E2KEM3150MW E2KEM3150MWU66 E2KEM3200W E2KEM3200WU66 E2KEM3225W E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KEM3225MWU66 E2KEM3225TM E2KEM3225WU66 E2LEM3300WU66 E2LEM3350WU66 E2LEM34002WU66 E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LEM3400M2WU66 E2LEM3400MWU66 E2LEM3400WU66 E2F3015 E2F3015WU62 E2F3020 E2F3025 E2F3025U62 E2F3030 E2F3030WU62 E2F3030WU62 E2F3035 Series C Mining FDBM3040 FDBM3045 FDBM3050 FDBM3050U62 FDBM3050WU62 FDBM3060 FDBM3070 FDBM3070WU62 FDBM3080 FDBM3090 FDBM3100 FDBM3100LM04U62 FDBM3125 FDBM3150 FDBM3150L FDM3015 FDM3015L FDM3015LU62 FDM3020 FDM3020LU62 FDM3025 FDM3025L FDM3025LS22 FDM3025LU62 FDM3030 FDM3030LS22 FDM3040 FDM3040L FDM3040LU62 FDM3050 FDM3050LU62 FDM3050U62 FDM3060 FDM3060LU62 FDM3070 FDM3070A02U62 FDM3080 FDM3090 FDM3100 FDM3100LS22 Superseded by E2 Mining E2F3040 E2F3045 E2F3050 E2F3050U62 E2F3050WU62 E2F3060 E2F3070 E2F3070WU62 E2F3080 E2F3090 E2F3100 E2F3100M04U62 E2F3125 E2F3150 E2F3150L E2F3015 E2F3015L E2F3015LU62 E2F3020 E2F3020LU62 E2F3025 E2F3025L E2F3025LS22 E2F3025LU62 E2F3030 E2F3030LS22 E2F3040 E2F3040L E2F3040LU62 E2F3050 E2F3050LU62 E2F3050U62 E2F3060 E2F3060LU62 E2F3070 E2F3070A02U62 E2F3080 E2F3090 E2F3100 E2F3100LS22 Series C Mining 1491D72G31 1491D72G32 1491D72G33 1491D72G37 6622C87G27 6622C87G28 6622C87G32 E2KM3100 E2KM3100U66 E2KM3125 E2KM3125U66 E2KM3150 E2KM3150MU66 E2KM3150TM E2KM3150U66 E2KM3200 E2KM3200U66 E2KM3225 E2KM3225F E2KM3225FUV E2KM3225MU66 E2KM3225TM E2KM3225U66 E2LM3300U66 E2LM3350U66 E2LM34002U66 E2LM3400F E2LM3400FUV E2LM3400M2U66 E2LM3400MU66 E2LM3400U66 FDBM3015 FDBM3015WU62 FDBM3020 FDBM3025 FDBM3025U62 FDBM3030 FDBM3030U62 FDBM3030WU62 FDBM3035
V4-T2-391
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-392 Series C Mining FDM3100LU62 FDM3125 FDM3125LU62 FDM3150 HFDM003AM HFDM003AMLU62 HFDM007CM HFDM007CMU62 HFDM015EM HFDM015EMA02 HFDM015EMLU62 HFDM015EMU62 HFDM030HM HFDM030HMLU62 HFDM030HMU62 HFDM050KM HFDM050KML HFDM050KMLU62 HFDM050KMU62 HFDM070MM HFDM070MMU62 HFDM1001M HFDM1001MS22 HFDM100LM HFDM100LMA02 HFDM100LMU62 HFDM 100RM HFDM100RML HFDM100RMS22 HFDM100RMU62 HFDM150TM HFDM150TML HFDM150TMU62 HFDM150UM JCDA2D1S30 JCMA2D1S30 JDCM3070W JDCM3090W JDCM3100W JDCM3125W

Specialty Breakers
E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Superseded by E2 Mining E2FLU62 E2F3125 E2F3125LU62 E2F3150 E2F003AM E2F003AMLU62 E2F007CM E2F007CMU62 E2F015EM E2F015EMA02 E2F015EMLU62 E2F015EMU62 E2F030HM E2F030HMLU62 E2F030HMU62 E2F050KM E2F050KML E2F050KMLU62 E2F050KMU62 E2F070MM E2F070MMU62 E2F1001M E2F1001MS22 E2F100LM E2F100LMA02 E2F100LMU62 E2F100RM E2F100RML E2F100RMS22 E2F100RMU62 E2F150TM E2F150TML E2F150TMU62 E2F150UM E2JM250MDA2D1S30 E2JM250MFA2D1S30 E2JM3070W E2JM3090W E2JM3100W E2JM3125W Series C Mining JDCM3150W JDCM3175W JDCM3200W JDCM3225A5W JDCM3225D5W JDCM3225W JDCM3250A5MW JDCM3250A5MWU18 JDCM3250A5W JDCM3250C5MW JDCM3250D5MW JDCM3250D5MWA06 JDCM3250D5W JDCM3250D5WS10 JDCM3250F JDCM3250F5MD01 JDCM3250F5MW JDCM3250G5MW JDCM3250G5WA02D01 JDCM3250J5MW JDCM3250J5MWA02 JDCM3250J5WA02D01 JDCM3250J5WD01 JDCM3250K5MW JDCM3250L5MW JDCM3250MW JDCM3250W JDCMAA2D1 JDCMDD1S30 JDCMFD01 JDCMGA02D1 JDCMJA2D1 JDCMJD01 JDM2250F JDM3070W JDM3090W JDM3100W JDM3125W JDM3150W JDM3150WU18 Superseded by E2 Mining E2JM3150W E2JM3175W E2JM3200W E2JM3225AW E2JM3225DW E2JM3225W E2JM3250MAW E2JM3250MAWU18 E2JM3250AW E2JM3250MCW E2JM3250MDW E2JM3250MDWA06 E2JM3250DW E2JM3250DWS10 E2JM3250F E2JM3250MFD01 E2JM3250MFW E2JM3250MGW E2JM3250MGA02D01 E2JM3250MJW E2JM3250MJA02 E2JM3250MJA02D01 E2JM3250MJD01 E2JM3250MKW E2JM3250MLW E2JM3250MW E2JM3250W E2JM3250MM02D01 E2JM3250MDS30D01 E2JM3250MFD01 E2JM3250MGA02D01 E2JM3250MJA02D01 E2JM3250MJD01 E2JM3250F E2J3070W E2J3090W E2J3100W E2J3125W E2J3150W E2J3150WU18

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Series C Mining JDM3175W JDM3200W JDM3200WA06 JDM3225A5W JDM3225D5W JDM3225W JDM3250A5MW JDM3250A5W JDM3250C5MW JDM3250D5MW JDM3250D5W JDM3250F JDM3250F5MW JDM3250G5MW JDM3250J5MW JDM3250K5MW JDM3250L5MW JDM3250MW JDM3250W JDM3250WS10 JM2225T1125-2250 JM3070T JM3090T JM3100T JM3125T JM3150T JM3175T JM3200T JM3225T JM3225TA5 JM3225TD5 JM3250T JM3250TA5 JM3250TA5M_350-700 JM3250TC5M JM3250TD5_500-1000 JM3250TF5M_625-1250 JM3250TG5M_750-1500 JM3250TJ5M_875-1750 JM3250TK5M_1000-2000 Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3175W E2J3200W E2J3200WA06 E2J3225AW E2J3225DW E2J3225W E2J3250MAW E2J3250AW E2J3250CW E2J3250MDW E2J3250DW E2J3250F E2J3250MFW E2J3250MGW E2J3250MJW E2J3250MKW E2J3250MLW E2J3250MW E2J3250W E2J3250WS10 E2J3225T E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3125T E2J3150T E2J3175T E2J3200T E2J3225T E2J3225TA E2J3225TD E2J3250T E2J3250TA E2J3250TMA E2J3250TMC E2J3250TMD E2J3250TMF E2J3250TMG E2J3250TMJ E2J3250TMK Series C Mining JM3250TL5M_1125-2250 JM3250TM KDCM3100W KDCM3125W KDCM3150W KDCM3175W KDCM3200W KDCM3225A5MW KDCM3225D5MW KDCM3225W KDCM3250W KDCM3250WU18 KDCM3300W KDCM3350W KDCM3400D5MA02D09H04 KDCM3400D5MW KDCM3400D5MWA02D07 KDCM3400D5W KDCM3400D5WD09 KDCM3400F KDCM3400F5MW KDCM3400FD09G04 KDCM3400G5MW KDCM3400G5MWD09H04 KDCM3400G5W KDCM3400G5WD07 KDCM3400J5MA02D09 KDCM3400J5MA2D9G4S30 KDCM3400J5MD09 KDCM3400J5MD09H04S30 KDCM3400J5MW KDCM3400J5MWA02D07 KDCM3400J5MWA06 KDCM3400J5MWD07S30 KDCM3400J5WD07 KDCM3400K5MW KDCM3400K5MWS10 KDCM3400K5MWU18 KDCM3400L5MW KDCM3400L5MWD09H04 Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3250TML E2J3250TM E2KM3100W E2KM3125W E2KM3150W E2KM3175W E2KM3200W E2KM3200MAW E2KM3200MDW E2KM3225W E2KM3250W E2KM3250WU18 E2KM3300W E2KM3350W E2KM3400MDA02D09H04 E2KM3400MDW E2KM3400MDA02D07 E2KM3400DW E2KM3400DD09 E2KM3400F E2KM3400MFW E2KM3400MFD09G04 E2KM3400MGD09G05 E2KM3400MGD09H04 E2KM3400MGW E2KM3400MGD07 E2KM3400MJA02D09 E2KM3400MJA2D9G4S30 E2KM3400MJD09 E2KM3400MJD09H04S30 E2KM3400MJW E2KM3400MJA02D07 E2KM3400MJWA06 E2KM3400MJD07S30 E2KM3400MJD07 E2KM3400MKW E2KM3400MKWS10 E2KM3400MKWU18 E2KM3400MLW E2KM3400MLD09H04
V4-T2-393
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-394 Series C Mining KDCM3400L5MWS10 KDCM3400L5WD07 KDCM3400MW KDCM3400N5MW KDCM3400N5MWA06 KDCM3400N5WA02D07 KDCM3400R5MW KDCM3400W KDCM3400W5MW KDCMDMD07 KDCMNA2D7 KDM2400F KDM2400G5MS50 KDM2400G5MW KDM2400W5MW KDM2400W5MWA06D07S10 KDM2400W5MWA06D10S10 KDM2400W5MWD07 KDM2400W5MWD07S10 KDM2400W5MWD10 KDM2400W5MWD10S10 KDM2400W5MWS10 KDM3100W KDM3125W KDM3150W KDM3150WA06 KDM3175W KDM3200W KDM3225A5W KDM3225D5A13D09U18 KDM3225D5MW KDM3225D5W KDM3225F KDM3225W KDM3225WK37 KDM3225WK37U18 KDM3225WK38 KDM3250W KDM3300W KDM3300WA06U18

Specialty Breakers
Superseded by E2 Mining E2KM3400MLWS10 E2KM3400MLD07 E2KM3400MW E2KM3400MNW E2KM3400MNWA06 E2KM3400MNA02D07 E2KM3400MRW E2KM3400W E2KM3400MWW E2KM3400MDD07 E2KM3400MNA02D07 E2K2400F E2K2400MGWS50 E2K2400MGW E2K2400MWW E2K2400MWA06D07S10 E2K2400MWA06D10S10 E2K2400MWD07 E2K2400MWD07S10 E2K2400MWD10 E2K2400MWD10S10 E2K2400MWWS10 E2K3100W E2K3125W E2K3150W E2K3150WA06 E2K3175W E2K3200W E2K3225AW E2K3225DA13D09U18 E2K3400MDW E2K3225DW E2K3400F E2K3225W E2KE3225W E2KE3225WU18 E2KE3225MW E2K3250W E2K3300W E2K3300WA06U18 Series C Mining KDM3300WS10 KDM3350W KDM3400D5MW KDM3400D5W KDM3400D5WU18 KDM3400F KDM3400F5MW KDM3400FK37A06D09D18 KDM3400G5A06D09U18 KDM3400G5A13D09U18 KDM3400G5MW KDM3400G5W KDM3400G5WA06 KDM3400G5WS10 KDM3400G5WU18 KDM3400J5MW KDM3400K5MS54 KDM3400K5MW KDM3400L5MW KDM3400MW KDM3400MWA06U18 KDM3400N5MW KDM3400R5MW KDM3400W KDM3400W5MW KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3150TM KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 KM2225TA5 KM2225TA5M KM2225TD5 KM2225TD5M KM2400TD5 KM2400TD5M Superseded by E2 Mining E2K3300WS10 E2K3350W E2K3400MDW E2K3400DW E2K3400DWU18 E2K3400F E2K3400MFW E2KE3400A06D09D18 E2K3400GA06D09U18 E2K3400GA13D09U18 E2K3400MGW E2K3400GW E2K3400GWS10 E2K3400GWS10 E2K3400GWU18 E2K3400MJW E2K3400MKWS54 E2K3400MKW E2K3400MLW E2K3400MW E2K3400MWA06U18 E2K3400MNW E2K3400MRW E2K3400W E2K3400MWW KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3150TM KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 E2K2225TA E2K2400TMA E2K2225TD E2K2400TMD E2K2400TD E2K2400TMD

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Series C Mining KM2400TG5M KM2400TN5M KM2400TW5M KM3100T KM3125T KM3150T KM3175T KM3200T KM3225T KM3225TA5 KM3225TA5M KM3225TD5 KM3225TD5M KM3250T KM3300T KM3350T KM3400T KM3400TD5 KM3400TF5M KM3400TG5M KM3400TJ5M KM3400TK5M KM3400TL5M KM3400TM KM3400TN5M KM3400TR5M KM3400TW5M LDCM3600EMA05W LDCM3600F LDM3600F Superseded by E2 Mining E2K2400TMG E2K2400TMN E2K2400TMW E2K3100T E2K3125T E2K3150T E2K3175T E2K3200T E2K3225T E2K3225TA E2K3400TMA E2K3225TD E2K3400TMD E2K3250T E2K3300T E2K3350T E2K3400T E2K3400TD E2K3400TMF E2K3400TMG E2K3400TMJ E2K3400TMK E2K3400TML E2K3400TM E2K3400TMN E2K3400TMR E2K3400TMW E2LEM3600MA05W E2LM3600F E2L3600F Series C Mining LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600T LEM3600TM LM3600TL6M LM3600TN6M LM3600TP6M LM3600TR6M LM3600TS6M LM3600TX6M UVE3LP08K UVE4LP08K Superseded by E2 Mining LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600T LEM3600TM E2L3600TML E2L3600TMN E2L3600TMP E2L3600TMR E2L3600TM E2L3600TMX UVE3LP08K UVE4LP08K
Additional Information on Mining Breakers

Source TD01217001E BR01217001E TC01217001E www.eaton.com/mining Description E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves Mining and Metals
V4-T2-395
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-396 GFR Relay

Specialty Breakers
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T2-340 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-382 V4-T2-397 V4-T2-398 V4-T2-398 V4-T2-399
Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR

Product Description
A Type GFR ground fault protection system, when properly installed on a grounded electrical system, will sense phase-to-ground fault currents. When the level of fault current is in excess of the pre-selected current pickup and time delay settings, the GFR relay will initiate a trip action of a disconnect device, which will open the faulted circuit and clear the fault. The GFR devices are UL Class I devices designed to protect electrical equipment against extensive damage from arcing ground faults. A basic Type GFR ground fault protection system consists of a ground fault relay, a ground fault current sensor and a disconnect device equipped with a shunt trip device. This disconnect device can be a molded case circuit breaker, a power circuit breaker, a bolted pressure switch or other fusible disconnect device, suitable for application with UL Class I ground fault sensing and relaying equipment.
Note: Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting.

Eatons GFR ground fault relays, current sensors, test panels and accessory devices are UL listed by Underwriters Laboratories in accordance with their standard for ground fault sensing and relaying equipment, UL 1053, under File E48381.
Note: Relays are also listed with CSA under their file number 43357 .

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Each installation requires:

One relay unit (select trip ampere as required) One current sensor (select configuration required)
One circuit breaker or disconnect device with shunt trip, or a shunt trip attachment for mounting in existing breaker Test panel (optional)
GFR Relay
GFR Relay
Ground Fault Pickup Amperes 112 GFR Relay Types For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control Electrical reset with zone interlocking Electrical reset without zone interlocking Mechanical reset with zone interlocking Mechanical reset without zone interlocking For 120 Vdc Control Electrical reset with zone interlocking Electrical reset without zone interlocking Mechanical reset with zone interlocking Mechanical reset without zone interlocking GFR1200EID GFR1200ED GFR1200MID GFR1200MD GFR12EI GFR12E GFR12MI GFR12M GFR60EI GFR60E GFR60MI GFR60M GFR1200EI GFR1200E GFR1200MI GFR1200M Catalog Number 1 560 Catalog Number 1 1001200 Catalog Number 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Typical Current Sensor
Current Sensor
Window Size in Inches (mm) Used with Relays Rated 112 Amperes 5.50 (139.7) I.D. Used with Relays Rated 560 Amperes 2.50 (63.5) I.D. 5.50 (139.7) I.D. 7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect. 2 3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 760.5) Rect. 2 Used with Relays Rated 1001200 Amperes 2.50 (63.5) I.D. 5.50 (139.7) I.D. 8.25 (209.6). I.D. 7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect. 2 9.94 x 16.94 (252.5 x 430.3) Rect. 2 9.94 x 23.94 (252.5 x 608.1) Rect. 2 15.94 x 19.94 (404.9 x 506.4) Rect. 2 3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 633.5) Rect. 2 6.75 x 29.64 (171.5 x 752.9) Rect. 2 Notes 1 Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting. 2 One end removable for installation. 179C768G02 1256C13G02 179C767G02 1257C88G03 1257C90G02 1257C91G02 1257C89G02 1257C92G04 1255C39G03 179C768G01 1256C13G01 1257C88G04 1257C92G03 1283C45G01 Catalog Number
V4-T2-397
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-398

Specialty Breakers
Accessories
Options Additional optional equipment can be added to the protection system to meet the requirements of the specifying engineer, including:


Test Panel (120 Vac) Used to test the ground fault system, to give an indication the relay has tripped the breaker, and to reset the relay after tripping. These functions may be separately mounted pilot devices.
Note: When a mechanically reset relay is used with a test panel, both the relay and test panel must be reset following either a simulated ground fault test or actual ground fault. Not UL listed.
Ground fault test panel Ground fault warning indicator relay Ground fault indicating ammeter
Indicating Ammeter The optional indicating ammeter connects to the sensor terminals through a momentary contact pushbutton, and will indicate (in amperes) any ground fault current flowing through the sensor. Kit includes the ammeter and pushbutton.
Note: Not UL listed.
Sensor
600 volt, 50/60 Hz maximum system voltage
Electrical Ratings GFR Relay
Ground fault detection ranges: 1 to 12, 5 to 60 or 100 to 1200 amperes Output contacts: 240 volt, 50/60 Hz: 3.0 amperes 120 volt, 50/60 Hz: 6.0 amperes 28 Vdc: 3.0 amperes 125 Vdc: 0.5 amperes Control power requirements: 120 volt, 50/60 Hz or 125 Vdc (optional)
GFR relays are available with zone selective interlocking circuitry to interlock several relays within the same system. This allows the relay which detects a ground fault to instantly clear the fault by tripping the disconnect device. The relay simultaneously sends a signal to relay units upstream from the fault to time delay or to block their operation completely. Current sensors in various designs provide a range of window sizes to accommodate standard bus and cable arrangements. Shunt trip attachments may be ordered for field mounting in Eatons molded case circuit breakers, or may be ordered factory installed in the breaker.
Ammeter Kit
GFR System Used with 112 ampere 560 ampere 1001200 ampere Kit Catalog Number 752B820G01 752B820G02 752B820G03
Optional Test Panel

Control 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Test 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Catalog Number GFRTP
Ground Fault Warning Indicator This is an accessory item for use with GFR relays with interlocking circuitry. At approximately 3050% of the relay pickup setting, the indicator switches separate 120 Vac control power to a lamp or relay, (not included) to give an indication of a ground fault. The indicator is rated 110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz for a maximum indicator load of 0.5 amperes. Ground Fault Warning Indicator
Description Manual reset Self-resetting Catalog Number 1234C67G01 1234C67G02
Shunt Trip Attachments Use 120 Vac shunt trips. Faceplate Recommended when these relays are semi-flush mounted, to close the door cutout opening. Face Plate
Description Faceplate Catalog Number 752B410G01

Specialty Breakers
2.6
Page V4-T2-340 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-382 V4-T2-396 V4-T2-400 V4-T2-400 V4-T2-401 V4-T2-402
PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers

Product Description
2
Features
PVGard breakers are uniquely designed with these features:
Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert the energy of the sun into electrical power that is fed directly into the electric grid. The DC circuit breaker is a key component in the solar installation. PVGard DC circuit breakers are used to protect the wiring from the modules to the combiner box or inverter from overcurrents. Each breaker has its own handle for disconnecting means. One circuit breaker is used per 1000 Vdc load. Eaton offers a complete line of 600 Vdc circuit breakers, as well as protection for the AC side of the inverter. Refer to Page V4-T2-346 for 600 Vdc breakers and Page V4-T2-6 for AC breaker selection.
Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers Designed to meet UL 489B for solar photovoltaic circuit protection Rated for 100% continuous current at 50C ambient temperature Requires poles in series connection
UL File E350638, Category Control Number DIUR
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Meets the higher voltage and lower fault current levels of solar systems Tested to extreme ambient conditions from 40C to +90C
V4-T2-399
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-400 Circuit Breaker Type HFD-PV HKD-PV LGH-PV HMDL-PV

Specialty Breakers
Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 1000 Vdc
Minimum Amps 30 125 250 300 Maximum Amps 100 350 400 600 kA 3 5 5 7.5 Poles in Series 4 4 4 3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers
Frame HFD-PV HKD-PV LGH-PV HMDL-PV Number of Poles 4 4 4 3 Width 5.50 (139.7) 7.22 (183.4) 7.22 (183.4) 8.25 (209.6) Height 6.00 (152.4) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) 16.00 (406.4) Depth 3.38 (86.0) 4.10 (104.1) 4.09 (103.9) 4.06 (103.1)
Wiring Diagrams
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application 12 HFD-PV, HKD-PV, LGH-PV1000 Vdc MaximumFour Poles in Series
Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
HMDL-PV1000 Vdc MaximumThree Poles in Series

Load
Load
(A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
Notes 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See Page V4-T2-404.
HFD-PV Frame
HFD-PV Frame, 100A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 3 kA 1

Current Rating Amperes 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Poles in Series 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Trip Unit Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Catalog Number HFDPV4030W HFDPV4040W HFDPV4050W HFDPV4060W HFDPV4070W HFDPV4080W HFDPV4090W HFDPV4100W
HKD-PV Frame
HKD-PV Frame, 350A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA 1

Current Rating Amperes 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 Poles in Series 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Trip Unit Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Catalog Number HKDPV4125W HKDPV4150W HKDPV4175W HKDPV4200W HKDPV4225W HKDPV4250W HKDPV4300W HKDPV4350W
LGH-PV Frame
LGH-PV Frame, 400A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA 1

Current Rating Amperes 250 300 350 400 Poles in Series 4 4 4 4 Trip Unit Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Catalog Number LGHPV4250FFW LGHPV4300FFW LGHPV4350FFW LGHPV4400FFW
HMDL-PV Frame
HMDL-PV Frame, 600A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 7.5 kA 1

Current Rating Amperes 300 350 400 450 500 600 Note 1 Terminals not included with frames. Poles in Series 3 3 3 3 3 3 Trip Unit Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Catalog Number HMDLPV3300W HMDLPV3350W HMDLPV3400W HMDLPV3450W HMDLPV3500W HMDLPV3600W
V4-T2-401
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-402

Specialty Breakers
Accessories
Description Imperial Base Mounting Hardware 0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers 0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Metric Base Mounting Hardware M40.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers M60.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers M8-1.25 x 35 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Interphase Barriers HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV Non-Padlockable Handle Block HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp 1 HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV PLK1 PLK3 LPHL HLK4 LKD1 LKD3 N/A LKD4 IPB1 IPB3 IPB3 IPB4 HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV BMH1M BMH3M Included BMH5M HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV BMH1 BMH3 N/A BMH5 Frame Catalog Number
Factory ModificationsFreeze Testing to 40C 2

Frame HFD-PV HKD-PV LGH-PV HMDL-PV Modification Code F01 F01 F01 F01
Special calibrationcontact Eaton for availability
Molded Case Switches Eatons DC molded case switches (MCS) are used in applications requiring a compact, high capacity disconnect. PVGard 1000 Vdc Molded Case Switches
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 50C 1000 Vdc Maximum 350 400 600 5000 5000 7500 Interrupting Capacity Vdc
MCS are UL 489B listed and have automatic instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection.
Poles in Series
Catalog Number
4 4 3
HKDPV4350KW LGHPV4400KSW HMDLPV3600KSW
Notes 1 Locks in ON and OFF position. 2 Add 20% to list price.

Specialty Breakers
2.6
2
Field Kit Catalog Number
Internal AccessoriesRight Pole Mounting

HFDPV 1 Factory Modification Code Auxiliary Switch 1A-1B 2A-2B Alarm Switch 1 make/1 break B06 A1L1RPK B06 A1L3RPK B1 ALM1M1BJPK B06 A1L4RPK A06 A13 A1X1PK A2X1RPK A06 A13 A1X3PK A2X3PK A1 A2 AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK A06 A13 A1X4PK A2X4PK Field Kit Catalog Number HKDPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number LGHPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number HMDLPV Factory Modification Code
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Auxiliary and Alarm Combo 1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05 AAL1RPK C05 AAL3RPK B2 AUXALRMJPK C05 AA114RPK
Internal AccessoriesLeft Pole Mounting

HFDPV 1 Factory Modification Code Shunt Trip 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac Undervoltage Release 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac U30 U34 U38 U42 U46 U14 UVH1LP20K UVH1LP21K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP26K UVH1LP28K UVH1LP08K T02 T02 T10 T14 T18 U18 UVH3LP20K UVH3LP21K UVH3LP22K UVH3LP26K UVH3LP28K UVH3LP08K U1 U2 U4 U6 U8 U5 UVR012DPK UVR024DPK UVR048DPK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR120APK T02 T06 T10 T14 T18 U18 UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LP08K S02 S02 S06 S06 S10 S14 S10 SNT1LP03K SNT1LP03K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP12K SNT1LP18K SNT1LP12K S42 S42 S50 S50 S10 S14 S10 SNT3P04K SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P11K S4 S1 S1 S1 S2 S2 SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT120CPK S02 S02 S86 S86 S42 S14 S10 SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP11K Field Kit Catalog Number HKDPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number LGHPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number HMDLPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number
Notes 1 Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories for the HFD-PV be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker.
V4-T2-403
2.6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-404 HMDL-PV LGH-PV HKD-PV Breaker Frame HFD-PV Maximum Breaker Ampacity 50 100 100 225 250 250 250 300 350 225 250 250 300 350 400 250 400 300 600

Specialty Breakers
PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Offering

Number of Terminals Included 3 3 3 1 1 4 4 4 4 1 1 4 4 4 4 1 4 1 1 Standard Terminal Catalog Number 3TA50FB 3TA225FDK 3T225FD TA300K TA350K 4TA400K 4TA401K 4TA401K 4TA401K T300K T350K 4T400K 4TA401K 4TA401K 4TA632LK T350LK 4T632LK TA700MA1 TA800MA2 Includes 4P terminal cover Contains interphase barriers Contains interphase barriers Contains interphase barriers Includes 4P terminal cover Contains interphase barriers Contains interphase barriers Contains interphase barriers Includes 3P terminal cover
Terminal Body Material Steel Aluminum Copper Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper Aluminum Copper Copper Aluminum Aluminum
Wire Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al
AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors 144 (1) 6300 kcmil (1) 44/0 (1) 3350 kcmil (1) 250500 kcmil (1) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 2/0250 kcmil (2) or 2/0500 kcmil (1) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 3350 kcmil (1) 250500 kcmil (1) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 2500 kcmil (2) 2500 kcmil (1) 2500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3)
Metric Wire Range mm2 2.525 (1) 16150 (1) 2595 (1) 35185 (1) 120240 (1) 95120 (1) 70240 (2) 95120 (2) 95120 (2) 35185 (1) 120240 (1) 95120 (1) 95120 (2) 95120 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (1) 35240 (2)
Comments
Endcap Kits
Breaker Frame HFD-PV Number of Poles 4 4 HKD-PV 4 4 LGH-PV 4 4 HMDL-PV 3 3 Thread Type Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Thread Size 1032 M5 0.31218 M8 M-10 Catalog Number KPEK14 KPEKM14 KPEK34 KPEKM34 N/A L4RTWK

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Page V4-T2-406 V4-T2-411 V4-T2-413 V4-T2-414 V4-T2-419 V4-T2-423 V4-T2-425 V4-T2-427 V4-T2-429 V4-T2-432
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Handle MechanismsSeries G
Product Overview
Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation. Through-the-Door High-Performance Rotary Universal Rotary Direct (Close-Coupled) Universal Direct Flange Mounted Flex Shaft Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-406 Handle Mechanisms

Handle Mechanisms
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page V4-T2-405 V4-T2-407 V4-T2-410 V4-T2-411 V4-T2-413 V4-T2-414 V4-T2-419 V4-T2-423 V4-T2-425 V4-T2-427 V4-T2-429 V4-T2-432
High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms

Product Description
The high-performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handles key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal interface between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments. In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required. The high-performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed.
Features
NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) and NEMA Type 4/4X (IP65) ratings Black/Blue or Red/Yellow external handle colors Three shaft lengths6, 12 and 24 inches, which can be cut to size to match enclosure depth Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism Replacement parts are available separately Metallic functional components ensure reliability Metal-on-metal interface between handle and shaft UV and chemical agentresistant materials protect the handle Shallow profile Compatible with both Series C and Series G molded case circuit breakers and molded case switch platforms
Same handle can be used on multiple frame sizes, reducing the number of parts needed Red and yellow handles to designate emergency disconnecting means All handle mechanisms can accept padlocks or multihasp locks for added flexibility Fast, easy installation (see video on website for step-by-step instructions)

The mechanisms for EG, JG and LG breakers have an internal handle that can be operated independent of door position, and locked-out to meet one of the key NFPA requirements (NFPA 79) and UL 508A disconnect requirements.

NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 NEMA 4/4X, IP65

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
2 2 2
Product Selection
Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames
Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)EG-, JG- and LG-Frame
Rating Type Description S01 Blue Handle S01 blue handle, 6-inch shaft S01 blue handle, 12-inch shaft S01 blue handle, 24-inch shaft 1 S01 Red Handle S01 red handle, 6-inch shaft S01 red handle, 12-inch shaft S01 red handle, 24-inch shaft 1 S2 Blue Handle S2 blue handle, 6-inch shaft S2 blue handle, 12-inch shaft
S2 blue handle, 24-inch shaft 1
EG-Frame IP 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 Catalog Number EGHMVD06B0 / 68C6040G25 EGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6040G28 EGHMVD12B0 / 68C6040G26 EGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6040G29 EGHMVD24B0 / 68C6040G27 EGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6040G30 EGHMVD06R0 / 68C6040G31 EGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6040G34 EGHMVD12R0 / 68C6040G32 EGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6040G35 EGHMVD24R0 / 68C6040G33 EGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6040G36 EGHMVD06B / 68C6040G13 EGHMVD06BX / 68C6040G16 EGHMVD12B / 68C6040G14 EGHMVD12BX / 68C6040G17 EGHMVD24B / 68C6040G15 EGHMVD24BX / 68C6040G18 EGHMVD06R / 68C6040G19 EGHMVD06RX / 68C6040G22 EGHMVD12R / 68C6040G20 EGHMVD12RX / 68C6040G23 EGHMVD24R / 68C6040G21 EGHMVD24RX / 68C6040G24
JG-Frame Catalog Number JGHMVD06B0 / 68C6041G13 JGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6041G16 JGHMVD12B0 / 68C6041G14 JGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6041G17 JGHMVD24B0 / 68C6041G15 JGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6041G18 JGHMVD06R0 / 68C6041G19 JGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6041G22 JGHMVD12R0 / 68C6041G20 JGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6041G23 JGHMVD24R0 / 68C6041G21 JGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6041G24 JGHMVD06B / 68C6041G01 JGHMVD06BX / 68C6041G04 JGHMVD12B / 68C6041G02 JGHMVD12BX / 68C6041G05 JGHMVD24B / 68C6041G03 JGHMVD24BX / 68C6041G06 JGHMVD06R / 68C6041G07 JGHMVD06RX / 68C6041G10 JGHMVD12R / 68C6041G08 JGHMVD12RX / 68C6041G11 JGHMVD24R / 68C6041G09 JGHMVD24RX / 68C6041G12
LG-Frame Catalog Number

NEMA 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X 1/3R/12 4/4X
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LGHMVD06B / 68C6042G01 LGHMVD06BX / 68C6042G04 LGHMVD12B / 68C6042G02 LGHMVD12BX / 68C6042G05 LGHMVD24B / 68C6042G03 LGHMVD24BX / 68C6042G06 LGHMVD06R / 68C6042G07 LGHMVD06RX / 68C6042G10 LGHMVD12R / 68C6042G08 LGHMVD12RX / 68C6042G11 LGHMVD24R / 68C6042G09 LGHMVD24RX / 68C6042G12
S2 Red Handle
S2 red handle, 6-inch shaft S2 red handle, 12-inch shaft S2 red handle, 24-inch shaft 1
Notes 1 24-inch handle comes with support bracket. Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
V4-T2-407
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-408 S4 Red Handle S4 Blue Handle S3 Red Handle S3 Blue Handle

Handle Mechanisms
Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)NG- and RG-Frame
Rating Type Description S3 blue handle, 10-inch shaft NEMA 1/3R/12 4/4X IP 54 65 NG-Frame Catalog Number NGHMVD08B / 68C6043G01 NGHMVD08BX / 68C6043G03 RG-Frame Catalog Number
S3 red handle, 10-inch shaft
1/3R/12 4/4X
54 65
NGHMVD08R / 68C6043G02 NGHMVD08RX / 68C6043G04
S4 blue handle, 10-inch shaft
1/3R/12 4/4X
54 65
NGHMVD08BT / 68C6043G05 NGHMVD08BTX / 68C6043G07
RGHMVD08B / 68C6044G01 RGHMVD08BX / 68C6044G03
1/3R/12 4/4X
54 65
NGHMVD08RT / 68C6043G06 NGHMVD08RTX / 68C6043G08
RGHMVD08R / 68C6044G02 RGHMVD08RX / 68C6044G04
Note Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Separate Components for Series G Frames
Series G ComponentsShafts and Mechanisms

Frame EG Shaft Width 8 mm 8 mm JG 8 mm 8 mm LG 8 mm 8 mm NG 12 mm 12 mm RG 12 mm 12 mm Shaft Length 6-Inch 66A6010G95 66A6010G95 66A6010G95 66A6010G95 66A6010G95 66A6010G95 10-Inch 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 12-Inch 66A6010G96 66A6010G96 66A6010G96 66A6010G96 66A6010G96 66A6010G96 24-Inch 1 66A6010G97 66A6010G97 66A6010G98 66A6010G98 66A6010G99 66A6010G99 Mechanism Only 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 69D6025G17 69D6025G17 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D9101G30 69D9101G30 69D9101G31 69D9101G31
Series G ComponentsHandles Only

Rating Type Frame EG NEMA 1/3R/12 4/4X JG 1/3R/12 4/4X LG 1/3R/12 4/4X NG 1/3R/12 4/4X RG 1/3R/12 4/4X IP 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 Handles Only S01 Blue/Black 68C6048G41 68C6048G43 68C6048G41 68C6048G43 S01 Red/Yellow 68C6048G42 68C6048G44 68C6048G42 68C6048G44 S2 Blue/Black 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 S2 Red/Yellow 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 S3 Blue/Black 68C6048G05 68C6048G07 68C6048G05 68C6048G07 S3 Red/Yellow 68C6048G06 68C6048G08 68C6048G06 68C6048G08 S4 Blue/Black 68C6048G09 68C6048G11 68C6048G09 68C6048G11 S4 Red/Yellow 68C6048G10 68C6048G12 68C6048G10 68C6048G12
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 24-inch handle comes with support bracket. Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance.
V4-T2-409
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-410 Type S4 Type S3 Type S2

Handle Mechanisms
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches)

Front Operation Handle Type Type S01 Direction of Operation Door Drilling

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Universal Rotary
Product Description
Eatons Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle lock off to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material. The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or locked off to prevent operation with the door open.
2
Universal Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Available Handle Colors Black Yellow/Red/Black Handle Rotation 45 deg. 90 deg. Shaft Lengths (Inches) 6, 12, 16, 24 6, 12, 24
Features
Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism
NEMA Enclosure Type Number Handle of Poles 1 3R 12 4/4X 1 Lock-Off 2 International Handle Indication: Markings ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET ON (I) OFF (O) Handle Material Metal Molded plastic
Rotary Series C rotary Universal rotary
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Notes 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See Ordering Information. 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle Lock Off to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position.
V4-T2-411
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-412 Red

Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
Universal Rotary
Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms

Handle Color EG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) JG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) LG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) NG-Frame Black 1 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) RG-Frame Black 1 9.00 (228.6) HMVD6B HMVD5B HMVD5BT 2 KLHMVD06B KLHMVD12B KLHMVD24B KLHMVD06R KLHMVD12R KLHMVD24R FJHMVD06B FJHMVD12B FJHMVD24B FJHMVD06R FJHMVD12R FJHMVD24R EHMVD06B EHMVD12B EHMVD24B EHMVD06R EHMVD12R EHMVD24R UL Rating Shaft Length in Inches (mm) Complete Catalog Number 1
Notes 1 Complete catalog number includes handle, mechanism, shaft and mounting hardware. 2 Same as HMVD5B, except uses T handle.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms

Product Description
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12. The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock.
2
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated.

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL listed, IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 compliant, and meets CSA requirements.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Universal Direct (EGLG)
Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms

Black Handle Color With Interlock Frame EG JG LG Catalog Number EHMCCBI JHMCCBI LHMCCBI Without Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCB JHMCCB LHMCCB Red Handle Color With Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCRI JHMCCRI LHMCCRI Without Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCR JHMCCR LHMCCR
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-413
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-414 Handle Mechanisms

Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flex Shaft
Product Description
Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutesa significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by funneling the cable through conduit.

Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Selection
Note: Type 4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix X to the complete Catalog Number. Note: When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) is maintained to operate properly. Note: The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor field adjustments may be required.
12
Flex Shaft
Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms

Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 2 (0.6) Breaker Frame EG JG LG NG RG Catalog Number EHMFS02 N/A N/A N/A N/A 3 (0.9) Catalog Number EHMFS03 JHMFS03 N/A N/A 4 (1.2) Catalog Number EHMFS04 JHMFS04 LHMFS04 F5S04C F6S04
5 (1.3) Catalog Number EHMFS05 JHMFS05 F5S05C F6S05
6 (1.8) Catalog Number EHMFS06 JHMFS06 F5S06C F6S06
Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 7 (2.1) Breaker Frame EG JG LG NG RG Catalog Number
EHMFS07 JHMFS07 LHMFS07
8 (2.4) Catalog Number

EHMFS08 JHMFS08

EHMFS09 JHMFS09

EHMFS10 JHMFS10 LHMFS10 F5S10C
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Notes 1 Three-pole only for EG-; three- and four-pole for JG- and LG-Frame. 2 EG-, JG- and LG-Frame can be left- or right-hand mounted.
V4-T2-415
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-416

Handle Mechanisms
Accessories
Handle Auxiliary SwitchEarly Break Design, 1A1B Contact for Flex Shaft
Breaker Frame EG JG LG Catalog Number
AUX1EBFSEG AUX1EBFSJG AUX1EBFSLG
Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame) 1
Catalog Number 2
C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR
Auxiliary contact changes state prior to parting of breaker contacts to allow for shutdown of equipment. Contacts mounted on breaker mechanism customer supplied wiring.
Dimensions
Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame) 1
Catalog Number 2 C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR Handle Length in Inches (mm) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) Roller latch 3
Notes 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 3 Third roller latch for use with 4.00- or 6.00-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when three-point latching is required.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Handle MechanismsSeries C
Product Overview
Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation. Through-the-Door High-Performance Rotary Series C Rotary Universal Rotary Direct (Close-Coupled) Universal Direct Euro IEC G Direct Flange Mounted Flex Shaft C371 Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-418

Handle Mechanisms

Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms Eatons through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, base operating mechanism and shaft that can be cut to various lengths. Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary handle mechanisms are for use with molded case circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position. Universal Rotary F-Frame Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. They are typically for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism can be used on F- through R-Frames. The G Direct is available with a black or the yellow handle, and with or without a shroud. It is suitable for use with NEMA 1 enclosures. It is for use only with the G-Frame (GD, GC, GHC, GMCP). An escutcheon ring and interlock clip are provided as standard. The standard design includes a lock-off feature. Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8-inch (9.5 mm). Can be used with NEMA 1, 3R and 12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with NEMA 4 and 4X environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutesa significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by funneling the cable through conduit. The Type C371 circuit breaker operating mechanisms are designed for installation in control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All circuit breaker mechanisms are suitable for right-hand mounting. Auxiliary contacts are not available for mounting on operating mechanisms. Where required, have them installed in circuit breaker. Handle Extension Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately. Type C371 is UL Listed under File E62635. Flex Shaft is UL Listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements. Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary, are UL Listed and meet CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983. The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL 489 Listed, IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2, and meets CSA requirements. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism is IEC-240-1. G Direct is UL Listed and meets CSA requirements.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Description
The high-performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handles key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal interface between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments. In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required. The high-performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed.
2
Features
NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) and NEMA Type 4/4X (IP65) ratings Black/Blue or Red/Yellow external handle colors Three shaft lengths6, 12 and 24 inches, which can be cut to size to match enclosure depth Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism Replacement parts are available separately Metallic functional components ensure reliability Metal-on-metal interface between handle and shaft UV and chemical agentresistant materials protect the handle Shallow profile Compatible with both Series C and Series G molded case circuit breakers and molded case switch platforms
Same handle can be used on multiple frames sizes reducing the number of parts needed Red and yellow handles to designate emergency disconnecting means All handle mechanisms can accept padlocks or multihasp locks for added flexibility Fast, easy installation (see video on website for step-by-step instructions)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

The mechanisms for EG, JG and LG breakers have an internal handle that can be operated independent of door position, and locked-out to meet one of the key NFPA requirements (NFPA 79) and UL 508A disconnect requirements.

NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 NEMA 4/4X, IP65
V4-T2-419
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-420 S01 Red Handle S01 Blue Handle

Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames
Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)GC/GD- and GMCP-Frame
Rating Type Description S01 blue handle, 12-inch shaft NEMA 1/3R/12 4/4X IP 54 65 GC/GD-Frame Catalog Number GCHMVD12B / 68C6039G01 GCHMVD12BX / 68C6039G03 GMCP-Frame Catalog Number GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05 GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07
1/3R/12 4/4X
54 65
GCHMVD12R / 68C6039G02 GCHMVD12RX / 68C6039G04
GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06 GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08
Separate Components for Series C Frames
Series C ComponentsShaft and Mechanism

Frame GC/GD Shaft Width 6 mm 6 mm GMCP 6 mm 6 mm GD 8 mm 8 mm FD 8 mm 8 mm JD 10 mm 10 mm KD 10 mm 10 mm LD 10 mm 10 mm MDL 10 mm 10 mm ND 12 mm 12 mm RD 12 mm 12 mm Shaft Length 6-Inch 66A6010G95 66A6010G95 66A6010G95 66A6010G95 66A6012G15 66A6012G15 66A6012G15 66A6012G15 66A6012G15 66A6012G15 66A6012G15 66A6012G15 10-Inch 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 12-Inch 66A6013H02 66A6013H02 66A6013H02 666A6013H02 66A6010G96 66A6010G96 66A6010G96 66A6010G96 66A6012G16 66A6012G16 66A6012G16 66A6012G16 66A6012G16 66A6012G16 66A6012G16 66A6012G16 Mechanism Only GCHMVD / 2A92095G15 GCHMVD / 2A92095G15 GMHMVD / 2A92095G16 GMHMVD / 2A92095G16 1498D34G90 1498D34G90 1498D34G91 1498D34G91 1498D34G92 1498D34G92 1498D34G93 1498D34G93 1498D34G94 1498D34G94 1498D34G95 1498D34G95 69D9101G30 69D9101G30 69D9101G31 69D9101G31

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
2
S4 Red/Yellow 68C6048G10 68C6048G12 68C6048G10 68C6048G12
Series C ComponentsHandles Only

Rating Type Frame GC/GD NEMA 1/3R/12 4/4X GMCP 1/3R/12 4/4X GD 1/3R/12 4/4X FD 1/3R/12 4/4X JD 1/3R/12 4/4X KD 1/3R/12 4/4X LD 1/3R/12 4/4X MDL 1/3R/12 4/4X ND 1/3R/12 4/4X RD 1/3R/12 4/4X IP 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 54 65 Handles Only S01 Blue/Black 68C6048G41 68C6048G43 68C6048G41 68C6048G43 68C6048G41 68C6048G43 68C6048G41 68C6048G43 S01 Red/Yellow 68C6048G42 68C6048G44 68C6048G42 68C6048G44 68C6048G42 68C6048G44 68C6048G42 68C6048G44 S2 Blue/Black 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 68C6048G01 68C6048G03 S2 Red/Yellow 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 68C6048G02 68C6048G04 S3 Blue/Black 68C6048G05 68C6048G07 68C6048G05 68C6048G07 68C6048G05 68C6048G07 S3 Red/Yellow 68C6048G06 68C6048G08 68C6048G06 68C6048G08 68C6048G06 68C6048G08 S4 Blue/Black 68C6048G09 68C6048G11 68C6048G09 68C6048G11
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-421
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-422 Type S4 Type S3 Type S2

Handle Mechanisms
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches)

Front Operation Handle Type Type S01 Direction of Operation Door Drilling

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Series C Rotary
Product Description
Eatons through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or a cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, a base operating mechanism and a shaft that can be cut to various lengths. Series C Rotary handle mechanisms are used with molded case circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. These rotary handles are robust and durable, made entirely of metal parts. It also has a lock-out tag-out level at the tip of the handle for padlocking. NEMA Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. NEMA Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position.
2
Series C Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Features
NEMA Enclosure Type Number Handle of Poles 1 3R 12 4/4X 1 Lock-Off 2 International Handle Indication: Markings ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET ON (I) OFF (O) Handle Material Metal Molded plastic Available Handle Colors Black Yellow/Red/Black Handle Rotation 45 deg. 90 deg. Shaft Lengths (Inches) 6, 12, 16, 24 6, 12, 24
V4-T2-423
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-424

Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms
Series C Rotary
Series C Rotary Ordering Information

Shaft Length Inches (mm) F-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) J-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) K-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) L- and MDL-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) MD/MDS 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) N-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) HM5R06 HM5R12 HM5R16 HM5R24 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C23G08 6648C23G08 6648C23G08 6648C23G08 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM5R06 WHM5R12 WHM5R16 WHM5R24 WHM5R06X WHM5R12X WHM5R16X WHM5R24X HM7R06 HM7R12 HM7R16 HM7R24 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C23G17 6648C23G17 6648C23G17 6648C23G17 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 HM4R06 HM4R12 HM4R16 HM4R24 6648C22G11 6648C22G11 6648C22G11 6648C22G11 6648C23G19 6648C23G19 6648C23G19 6648C23G19 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM4R06 WHM4R12 WHM4R16 WHM4R24 WHM4R06X WHM4R12X WHM4R16X WHM4R24X HM3R06 HM3R12 HM3R16 HM3R24 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C23G25 6648C23G25 6648C23G25 6648C23G25 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM3R06 WHM3R12 WHM3R16 WHM3R24 WHM3R06X WHM3R12X WHM3R16X WHM3R24X HM2R06 HM2R12 HM2R16 HM2R24 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C23G21 6648C23G21 6648C23G21 6648C23G21 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM2R06 WHM2R12 WHM2R16 WHM2R24 WHM2R06X WHM2R12X WHM2R16X WHM2R24X HM1R06 HM1R12 HM1R16 HM1R24 6648C22G25 6648C22G25 6648C22G25 6648C22G25 6648C23G11 6648C23G11 6648C23G11 6648C23G11 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM1R06 WHM1R12 WHM1R16 WHM1R24 WHM1R06X WHM1R12X WHM1R16X WHM1R24X Complete Catalog Number 1 Separate Catalog Number Standard Handle 2 Breaker Mechanism 3 Shaft 4 Catalog Number IEC IP65 56 IEC IP66 56
Notes 1 Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket. 2 Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number 6648C22G03 for Type 4/4X handle or add X Suffix to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum. 3 Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm). 4 Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension. 5 IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware. 6 Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Page V4-T2-405 V4-T2-406 V4-T2-412 V4-T2-413 V4-T2-414 V4-T2-419 V4-T2-423 V4-T2-425 V4-T2-426 V4-T2-427 V4-T2-429 V4-T2-432
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Universal Rotary
Product Description
Eatons Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle lock off to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material. The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or locked off to prevent operation with the door open.
2
Universal Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Available Handle Colors Black Yellow/Red/Black Handle Rotation 45 deg. 90 deg. Shaft Lengths (Inches) 6, 12, 16, 24 6, 12, 24
Features
NEMA Enclosure Type Number Handle of Poles 1 3R 12 4/4X 1 Lock-Off 2 International Handle Indication: Markings ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET ON (I) OFF (O) Handle Material Metal Molded plastic
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-425
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-426

Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
Universal Rotary F-Frame
Universal Rotary F-Frame
Series C Universal Rotary 1

Handle Color G-Frame Black 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) Red 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) F-Frame Black 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) Red 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) J-Frame Black 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) Red 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) K-Frame Black 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) Red 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) L-Frame Black 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) Red 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) LHMVD06B LHMVD12B LHMVD06R LHMVD12R KHMVD06B KHMVD12B KHMVD06R KHMVD12R JHMVD06B JHMVD12B JHMVD06R JHMVD12R FHMVD06B FHMVD12B FHMVD06R FHMVD12R GHMVD06B GHMVD12B GHMVD06R GHMVD12R Shaft Length in Inches (mm) Complete Catalog Number
Note 1 Only available as complete handle mechanism. Parts not sold separately.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Description
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12. The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock.
2
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated.

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 compliant.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-427
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-428

Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
Euro IEC Direct

Black Handle Frame F J K L and M N R Catalog Number HMCC1B HMCC2B HMCC3B HMCC4B HMVD5B HMVD6B Red Handle Catalog Number HMCC1R HMCC2R HMCC3R HMCC4R
G Direct 1
Black Handle With Shroud Frame GD/GHC GMCP Catalog Number HRGCC1S HRGMC1S Without Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC10 HRGMC10 Yellow Handle With Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC3S HRGMC3S Without Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC30 HRGMC30
Note 1 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Flex Shaft
Product Description
Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutesa significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by funneling the cable through conduit.
2
Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-429
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-430 Circuit Breaker or Motor Circuit Protector HMCP and Series C EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED HMCP and Series C HJD, JD, JDB, JDC HMCP and Series C DK, HKD, KD, KDB Series C HLD, LD, LDC Series C MD, MDS (No MDL) Series C HND, ND, NDC Breaker Frame G1 F F (dual) J K L and MDL N R MD, MDS (old)

Handle Mechanisms
Product Selection
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft
Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 3 (0.9) Catalog Number F0S03C F1S03C F1S03CD F2S03C F3S03C 4 (1.2) Catalog Number F0S04C F1S04C F1S04CD F2S04C F3S04C F4S04C F5S04C F6S04 F7S04 5 (1.5) Catalog Number F0S05C F1S05C F1S05CD F2S05C F3S05C F4S05C F5S05C F6S05 F7S05 6 (1.8) Catalog Number F0S06C F1S06C F1S06CD F2S06C F3S06C F4S06C F5S06C F6S06 F7S06 7 (2.1) Catalog Number F1S07C F1S07CD F2S07C F3S07C 8 (2.4) Catalog Number F1S08C F1S08CD F2S08C F3S08C 9 (2.7) Catalog Number F1S09C F1S09CD F2S09C F3S09C 10 (3.0) Catalog Number F1S10C F1S10CD F2S10C F3S10C F4S10C F5S10C F7S10C
Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms Type C371

Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle Variable Depth Mounting Range Min./Max. 23 6.5016 (165.1406.4) 6.5016.63 (165.1422.4) 6.5016.63 (165.1422.4) 8.5022 (215.9558.8) 8.7522 (222.3558.8) 9.7522 (247.7558.8) Operating Mechanism Only 4 Catalog Number C371E C371F C371F C371G C371K C371K For NEMA 112 Enclosure Catalog Number C371E1 C371F5 C371F5 C371G5 C371K5 C371K5 For NEMA 4/4X Enclosure Catalog Number C371E2 C371F6 C371F6 C371G6 C371K6 C371K6
Frame Size 150 250 400 600 800 1200
Notes 1 Suitable for GC/GD MCCB; not suitable for GMCP. 2 For increased maximum allowable depth, see connecting rods on Page V4-T2-431. 3 Dimensions shown are from panel flange surface. 4 Does not include handle. Type 4/4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix X to complete catalog number. Add Suffix I to complete catalog number for IEC handle. Original narrow handle design (No C Suffix) is available. Remove C from catalog number. When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) (5 inches, 12.7 mm for L-, N- and R-Frames) is maintained to operate properly. The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor field adjustments may be required. Dual breakers operator available on F-Frame only. Only the F, J and K can mount LH and RH all other RH only.

Handle Mechanisms
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Handle Only
Circuit Breaker Frame Size (Amperes) 150 NEMA Enclosure Type 1/3R/3/12 4/4X 1/3R/3/12 4/4X 2501200 1/3R/3/12 4/4X 1/3R/3/12 4/4X Operating Handle Length 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) Catalog Number C371H1 C371H2 C371H3 C371H4 C371H5 C371H6 C371H7 C371H8
Channel Support Kit (Rod Not Supplied) For use to prevent bending of the operating handle mounting surface. This is especially useful when the operating handle is mounted on a channel in a multi-door enclosure.
Amperes 6001200 Catalog Number C371CS6
Connecting Rods 1
Application Disconnect switches (30, 60, 100, 200A sizes) Circuit breakers (150, 250, 400A sizes) Circuit breakers (600, 800, 1200A sizes) Note 1 Increase maximum allowable depth by 5 inches (127 mm). Catalog Number C371CS1 C371CS1 C371CS2
V4-T2-431
2.7
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-432 Handle Extension

Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description
Handle MechanismsSeries G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft Handle MechanismsSeries C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle Extension
Product Description
Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame Not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers; it must be purchased separately Included with R-Frame breakers
Product Selection
Handle Extension
Handle Extension 12
Frame J, K L, M N R Style Number HEX3 HEX4 HEX5 HEX6
Notes 1 Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately. 2 Handle extension is included with breaker with R-Frame breakers.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers Vol04 - Tab02

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Molded Case Circuit Breakers Vol04 - Tab02

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Series G Circuit Breakers

Metering and Communications

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EAugust 2013 www.eaton.com